Bug Summary

File:src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp
Warning:line 9952, column 26
Called C++ object pointer is null

Annotated Source Code

Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts

clang -cc1 -cc1 -triple amd64-unknown-openbsd7.0 -analyze -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name SemaExpr.cpp -analyzer-store=region -analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks -analyzer-checker=core -analyzer-checker=apiModeling -analyzer-checker=unix -analyzer-checker=deadcode -analyzer-checker=cplusplus -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.UncheckedReturn -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.getpw -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.gets -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mktemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mkstemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.vfork -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullPassedToNonnull -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullReturnedFromNonnull -analyzer-output plist -w -setup-static-analyzer -mrelocation-model static -mframe-pointer=all -relaxed-aliasing -fno-rounding-math -mconstructor-aliases -munwind-tables -target-cpu x86-64 -tune-cpu generic -debugger-tuning=gdb -fcoverage-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -resource-dir /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj/../include/clang/Sema -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/llvm/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj/../include -D NDEBUG -D __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -D __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -D __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -D LLVM_PREFIX="/usr" -internal-isystem /usr/include/c++/v1 -internal-isystem /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include -O2 -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-long-long -Wno-comment -std=c++14 -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/obj -ferror-limit 19 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -fwrapv -stack-protector 2 -fno-rtti -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -vectorize-loops -vectorize-slp -fno-builtin-malloc -fno-builtin-calloc -fno-builtin-realloc -fno-builtin-valloc -fno-builtin-free -fno-builtin-strdup -fno-builtin-strndup -analyzer-output=html -faddrsig -D__GCC_HAVE_DWARF2_CFI_ASM=1 -o /home/ben/Projects/vmm/scan-build/2022-01-12-194120-40624-1 -x c++ /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangSema/../../../llvm/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp
1//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
10//
11//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12
13#include "TreeTransform.h"
14#include "UsedDeclVisitor.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
16#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17#include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
18#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
19#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
21#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
23#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
24#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
25#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
26#include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h"
27#include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h"
28#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
33#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
34#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
35#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
43#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
44#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
45#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
46#include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h"
47#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
48#include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
49#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
50#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
51#include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
52#include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
53
54using namespace clang;
55using namespace sema;
56using llvm::RoundingMode;
57
58/// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without
59/// emitting diagnostics.
60bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) {
61 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
62 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D))
63 return false;
64
65 // See if this is a deleted function.
66 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
67 if (FD->isDeleted())
68 return false;
69
70 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
71 // then we can't use it either.
72 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
73 DeduceReturnType(FD, SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/ false))
74 return false;
75
76 // See if this is an aligned allocation/deallocation function that is
77 // unavailable.
78 if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid &&
79 isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(*FD))
80 return false;
81 }
82
83 // See if this function is unavailable.
84 if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable &&
85 cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable)
86 return false;
87
88 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(D))
89 return false;
90
91 return true;
92}
93
94static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
95 // Warn if this is used but marked unused.
96 if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
97 // [[maybe_unused]] should not diagnose uses, but __attribute__((unused))
98 // should diagnose them.
99 if (A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::CXX11_maybe_unused &&
100 A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::C2x_maybe_unused) {
101 const Decl *DC = cast_or_null<Decl>(S.getCurObjCLexicalContext());
102 if (DC && !DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
103 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D;
104 }
105 }
106}
107
108/// Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted.
109void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) {
110 assert(Decl && Decl->isDeleted())((void)0);
111
112 if (Decl->isDefaulted()) {
113 // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration.
114 if (!Decl->isImplicit())
115 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted);
116
117 // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly
118 // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies.
119 DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(Decl);
120 return;
121 }
122
123 auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Decl);
124 if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor())
125 return NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(Ctor);
126
127 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here)
128 << Decl << 1;
129}
130
131/// Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an
132/// explicit storage class.
133static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) {
134 for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
135 if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
136 return true;
137 }
138 return false;
139}
140
141/// Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a
142/// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3).
143///
144/// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but
145/// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode
146/// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6)
147/// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't
148/// prove that there are errors.
149static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S,
150 const NamedDecl *D,
151 SourceLocation Loc) {
152 // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in
153 // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically
154 // correct but benign.
155 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
156 return;
157
158 // Check if this is an inlined function or method.
159 FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl();
160 if (!Current)
161 return;
162 if (!Current->isInlined())
163 return;
164 if (!Current->isExternallyVisible())
165 return;
166
167 // Check if the decl has internal linkage.
168 if (D->getFormalLinkage() != InternalLinkage)
169 return;
170
171 // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if
172 // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file,
173 // and probably won't be included anywhere else.
174 // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function.
175 // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function.
176 // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on
177 // wrappers for simple C library functions.
178 const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
179 bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc);
180 if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn)
181 DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>();
182
183 S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline_quiet
184 : diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline)
185 << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D;
186
187 S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(Current);
188
189 S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
190 << D;
191}
192
193void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) {
194 const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl();
195
196 // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible.
197 if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(First)) {
198 SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin();
199 Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static)
200 << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static ");
201 }
202}
203
204/// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
205/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
206///
207/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
208/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
209/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
210/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
211/// function is being used.
212///
213/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
214/// referenced), false otherwise.
215///
216bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs,
217 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
218 bool ObjCPropertyAccess,
219 bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks,
220 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver) {
221 SourceLocation Loc = Locs.front();
222 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
223 // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction,
224 // emit them now.
225 auto Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl());
226 if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) {
227 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Suppressed : Pos->second)
228 Diag(Suppressed.first, Suppressed.second);
229
230 // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit
231 // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this
232 // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these
233 // diagnostics again.
234 Pos->second.clear();
235 }
236
237 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:
238 // The function 'main' shall not be used within a program.
239 if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isMain())
240 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_main_used);
241
242 diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(*cast<FunctionDecl>(D), Loc);
243 }
244
245 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
246 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
247 if (isa<BindingDecl>(D)) {
248 Diag(Loc, diag::err_binding_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
249 << D->getDeclName();
250 } else {
251 Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
252 << D->getDeclName() << cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType();
253 }
254 return true;
255 }
256
257 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
258 // See if this is a deleted function.
259 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
260 auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
261 if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor())
262 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_inherited_ctor_use)
263 << Ctor->getParent()
264 << Ctor->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent();
265 else
266 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
267 NoteDeletedFunction(FD);
268 return true;
269 }
270
271 // [expr.prim.id]p4
272 // A program that refers explicitly or implicitly to a function with a
273 // trailing requires-clause whose constraint-expression is not satisfied,
274 // other than to declare it, is ill-formed. [...]
275 //
276 // See if this is a function with constraints that need to be satisfied.
277 // Check this before deducing the return type, as it might instantiate the
278 // definition.
279 if (FD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) {
280 ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction;
281 if (CheckFunctionConstraints(FD, Satisfaction, Loc))
282 // A diagnostic will have already been generated (non-constant
283 // constraint expression, for example)
284 return true;
285 if (!Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) {
286 Diag(Loc,
287 diag::err_reference_to_function_with_unsatisfied_constraints)
288 << D;
289 DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction);
290 return true;
291 }
292 }
293
294 // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it,
295 // then we can't use it either.
296 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
297 DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc))
298 return true;
299
300 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !CheckCUDACall(Loc, FD))
301 return true;
302
303 if (getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice && !checkSYCLDeviceFunction(Loc, FD))
304 return true;
305 }
306
307 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
308 // Lambdas are only default-constructible or assignable in C++2a onwards.
309 if (MD->getParent()->isLambda() &&
310 ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
311 cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)->isDefaultConstructor()) ||
312 MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() || MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator())) {
313 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cxx17_compat_lambda_def_ctor_assign)
314 << !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD);
315 }
316 }
317
318 auto getReferencedObjCProp = [](const NamedDecl *D) ->
319 const ObjCPropertyDecl * {
320 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
321 return MD->findPropertyDecl();
322 return nullptr;
323 };
324 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = getReferencedObjCProp(D)) {
325 if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(ObjCPDecl, Loc))
326 return true;
327 } else if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(D, Loc)) {
328 return true;
329 }
330
331 // [OpenMP 4.0], 2.15 declare reduction Directive, Restrictions
332 // Only the variables omp_in and omp_out are allowed in the combiner.
333 // Only the variables omp_priv and omp_orig are allowed in the
334 // initializer-clause.
335 auto *DRD = dyn_cast<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(CurContext);
336 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && DRD && !CurContext->containsDecl(D) &&
337 isa<VarDecl>(D)) {
338 Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_wrong_var_in_declare_reduction)
339 << getCurFunction()->HasOMPDeclareReductionCombiner;
340 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D;
341 return true;
342 }
343
344 // [OpenMP 5.0], 2.19.7.3. declare mapper Directive, Restrictions
345 // List-items in map clauses on this construct may only refer to the declared
346 // variable var and entities that could be referenced by a procedure defined
347 // at the same location
348 if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
349 !isOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDeclAllowed(cast<VarDecl>(D))) {
350 Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_declare_mapper_wrong_var)
351 << getOpenMPDeclareMapperVarName();
352 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D;
353 return true;
354 }
355
356 if (const auto *EmptyD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(D)) {
357 Diag(Loc, diag::err_use_of_empty_using_if_exists);
358 Diag(EmptyD->getLocation(), diag::note_empty_using_if_exists_here);
359 return true;
360 }
361
362 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(D, Locs, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPropertyAccess,
363 AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks, ClassReceiver);
364
365 DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(*this, D, Loc);
366
367 diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(*this, D, Loc);
368
369 if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice)) {
370 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D))
371 checkDeviceDecl(VD, Loc);
372
373 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
374 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
375 if (VD->getTLSKind() != VarDecl::TLS_None)
376 targetDiag(*Locs.begin(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
377 }
378
379 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) && isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(D->getDeclContext()) &&
380 !isUnevaluatedContext()) {
381 // C++ [expr.prim.req.nested] p3
382 // A local parameter shall only appear as an unevaluated operand
383 // (Clause 8) within the constraint-expression.
384 Diag(Loc, diag::err_requires_expr_parameter_referenced_in_evaluated_context)
385 << D;
386 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D;
387 return true;
388 }
389
390 return false;
391}
392
393/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or
394/// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and
395/// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are
396/// satisfied.
397void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
398 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
399 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
400 if (!attr)
401 return;
402
403 // The number of formal parameters of the declaration.
404 unsigned numFormalParams;
405
406 // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in
407 // the diagnostic.
408 enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType;
409
410 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
411 numFormalParams = MD->param_size();
412 calleeType = CT_Method;
413 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
414 numFormalParams = FD->param_size();
415 calleeType = CT_Function;
416 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) {
417 QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType();
418 const FunctionType *fn = nullptr;
419 if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
420 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
421 if (!fn) return;
422 calleeType = CT_Function;
423 } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
424 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
425 calleeType = CT_Block;
426 } else {
427 return;
428 }
429
430 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) {
431 numFormalParams = proto->getNumParams();
432 } else {
433 numFormalParams = 0;
434 }
435 } else {
436 return;
437 }
438
439 // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which
440 // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is
441 // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters,
442 // but the language forces you to have at least one.
443 unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
444 assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel")((void)0);
445 numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos);
446
447 // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel.
448 unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel();
449
450 // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters,
451 // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain.
452 if (Args.size() < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) {
453 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
454 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
455 return;
456 }
457
458 // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression.
459 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1];
460 if (!sentinelExpr) return;
461 if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;
462 if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(sentinelExpr)) return;
463
464 // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil', 'nullptr',
465 // or 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use
466 // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the
467 // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers.
468 SourceLocation MissingNilLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getEndLoc());
469 std::string NullValue;
470 if (calleeType == CT_Method && PP.isMacroDefined("nil"))
471 NullValue = "nil";
472 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
473 NullValue = "nullptr";
474 else if (PP.isMacroDefined("NULL"))
475 NullValue = "NULL";
476 else
477 NullValue = "(void*) 0";
478
479 if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid())
480 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(calleeType);
481 else
482 Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel)
483 << int(calleeType)
484 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue);
485 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(calleeType);
486}
487
488SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const {
489 return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
490}
491
492//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
493// Standard Promotions and Conversions
494//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
495
496/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
497ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) {
498 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
499 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
500 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
501 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
502 E = result.get();
503 }
504
505 QualType Ty = E->getType();
506 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type")((void)0);
507
508 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
509 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
510 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
511 if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, Diagnose, E->getExprLoc()))
512 return ExprError();
513
514 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
515 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get();
516 } else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
517 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
518 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
519 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
520 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
521 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
522 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
523 //
524 // C++ 4.2p1:
525 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
526 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
527 //
528 if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue()) {
529 ExprResult Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
530 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
531 if (Res.isInvalid())
532 return ExprError();
533 E = Res.get();
534 }
535 }
536 return E;
537}
538
539static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
540 // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so,
541 // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
542 // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this
543 // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This
544 // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check.
545 const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
546 if (UO && UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref &&
547 UO->getSubExpr()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
548 const LangAS AS =
549 UO->getSubExpr()->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
550 if ((!isTargetAddressSpace(AS) ||
551 (isTargetAddressSpace(AS) && toTargetAddressSpace(AS) == 0)) &&
552 UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(
553 S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
554 !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
555 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
556 S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
557 << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange());
558 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
559 S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null));
560 }
561 }
562}
563
564static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE,
565 SourceLocation AssignLoc,
566 const Expr* RHS) {
567 const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl();
568 if (!IV)
569 return;
570
571 DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName();
572 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
573 if (!Member || !Member->isStr("isa"))
574 return;
575
576 const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase();
577 QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
578 if (OIRE->isArrow())
579 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
580 if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
581 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) {
582 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = nullptr;
583 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
584 if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass()
585 && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) {
586 if (RHS) {
587 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass =
588 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
589 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
590 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
591 if (ObjectSetClass) {
592 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS->getEndLoc());
593 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign)
594 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getBeginLoc(),
595 "object_setClass(")
596 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
597 SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(), AssignLoc), ",")
598 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
599 }
600 else
601 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
602 } else {
603 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass =
604 S.LookupSingleName(S.TUScope,
605 &S.Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
606 SourceLocation(), S.LookupOrdinaryName);
607 if (ObjectGetClass)
608 S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use)
609 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getBeginLoc(),
610 "object_getClass(")
611 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
612 SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(), OIRE->getEndLoc()), ")");
613 else
614 S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
615 }
616 S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl);
617 }
618 }
619}
620
621ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
622 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
623 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
624 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
625 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
626 E = result.get();
627 }
628
629 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
630 // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be
631 // converted to a prvalue.
632 if (!E->isGLValue()) return E;
633
634 QualType T = E->getType();
635 assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?")((void)0);
636
637 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion cannot be applied to function or array types.
638 if (T->isFunctionType() || T->isArrayType())
639 return E;
640
641 // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of
642 // expressions of certain types in C++.
643 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
644 (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ||
645 T->isDependentType() ||
646 T->isRecordType()))
647 return E;
648
649 // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and
650 // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's
651 // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo
652 // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified
653 // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be.
654 if (T->isVoidType())
655 return E;
656
657 // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type.
658 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
659 !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", getLangOpts()) &&
660 T->isHalfType()) {
661 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store)
662 << 0 << T;
663 return ExprError();
664 }
665
666 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E);
667 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
668 NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
669 &Context.Idents.get("object_getClass"),
670 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
671 if (ObjectGetClass)
672 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use)
673 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getBeginLoc(), "object_getClass(")
674 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
675 SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")");
676 else
677 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use);
678 }
679 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
680 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
681 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/nullptr);
682
683 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
684 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the
685 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
686 // rvalue is T.
687 //
688 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
689 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
690 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
691 // type of the lvalue.
692 if (T.hasQualifiers())
693 T = T.getUnqualifiedType();
694
695 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
696 if (T->isMemberPointerType() &&
697 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
698 (void)isCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), T);
699
700 ExprResult Res = CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(E);
701 if (Res.isInvalid())
702 return Res;
703 E = Res.get();
704
705 // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to
706 // balance that.
707 if (E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
708 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
709
710 if (E->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
711 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
712
713 // C++ [conv.lval]p3:
714 // If T is cv std::nullptr_t, the result is a null pointer constant.
715 CastKind CK = T->isNullPtrType() ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_LValueToRValue;
716 Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK, E, nullptr, VK_PRValue,
717 CurFPFeatureOverrides());
718
719 // C11 6.3.2.1p2:
720 // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version
721 // of the type of the lvalue ...
722 if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
723 T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
724 Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, Res.get(),
725 nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride());
726 }
727
728 return Res;
729}
730
731ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) {
732 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E, Diagnose);
733 if (Res.isInvalid())
734 return ExprError();
735 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
736 if (Res.isInvalid())
737 return ExprError();
738 return Res;
739}
740
741/// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
742/// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
743ExprResult Sema::CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
744 QualType Ty = E->getType();
745 ExprResult Res = E;
746 // Only do implicit cast for a function type, but not for a pointer
747 // to function type.
748 if (Ty->isFunctionType()) {
749 Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
750 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
751 if (Res.isInvalid())
752 return ExprError();
753 }
754 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.get());
755 if (Res.isInvalid())
756 return ExprError();
757 return Res.get();
758}
759
760/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
761/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
762/// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
763/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
764/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
765ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
766 // First, convert to an r-value.
767 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
768 if (Res.isInvalid())
769 return ExprError();
770 E = Res.get();
771
772 QualType Ty = E->getType();
773 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type")((void)0);
774
775 // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
776 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
777 return ImpCastExprToType(Res.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast);
778
779 // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically
780 // promotable type.
781 if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
782 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
783 //
784 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
785 // unsigned int may be used:
786 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
787 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
788 // and unsigned int.
789 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
790 //
791 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
792 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
793 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
794 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
795
796 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E);
797 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
798 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
799 return E;
800 }
801 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
802 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
803 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).get();
804 return E;
805 }
806 }
807 return E;
808}
809
810/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
811/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16
812/// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by
813/// UsualUnaryConversions().
814ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) {
815 QualType Ty = E->getType();
816 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type")((void)0);
817
818 ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
819 if (Res.isInvalid())
820 return ExprError();
821 E = Res.get();
822
823 // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef)
824 // promote to double.
825 // Note that default argument promotion applies only to float (and
826 // half/fp16); it does not apply to _Float16.
827 const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
828 if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
829 BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)) {
830 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
831 !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp64", getLangOpts())) {
832 if (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half) {
833 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
834 }
835 } else {
836 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
837 }
838 }
839 if (BTy &&
840 getLangOpts().getExtendIntArgs() ==
841 LangOptions::ExtendArgsKind::ExtendTo64 &&
842 Context.getTargetInfo().supportsExtendIntArgs() && Ty->isIntegerType() &&
843 Context.getTypeSizeInChars(BTy) <
844 Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context.LongLongTy)) {
845 E = (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerType())
846 ? ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy, CK_IntegralCast)
847 .get()
848 : ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.LongLongTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
849 assert(8 == Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context.LongLongTy).getQuantity() &&((void)0)
850 "Unexpected typesize for LongLongTy")((void)0);
851 }
852
853 // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument
854 // promotion, even on class types, but note:
855 // C++11 [conv.lval]p2:
856 // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated
857 // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the
858 // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue
859 // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary
860 // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion
861 // is a prvalue for the temporary.
862 // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in
863 // potentially potentially evaluated contexts.
864 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) {
865 ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization(
866 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()),
867 E->getExprLoc(), E);
868 if (Temp.isInvalid())
869 return ExprError();
870 E = Temp.get();
871 }
872
873 return E;
874}
875
876/// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression.
877/// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed
878/// when we're in an unevaluated context.
879Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) {
880 if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) {
881 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
882 // After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic,
883 // enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program
884 // is ill-formed.
885 //
886 // Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer
887 // decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles
888 // initializer lists as variadic arguments.
889 if (Ty->isVoidType())
890 return VAK_Invalid;
891
892 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
893 return VAK_Invalid;
894 return VAK_Valid;
895 }
896
897 if (Ty.isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
898 return VAK_Invalid;
899
900 if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context))
901 return VAK_Valid;
902
903 // C++11 [expr.call]p7:
904 // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9)
905 // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
906 // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter,
907 // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
908 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType())
909 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
910 if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
911 !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
912 !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
913 return VAK_ValidInCXX11;
914
915 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType())
916 return VAK_Valid;
917
918 if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
919 return VAK_Invalid;
920
921 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
922 return VAK_MSVCUndefined;
923
924 // FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're
925 // permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so.
926 return VAK_Undefined;
927}
928
929void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) {
930 // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
931 const QualType &Ty = E->getType();
932 VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty);
933
934 // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs.
935 switch (VAK) {
936 case VAK_ValidInCXX11:
937 DiagRuntimeBehavior(
938 E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr,
939 PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) << Ty << CT);
940 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
941 case VAK_Valid:
942 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
943 // This is unlikely to be what the user intended. If the class has a
944 // 'c_str' member function, the user probably meant to call that.
945 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr,
946 PDiag(diag::warn_pass_class_arg_to_vararg)
947 << Ty << CT << hasCStrMethod(E) << ".c_str()");
948 }
949 break;
950
951 case VAK_Undefined:
952 case VAK_MSVCUndefined:
953 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr,
954 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
955 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT);
956 break;
957
958 case VAK_Invalid:
959 if (Ty.isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
960 Diag(E->getBeginLoc(),
961 diag::err_cannot_pass_non_trivial_c_struct_to_vararg)
962 << Ty << CT;
963 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectType())
964 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr,
965 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
966 << Ty << CT);
967 else
968 Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg)
969 << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT;
970 break;
971 }
972}
973
974/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
975/// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
976ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
977 FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
978 if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
979 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
980 if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast &&
981 (CT == VariadicMethod ||
982 (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) {
983 E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
984
985 // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking.
986 } else {
987 ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
988 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
989 return ExprError();
990 E = ExprRes.get();
991 }
992 }
993
994 ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E);
995 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
996 return ExprError();
997
998 // Copy blocks to the heap.
999 if (ExprRes.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
1000 maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprRes);
1001
1002 E = ExprRes.get();
1003
1004 // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are
1005 // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall().
1006 if (isValidVarArgType(E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) {
1007 // Turn this into a trap.
1008 CXXScopeSpec SS;
1009 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
1010 UnqualifiedId Name;
1011 Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
1012 E->getBeginLoc());
1013 ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc, Name,
1014 /*HasTrailingLParen=*/true,
1015 /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false);
1016 if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
1017 return ExprError();
1018
1019 ExprResult Call = BuildCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(), E->getBeginLoc(),
1020 None, E->getEndLoc());
1021 if (Call.isInvalid())
1022 return ExprError();
1023
1024 ExprResult Comma =
1025 ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getBeginLoc(), tok::comma, Call.get(), E);
1026 if (Comma.isInvalid())
1027 return ExprError();
1028 return Comma.get();
1029 }
1030
1031 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
1032 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
1033 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument))
1034 return ExprError();
1035
1036 return E;
1037}
1038
1039/// Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of
1040/// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1041///
1042/// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is
1043/// successfully converted to the complex type.
1044static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr,
1045 ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
1046 QualType IntTy,
1047 QualType ComplexTy,
1048 bool SkipCast) {
1049 if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true;
1050 if (SkipCast) return false;
1051 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
1052 QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
1053 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating);
1054 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
1055 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1056 } else {
1057 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType())((void)0);
1058 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), ComplexTy,
1059 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1060 }
1061 return false;
1062}
1063
1064/// Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of
1065/// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1066static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1067 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1068 QualType RHSType,
1069 bool IsCompAssign) {
1070 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
1071 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1072 /*skipCast*/false))
1073 return LHSType;
1074 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1075 /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign))
1076 return RHSType;
1077
1078 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
1079 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
1080 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
1081 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
1082 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
1083 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
1084 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
1085 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
1086 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
1087 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
1088
1089 // Compute the rank of the two types, regardless of whether they are complex.
1090 int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1091
1092 auto *LHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(LHSType);
1093 auto *RHSComplexType = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(RHSType);
1094 QualType LHSElementType =
1095 LHSComplexType ? LHSComplexType->getElementType() : LHSType;
1096 QualType RHSElementType =
1097 RHSComplexType ? RHSComplexType->getElementType() : RHSType;
1098
1099 QualType ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(LHSElementType);
1100 if (Order < 0) {
1101 // Promote the precision of the LHS if not an assignment.
1102 ResultType = S.Context.getComplexType(RHSElementType);
1103 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1104 if (LHSComplexType)
1105 LHS =
1106 S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
1107 else
1108 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
1109 }
1110 } else if (Order > 0) {
1111 // Promote the precision of the RHS.
1112 if (RHSComplexType)
1113 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
1114 else
1115 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSElementType, CK_FloatingCast);
1116 }
1117 return ResultType;
1118}
1119
1120/// Handle arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function
1121/// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1122static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr,
1123 ExprResult &IntExpr,
1124 QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy,
1125 bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) {
1126 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
1127 if (ConvertInt)
1128 // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type.
1129 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), FloatTy,
1130 CK_IntegralToFloating);
1131 return FloatTy;
1132 }
1133
1134 // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
1135 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType())((void)0);
1136 QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy);
1137
1138 // _Complex int -> _Complex float
1139 if (ConvertInt)
1140 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.get(), result,
1141 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
1142
1143 // float -> _Complex float
1144 if (ConvertFloat)
1145 FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.get(), result,
1146 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
1147
1148 return result;
1149}
1150
1151/// Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper
1152/// function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1153static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1154 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1155 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1156 bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1157 bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType();
1158
1159 // N1169 4.1.4: If one of the operands has a floating type and the other
1160 // operand has a fixed-point type, the fixed-point operand
1161 // is converted to the floating type [...]
1162 if (LHSType->isFixedPointType() || RHSType->isFixedPointType()) {
1163 if (LHSFloat)
1164 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FixedPointToFloating);
1165 else if (!IsCompAssign)
1166 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FixedPointToFloating);
1167 return LHSFloat ? LHSType : RHSType;
1168 }
1169
1170 // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand
1171 // to the bigger result.
1172 if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) {
1173 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1174 if (order > 0) {
1175 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1176 return LHSType;
1177 }
1178
1179 assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison")((void)0);
1180 if (!IsCompAssign)
1181 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
1182 return RHSType;
1183 }
1184
1185 if (LHSFloat) {
1186 // Half FP has to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported
1187 if (LHSType->isHalfType() && !S.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType)
1188 LHSType = S.Context.FloatTy;
1189
1190 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1191 /*ConvertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign,
1192 /*ConvertInt=*/ true);
1193 }
1194 assert(RHSFloat)((void)0);
1195 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
1196 /*ConvertFloat=*/ true,
1197 /*ConvertInt=*/!IsCompAssign);
1198}
1199
1200/// Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double if
1201/// there is no support for such conversion. Helper function of
1202/// UsualArithmeticConversions().
1203static bool unsupportedTypeConversion(const Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
1204 QualType RHSType) {
1205 /* No issue converting if at least one of the types is not a floating point
1206 type or the two types have the same rank.
1207 */
1208 if (!LHSType->isFloatingType() || !RHSType->isFloatingType() ||
1209 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType) == 0)
1210 return false;
1211
1212 assert(LHSType->isFloatingType() && RHSType->isFloatingType() &&((void)0)
1213 "The remaining types must be floating point types.")((void)0);
1214
1215 auto *LHSComplex = LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>();
1216 auto *RHSComplex = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>();
1217
1218 QualType LHSElemType = LHSComplex ?
1219 LHSComplex->getElementType() : LHSType;
1220 QualType RHSElemType = RHSComplex ?
1221 RHSComplex->getElementType() : RHSType;
1222
1223 // No issue if the two types have the same representation
1224 if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(LHSElemType) ==
1225 &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(RHSElemType))
1226 return false;
1227
1228 bool Float128AndLongDouble = (LHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty &&
1229 RHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy);
1230 Float128AndLongDouble |= (LHSElemType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy &&
1231 RHSElemType == S.Context.Float128Ty);
1232
1233 // We've handled the situation where __float128 and long double have the same
1234 // representation. We allow all conversions for all possible long double types
1235 // except PPC's double double.
1236 return Float128AndLongDouble &&
1237 (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) ==
1238 &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble());
1239}
1240
1241typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType);
1242
1243namespace {
1244/// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to
1245/// permit their use as function template parameters.
1246ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1247 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, toType, CK_IntegralCast);
1248}
1249
1250ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) {
1251 return S.ImpCastExprToType(op, S.Context.getComplexType(toType),
1252 CK_IntegralComplexCast);
1253}
1254}
1255
1256/// Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of
1257/// UsualArithmeticConversions()
1258template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast>
1259static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1260 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1261 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
1262 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
1263 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
1264 bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1265 bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
1266 if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) {
1267 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
1268 if (order >= 0) {
1269 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1270 return LHSType;
1271 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1272 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1273 return RHSType;
1274 } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
1275 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
1276 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
1277 if (RHSSigned) {
1278 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1279 return LHSType;
1280 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1281 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1282 return RHSType;
1283 } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) {
1284 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
1285 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
1286 // use the signed type.
1287 if (LHSSigned) {
1288 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType);
1289 return LHSType;
1290 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
1291 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType);
1292 return RHSType;
1293 } else {
1294 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
1295 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
1296 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
1297 // to the signed type.
1298 QualType result =
1299 S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType);
1300 RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), result);
1301 if (!IsCompAssign)
1302 LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), result);
1303 return result;
1304 }
1305}
1306
1307/// Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function
1308/// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
1309static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
1310 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
1311 QualType RHSType,
1312 bool IsCompAssign) {
1313 const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1314 const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
1315
1316 if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) {
1317 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1318 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1319 QualType ScalarType =
1320 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1321 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1322
1323 return S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1324 }
1325
1326 if (LHSComplexInt) {
1327 QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1328 QualType ScalarType =
1329 handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1330 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign);
1331 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1332 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ComplexType,
1333 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1334
1335 return ComplexType;
1336 }
1337
1338 assert(RHSComplexInt)((void)0);
1339
1340 QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType();
1341 QualType ScalarType =
1342 handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast>
1343 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSEltType, IsCompAssign);
1344 QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(ScalarType);
1345
1346 if (!IsCompAssign)
1347 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ComplexType,
1348 CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
1349 return ComplexType;
1350}
1351
1352/// Return the rank of a given fixed point or integer type. The value itself
1353/// doesn't matter, but the values must be increasing with proper increasing
1354/// rank as described in N1169 4.1.1.
1355static unsigned GetFixedPointRank(QualType Ty) {
1356 const auto *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
1357 assert(BTy && "Expected a builtin type.")((void)0);
1358
1359 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
1360 case BuiltinType::ShortFract:
1361 case BuiltinType::UShortFract:
1362 case BuiltinType::SatShortFract:
1363 case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract:
1364 return 1;
1365 case BuiltinType::Fract:
1366 case BuiltinType::UFract:
1367 case BuiltinType::SatFract:
1368 case BuiltinType::SatUFract:
1369 return 2;
1370 case BuiltinType::LongFract:
1371 case BuiltinType::ULongFract:
1372 case BuiltinType::SatLongFract:
1373 case BuiltinType::SatULongFract:
1374 return 3;
1375 case BuiltinType::ShortAccum:
1376 case BuiltinType::UShortAccum:
1377 case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum:
1378 case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum:
1379 return 4;
1380 case BuiltinType::Accum:
1381 case BuiltinType::UAccum:
1382 case BuiltinType::SatAccum:
1383 case BuiltinType::SatUAccum:
1384 return 5;
1385 case BuiltinType::LongAccum:
1386 case BuiltinType::ULongAccum:
1387 case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum:
1388 case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum:
1389 return 6;
1390 default:
1391 if (BTy->isInteger())
1392 return 0;
1393 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point or integer type")__builtin_unreachable();
1394 }
1395}
1396
1397/// handleFixedPointConversion - Fixed point operations between fixed
1398/// point types and integers or other fixed point types do not fall under
1399/// usual arithmetic conversion since these conversions could result in loss
1400/// of precsision (N1169 4.1.4). These operations should be calculated with
1401/// the full precision of their result type (N1169 4.1.6.2.1).
1402static QualType handleFixedPointConversion(Sema &S, QualType LHSTy,
1403 QualType RHSTy) {
1404 assert((LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) &&((void)0)
1405 "Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type")((void)0);
1406 assert((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() ||((void)0)
1407 RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) &&((void)0)
1408 "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only "((void)0)
1409 "applied to ints or other fixed point types")((void)0);
1410
1411 // If one operand has signed fixed-point type and the other operand has
1412 // unsigned fixed-point type, then the unsigned fixed-point operand is
1413 // converted to its corresponding signed fixed-point type and the resulting
1414 // type is the type of the converted operand.
1415 if (RHSTy->isSignedFixedPointType() && LHSTy->isUnsignedFixedPointType())
1416 LHSTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSignedFixedPointType(LHSTy);
1417 else if (RHSTy->isUnsignedFixedPointType() && LHSTy->isSignedFixedPointType())
1418 RHSTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSignedFixedPointType(RHSTy);
1419
1420 // The result type is the type with the highest rank, whereby a fixed-point
1421 // conversion rank is always greater than an integer conversion rank; if the
1422 // type of either of the operands is a saturating fixedpoint type, the result
1423 // type shall be the saturating fixed-point type corresponding to the type
1424 // with the highest rank; the resulting value is converted (taking into
1425 // account rounding and overflow) to the precision of the resulting type.
1426 // Same ranks between signed and unsigned types are resolved earlier, so both
1427 // types are either signed or both unsigned at this point.
1428 unsigned LHSTyRank = GetFixedPointRank(LHSTy);
1429 unsigned RHSTyRank = GetFixedPointRank(RHSTy);
1430
1431 QualType ResultTy = LHSTyRank > RHSTyRank ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
1432
1433 if (LHSTy->isSaturatedFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isSaturatedFixedPointType())
1434 ResultTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSaturatedType(ResultTy);
1435
1436 return ResultTy;
1437}
1438
1439/// Check that the usual arithmetic conversions can be performed on this pair of
1440/// expressions that might be of enumeration type.
1441static void checkEnumArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
1442 SourceLocation Loc,
1443 Sema::ArithConvKind ACK) {
1444 // C++2a [expr.arith.conv]p1:
1445 // If one operand is of enumeration type and the other operand is of a
1446 // different enumeration type or a floating-point type, this behavior is
1447 // deprecated ([depr.arith.conv.enum]).
1448 //
1449 // Warn on this in all language modes. Produce a deprecation warning in C++20.
1450 // Eventually we will presumably reject these cases (in C++23 onwards?).
1451 QualType L = LHS->getType(), R = RHS->getType();
1452 bool LEnum = L->isUnscopedEnumerationType(),
1453 REnum = R->isUnscopedEnumerationType();
1454 bool IsCompAssign = ACK == Sema::ACK_CompAssign;
1455 if ((!IsCompAssign && LEnum && R->isFloatingType()) ||
1456 (REnum && L->isFloatingType())) {
1457 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
1458 ? diag::warn_arith_conv_enum_float_cxx20
1459 : diag::warn_arith_conv_enum_float)
1460 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange()
1461 << (int)ACK << LEnum << L << R;
1462 } else if (!IsCompAssign && LEnum && REnum &&
1463 !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(L, R)) {
1464 unsigned DiagID;
1465 if (!L->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() ||
1466 !R->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage()) {
1467 // If either enumeration type is unnamed, it's less likely that the
1468 // user cares about this, but this situation is still deprecated in
1469 // C++2a. Use a different warning group.
1470 DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
1471 ? diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_anon_enum_types_cxx20
1472 : diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_anon_enum_types;
1473 } else if (ACK == Sema::ACK_Conditional) {
1474 // Conditional expressions are separated out because they have
1475 // historically had a different warning flag.
1476 DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
1477 ? diag::warn_conditional_mixed_enum_types_cxx20
1478 : diag::warn_conditional_mixed_enum_types;
1479 } else if (ACK == Sema::ACK_Comparison) {
1480 // Comparison expressions are separated out because they have
1481 // historically had a different warning flag.
1482 DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
1483 ? diag::warn_comparison_mixed_enum_types_cxx20
1484 : diag::warn_comparison_mixed_enum_types;
1485 } else {
1486 DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
1487 ? diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_enum_types_cxx20
1488 : diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_enum_types;
1489 }
1490 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange()
1491 << (int)ACK << L << R;
1492 }
1493}
1494
1495/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
1496/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
1497/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
1498/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
1499QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
1500 SourceLocation Loc,
1501 ArithConvKind ACK) {
1502 checkEnumArithmeticConversions(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Loc, ACK);
1503
1504 if (ACK != ACK_CompAssign) {
1505 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
1506 if (LHS.isInvalid())
1507 return QualType();
1508 }
1509
1510 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
1511 if (RHS.isInvalid())
1512 return QualType();
1513
1514 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
1515 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
1516 QualType LHSType =
1517 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1518 QualType RHSType =
1519 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
1520
1521 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS.
1522 if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>())
1523 LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType();
1524
1525 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1526 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1527 return LHSType;
1528
1529 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
1530 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
1531 if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType())
1532 return QualType();
1533
1534 // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type.
1535 QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType;
1536 if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType())
1537 LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType);
1538 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
1539 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
1540 LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
1541 if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && ACK != ACK_CompAssign)
1542 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
1543
1544 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
1545 if (LHSType == RHSType)
1546 return LHSType;
1547
1548 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
1549
1550 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
1551 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
1552 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType))
1553 return QualType();
1554
1555 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
1556 if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType())
1557 return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1558 ACK == ACK_CompAssign);
1559
1560 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
1561 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
1562 return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1563 ACK == ACK_CompAssign);
1564
1565 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
1566 if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType())
1567 return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
1568 ACK == ACK_CompAssign);
1569
1570 if (LHSType->isFixedPointType() || RHSType->isFixedPointType())
1571 return handleFixedPointConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
1572
1573 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
1574 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
1575 (*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, ACK == ACK_CompAssign);
1576}
1577
1578//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1579// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
1580//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1581
1582
1583ExprResult
1584Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1585 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1586 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1587 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1588 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
1589 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) {
1590 unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size();
1591 assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size())((void)0);
1592
1593 TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs];
1594 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1595 if (ArgTypes[i])
1596 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ArgTypes[i], &Types[i]);
1597 else
1598 Types[i] = nullptr;
1599 }
1600
1601 ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1602 ControllingExpr,
1603 llvm::makeArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs),
1604 ArgExprs);
1605 delete [] Types;
1606 return ER;
1607}
1608
1609ExprResult
1610Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
1611 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
1612 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
1613 Expr *ControllingExpr,
1614 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
1615 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) {
1616 unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size();
1617 assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size())((void)0);
1618
1619 // Decay and strip qualifiers for the controlling expression type, and handle
1620 // placeholder type replacement. See committee discussion from WG14 DR423.
1621 {
1622 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
1623 *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
1624 ExprResult R = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ControllingExpr);
1625 if (R.isInvalid())
1626 return ExprError();
1627 ControllingExpr = R.get();
1628 }
1629
1630 // The controlling expression is an unevaluated operand, so side effects are
1631 // likely unintended.
1632 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() &&
1633 ControllingExpr->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
1634 Diag(ControllingExpr->getExprLoc(),
1635 diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
1636
1637 bool TypeErrorFound = false,
1638 IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(),
1639 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack
1640 = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();
1641
1642 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1643 if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1644 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1645
1646 if (Types[i]) {
1647 if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
1648 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
1649
1650 if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
1651 IsResultDependent = true;
1652 } else {
1653 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a
1654 // complete object type other than a variably modified type."
1655 unsigned D = 0;
1656 if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
1657 D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete;
1658 else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType())
1659 D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject;
1660 else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
1661 D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified;
1662
1663 if (D != 0) {
1664 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D)
1665 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1666 << Types[i]->getType();
1667 TypeErrorFound = true;
1668 }
1669
1670 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic
1671 // selection shall specify compatible types."
1672 for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j)
1673 if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() &&
1674 Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(),
1675 Types[j]->getType())) {
1676 Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1677 diag::err_assoc_compatible_types)
1678 << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1679 << Types[j]->getType()
1680 << Types[i]->getType();
1681 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1682 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1683 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1684 << Types[i]->getType();
1685 TypeErrorFound = true;
1686 }
1687 }
1688 }
1689 }
1690 if (TypeErrorFound)
1691 return ExprError();
1692
1693 // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't
1694 // try to compute the result expression.
1695 if (IsResultDependent)
1696 return GenericSelectionExpr::Create(Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types,
1697 Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1698 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack);
1699
1700 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices;
1701 unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U;
1702 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1703 if (!Types[i])
1704 DefaultIndex = i;
1705 else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(),
1706 Types[i]->getType()))
1707 CompatIndices.push_back(i);
1708 }
1709
1710 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have
1711 // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic
1712 // association list."
1713 if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) {
1714 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1715 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1716 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1717 Diag(ControllingExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match)
1718 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType()
1719 << (unsigned)CompatIndices.size();
1720 for (unsigned I : CompatIndices) {
1721 Diag(Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1722 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1723 << Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1724 << Types[I]->getType();
1725 }
1726 return ExprError();
1727 }
1728
1729 // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association,
1730 // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of
1731 // the types named in its generic association list."
1732 if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) {
1733 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1734 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1735 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1736 Diag(ControllingExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match)
1737 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType();
1738 return ExprError();
1739 }
1740
1741 // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a
1742 // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression,
1743 // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression
1744 // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the
1745 // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association."
1746 unsigned ResultIndex =
1747 CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex;
1748
1749 return GenericSelectionExpr::Create(
1750 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
1751 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex);
1752}
1753
1754/// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the
1755/// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it.
1756static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
1757 unsigned Offset) {
1758 return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokLoc, Offset, S.getSourceManager(),
1759 S.getLangOpts());
1760}
1761
1762/// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up
1763/// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it.
1764static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope,
1765 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix,
1766 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc,
1767 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
1768 SourceLocation LitEndLoc) {
1769 assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator")((void)0);
1770
1771 QualType ArgTy[2];
1772 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
1773 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType();
1774 if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType())
1775 ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(ArgTy[ArgIdx]);
1776 }
1777
1778 DeclarationName OpName =
1779 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1780 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1781 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1782
1783 LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1784 if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(Scope, R, llvm::makeArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()),
1785 /*AllowRaw*/ false, /*AllowTemplate*/ false,
1786 /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ false,
1787 /*DiagnoseMissing*/ true) == Sema::LOLR_Error)
1788 return ExprError();
1789
1790 return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc);
1791}
1792
1793/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
1794/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
1795/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
1796/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
1797/// string.
1798///
1799ExprResult
1800Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, Scope *UDLScope) {
1801 assert(!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!")((void)0);
1802
1803 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP);
1804 if (Literal.hadError)
1805 return ExprError();
1806
1807 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
1808 for (const Token &Tok : StringToks)
1809 StringTokLocs.push_back(Tok.getLocation());
1810
1811 QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy;
1812 StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii;
1813 if (Literal.isWide()) {
1814 CharTy = Context.getWideCharType();
1815 Kind = StringLiteral::Wide;
1816 } else if (Literal.isUTF8()) {
1817 if (getLangOpts().Char8)
1818 CharTy = Context.Char8Ty;
1819 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8;
1820 } else if (Literal.isUTF16()) {
1821 CharTy = Context.Char16Ty;
1822 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16;
1823 } else if (Literal.isUTF32()) {
1824 CharTy = Context.Char32Ty;
1825 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32;
1826 } else if (Literal.isPascal()) {
1827 CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
1828 }
1829
1830 // Warn on initializing an array of char from a u8 string literal; this
1831 // becomes ill-formed in C++2a.
1832 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 &&
1833 !getLangOpts().Char8 && Kind == StringLiteral::UTF8) {
1834 Diag(StringTokLocs.front(), diag::warn_cxx20_compat_utf8_string);
1835
1836 // Create removals for all 'u8' prefixes in the string literal(s). This
1837 // ensures C++2a compatibility (but may change the program behavior when
1838 // built by non-Clang compilers for which the execution character set is
1839 // not always UTF-8).
1840 auto RemovalDiag = PDiag(diag::note_cxx20_compat_utf8_string_remove_u8);
1841 SourceLocation RemovalDiagLoc;
1842 for (const Token &Tok : StringToks) {
1843 if (Tok.getKind() == tok::utf8_string_literal) {
1844 if (RemovalDiagLoc.isInvalid())
1845 RemovalDiagLoc = Tok.getLocation();
1846 RemovalDiag << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::getCharRange(
1847 Tok.getLocation(),
1848 Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(Tok.getLocation(), 2,
1849 getSourceManager(), getLangOpts())));
1850 }
1851 }
1852 Diag(RemovalDiagLoc, RemovalDiag);
1853 }
1854
1855 QualType StrTy =
1856 Context.getStringLiteralArrayType(CharTy, Literal.GetNumStringChars());
1857
1858 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
1859 StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
1860 Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy,
1861 &StringTokLocs[0],
1862 StringTokLocs.size());
1863 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
1864 return Lit;
1865
1866 // We're building a user-defined literal.
1867 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
1868 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
1869 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()],
1870 Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
1871
1872 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
1873 if (!UDLScope)
1874 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl));
1875
1876 // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
1877 // operator "" X (str, len)
1878 QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType();
1879
1880 DeclarationName OpName =
1881 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
1882 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
1883 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
1884
1885 QualType ArgTy[] = {
1886 Context.getArrayDecayedType(StrTy), SizeType
1887 };
1888
1889 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1890 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, ArgTy,
1891 /*AllowRaw*/ false, /*AllowTemplate*/ true,
1892 /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ true,
1893 /*DiagnoseMissing*/ true, Lit)) {
1894
1895 case LOLR_Cooked: {
1896 llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars());
1897 IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Len, SizeType,
1898 StringTokLocs[0]);
1899 Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg };
1900
1901 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back());
1902 }
1903
1904 case LOLR_Template: {
1905 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
1906 TemplateArgument Arg(Lit);
1907 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo(Lit);
1908 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
1909 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(),
1910 &ExplicitArgs);
1911 }
1912
1913 case LOLR_StringTemplatePack: {
1914 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
1915
1916 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(CharTy);
1917 bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
1918 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
1919
1920 TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy);
1921 TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharTy));
1922 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo));
1923
1924 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) {
1925 Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(I);
1926 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy);
1927 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
1928 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
1929 }
1930 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, StringTokLocs.back(),
1931 &ExplicitArgs);
1932 }
1933 case LOLR_Raw:
1934 case LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic:
1935 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result")__builtin_unreachable();
1936 case LOLR_Error:
1937 return ExprError();
1938 }
1939 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result")__builtin_unreachable();
1940}
1941
1942DeclRefExpr *
1943Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1944 SourceLocation Loc,
1945 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1946 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
1947 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS);
1948}
1949
1950DeclRefExpr *
1951Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1952 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1953 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD,
1954 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
1955 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1956 NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS =
1957 SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context) : NestedNameSpecifierLoc();
1958 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, NNS, FoundD, TemplateKWLoc,
1959 TemplateArgs);
1960}
1961
1962// CUDA/HIP: Check whether a captured reference variable is referencing a
1963// host variable in a device or host device lambda.
1964static bool isCapturingReferenceToHostVarInCUDADeviceLambda(const Sema &S,
1965 VarDecl *VD) {
1966 if (!S.getLangOpts().CUDA || !VD->hasInit())
1967 return false;
1968 assert(VD->getType()->isReferenceType())((void)0);
1969
1970 // Check whether the reference variable is referencing a host variable.
1971 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(VD->getInit());
1972 if (!DRE)
1973 return false;
1974 auto *Referee = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
1975 if (!Referee || !Referee->hasGlobalStorage() ||
1976 Referee->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>())
1977 return false;
1978
1979 // Check whether the current function is a device or host device lambda.
1980 // Check whether the reference variable is a capture by getDeclContext()
1981 // since refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture() is not ready at this point.
1982 auto *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext);
1983 if (MD && MD->getParent()->isLambda() &&
1984 MD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Call && MD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() &&
1985 VD->getDeclContext() != MD)
1986 return true;
1987
1988 return false;
1989}
1990
1991NonOdrUseReason Sema::getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D) {
1992 // A declaration named in an unevaluated operand never constitutes an odr-use.
1993 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
1994 return NOUR_Unevaluated;
1995
1996 // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4:
1997 // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression e
1998 // is odr-used by e unless [...] x is a reference that is usable in
1999 // constant expressions.
2000 // CUDA/HIP:
2001 // If a reference variable referencing a host variable is captured in a
2002 // device or host device lambda, the value of the referee must be copied
2003 // to the capture and the reference variable must be treated as odr-use
2004 // since the value of the referee is not known at compile time and must
2005 // be loaded from the captured.
2006 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2007 if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
2008 !(getLangOpts().OpenMP && isOpenMPCapturedDecl(D)) &&
2009 !isCapturingReferenceToHostVarInCUDADeviceLambda(*this, VD) &&
2010 VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context))
2011 return NOUR_Constant;
2012 }
2013
2014 // All remaining non-variable cases constitute an odr-use. For variables, we
2015 // need to wait and see how the expression is used.
2016 return NOUR_None;
2017}
2018
2019/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
2020/// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
2021DeclRefExpr *
2022Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
2023 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2024 NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, NamedDecl *FoundD,
2025 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2026 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2027 bool RefersToCapturedVariable =
2028 isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
2029 NeedToCaptureVariable(cast<VarDecl>(D), NameInfo.getLoc());
2030
2031 DeclRefExpr *E = DeclRefExpr::Create(
2032 Context, NNS, TemplateKWLoc, D, RefersToCapturedVariable, NameInfo, Ty,
2033 VK, FoundD, TemplateArgs, getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(D));
2034 MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
2035
2036 // C++ [except.spec]p17:
2037 // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when:
2038 // - in an expression, the function is the unique lookup result or
2039 // the selected member of a set of overloaded functions.
2040 //
2041 // We delay doing this until after we've built the function reference and
2042 // marked it as used so that:
2043 // a) if the function is defaulted, we get errors from defining it before /
2044 // instead of errors from computing its exception specification, and
2045 // b) if the function is a defaulted comparison, we can use the body we
2046 // build when defining it as input to the exception specification
2047 // computation rather than computing a new body.
2048 if (auto *FPT = Ty->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2049 if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) {
2050 if (auto *NewFPT = ResolveExceptionSpec(NameInfo.getLoc(), FPT))
2051 E->setType(Context.getQualifiedType(NewFPT, Ty.getQualifiers()));
2052 }
2053 }
2054
2055 if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) &&
2056 Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && !isUnevaluatedContext() &&
2057 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, E->getBeginLoc()))
2058 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E);
2059
2060 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
2061 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D))
2062 FD = IFD->getAnonField();
2063 if (FD) {
2064 UnusedPrivateFields.remove(FD);
2065 // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member.
2066 if (FD->isBitField())
2067 E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField);
2068 }
2069
2070 // C++ [expr.prim]/8: The expression [...] is a bit-field if the identifier
2071 // designates a bit-field.
2072 if (auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D))
2073 if (auto *BE = BD->getBinding())
2074 E->setObjectKind(BE->getObjectKind());
2075
2076 return E;
2077}
2078
2079/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
2080/// possibly a list of template arguments.
2081///
2082/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
2083/// DecomposeTemplateName.
2084///
2085/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
2086/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
2087/// some way.
2088void
2089Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
2090 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
2091 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2092 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
2093 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
2094 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
2095 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
2096
2097 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
2098 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
2099 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
2100
2101 TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
2102 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
2103 NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
2104 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
2105 } else {
2106 NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
2107 TemplateArgs = nullptr;
2108 }
2109}
2110
2111static void emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(
2112 const TypoCorrection &TC, Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2113 DeclarationName Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2114 unsigned DiagnosticID, unsigned DiagnosticSuggestID) {
2115 DeclContext *Ctx =
2116 SS.isEmpty() ? nullptr : SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2117 if (!TC) {
2118 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
2119 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
2120 if (Ctx)
2121 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Typo << Ctx
2122 << SS.getRange();
2123 else
2124 SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, DiagnosticID) << Typo;
2125 return;
2126 }
2127
2128 std::string CorrectedStr = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
2129 bool DroppedSpecifier =
2130 TC.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Typo.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
2131 unsigned NoteID = TC.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>()
2132 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
2133 : diag::note_previous_decl;
2134 if (!Ctx)
2135 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(DiagnosticSuggestID) << Typo,
2136 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
2137 else
2138 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2139 << Typo << Ctx << DroppedSpecifier
2140 << SS.getRange(),
2141 SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID));
2142}
2143
2144/// Diagnose a lookup that found results in an enclosing class during error
2145/// recovery. This usually indicates that the results were found in a dependent
2146/// base class that could not be searched as part of a template definition.
2147/// Always issues a diagnostic (though this may be only a warning in MS
2148/// compatibility mode).
2149///
2150/// Return \c true if the error is unrecoverable, or \c false if the caller
2151/// should attempt to recover using these lookup results.
2152bool Sema::DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(LookupResult &R) {
2153 // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points
2154 // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a
2155 // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check.
2156 bool isDefaultArgument =
2157 !CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() &&
2158 CodeSynthesisContexts.back().Kind ==
2159 CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation;
2160 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
2161 bool isInstance = CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstance() &&
2162 R.getNamingClass() == CurMethod->getParent() &&
2163 !isDefaultArgument;
2164
2165 // There are two ways we can find a class-scope declaration during template
2166 // instantiation that we did not find in the template definition: if it is a
2167 // member of a dependent base class, or if it is declared after the point of
2168 // use in the same class. Distinguish these by comparing the class in which
2169 // the member was found to the naming class of the lookup.
2170 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_found_in_dependent_base;
2171 unsigned NoteID = diag::note_member_declared_at;
2172 if (R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext()->Equals(R.getNamingClass())) {
2173 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_found_later_in_class
2174 : diag::err_found_later_in_class;
2175 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2176 DiagID = diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base;
2177 NoteID = diag::note_dependent_member_use;
2178 }
2179
2180 if (isInstance) {
2181 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
2182 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), DiagID)
2183 << R.getLookupName()
2184 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
2185 CheckCXXThisCapture(R.getNameLoc());
2186 } else {
2187 // FIXME: Add a FixItHint to insert 'Base::' or 'Derived::' (assuming
2188 // they're not shadowed).
2189 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), DiagID) << R.getLookupName();
2190 }
2191
2192 for (NamedDecl *D : R)
2193 Diag(D->getLocation(), NoteID);
2194
2195 // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation
2196 // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise
2197 // the caller will try to create an implicit member call and this is wrong
2198 // for default arguments.
2199 //
2200 // FIXME: Is this special case necessary? We could allow the caller to
2201 // diagnose this.
2202 if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) {
2203 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object);
2204 return true;
2205 }
2206
2207 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
2208 return false;
2209}
2210
2211/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
2212///
2213/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
2214bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
2215 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2216 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2217 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, TypoExpr **Out) {
2218 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
2219
2220 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
2221 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
2222 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
2223 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
2224 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
2225 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
2226 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
2227 }
2228
2229 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
2230 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
2231 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
2232 // dependent name.
2233 DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : nullptr;
2234 while (DC) {
2235 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
2236 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2237
2238 if (!R.empty()) {
2239 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
2240 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2241
2242 // If there's a best viable function among the results, only mention
2243 // that one in the notes.
2244 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
2245 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
2246 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(R, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, Candidates);
2247 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2248 if (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best) ==
2249 OR_Success) {
2250 R.clear();
2251 R.addDecl(Best->FoundDecl.getDecl(), Best->FoundDecl.getAccess());
2252 R.resolveKind();
2253 }
2254
2255 return DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(R);
2256 }
2257
2258 R.clear();
2259 }
2260
2261 DC = DC->getLookupParent();
2262 }
2263
2264 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
2265 TypoCorrection Corrected;
2266 if (S && Out) {
2267 SourceLocation TypoLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2268 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs &&((void)0)
2269 "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!")((void)0);
2270 *Out = CorrectTypoDelayed(
2271 R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(), S, &SS, CCC,
2272 [=](const TypoCorrection &TC) {
2273 emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(TC, *this, SS, Name, TypoLoc, Args,
2274 diagnostic, diagnostic_suggest);
2275 },
2276 nullptr, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
2277 if (*Out)
2278 return true;
2279 } else if (S &&
2280 (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(),
2281 S, &SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery))) {
2282 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
2283 bool DroppedSpecifier =
2284 Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr;
2285 R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
2286
2287 bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false;
2288 bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false;
2289 NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
2290 if (ND) {
2291 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
2292 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc(),
2293 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
2294 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2295 for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) {
2296 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD =
2297 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(CD))
2298 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
2299 FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2300 Args, OCS);
2301 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD))
2302 if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0)
2303 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none),
2304 Args, OCS);
2305 }
2306 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
2307 case OR_Success:
2308 ND = Best->FoundDecl;
2309 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
2310 break;
2311 default:
2312 // FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note.
2313 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
2314 break;
2315 }
2316 }
2317 R.addDecl(ND);
2318 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
2319 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
2320 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) {
2321 const Type *Ty = Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()->getAsType();
2322 Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
2323 }
2324 if (!Record)
2325 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2326 ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
2327 R.setNamingClass(Record);
2328 }
2329
2330 auto *UnderlyingND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
2331 AcceptableWithRecovery = isa<ValueDecl>(UnderlyingND) ||
2332 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(UnderlyingND);
2333 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
2334 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
2335 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
2336 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
2337 // to recover well anyway.
2338 AcceptableWithoutRecovery = isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingND) ||
2339 getAsTypeTemplateDecl(UnderlyingND) ||
2340 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingND);
2341 } else {
2342 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
2343 // because we aren't able to recover.
2344 AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true;
2345 }
2346
2347 if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) {
2348 unsigned NoteID = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>()
2349 ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl
2350 : diag::note_previous_decl;
2351 if (SS.isEmpty())
2352 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diagnostic_suggest) << Name,
2353 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
2354 else
2355 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2356 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2357 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(),
2358 PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery);
2359
2360 // Tell the callee whether to try to recover.
2361 return !AcceptableWithRecovery;
2362 }
2363 }
2364 R.clear();
2365
2366 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
2367 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
2368 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
2369 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2370 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2371 << SS.getRange();
2372 return true;
2373 }
2374
2375 // Give up, we can't recover.
2376 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
2377 return true;
2378}
2379
2380/// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class whose parent class has
2381/// dependent base classes, and we can't resolve an unqualified identifier, then
2382/// assume the identifier is a member of a dependent base class. We can only
2383/// recover successfully in static methods, instance methods, and other contexts
2384/// where 'this' is available. This doesn't precisely match MSVC's
2385/// instantiation model, but it's close enough.
2386static Expr *
2387recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context,
2388 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2389 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2390 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2391 // Only try to recover from lookup into dependent bases in static methods or
2392 // contexts where 'this' is available.
2393 QualType ThisType = S.getCurrentThisType();
2394 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
2395 if (!ThisType.isNull())
2396 RD = ThisType->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
2397 else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(S.CurContext))
2398 RD = MD->getParent();
2399 if (!RD || !RD->hasAnyDependentBases())
2400 return nullptr;
2401
2402 // Diagnose this as unqualified lookup into a dependent base class. If 'this'
2403 // is available, suggest inserting 'this->' as a fixit.
2404 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2405 auto DB = S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base);
2406 DB << NameInfo.getName() << RD;
2407
2408 if (!ThisType.isNull()) {
2409 DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "this->");
2410 return CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
2411 Context, /*This=*/nullptr, ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true,
2412 /*Op=*/SourceLocation(), NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc,
2413 /*FirstQualifierFoundInScope=*/nullptr, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2414 }
2415
2416 // Synthesize a fake NNS that points to the derived class. This will
2417 // perform name lookup during template instantiation.
2418 CXXScopeSpec SS;
2419 auto *NNS =
2420 NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, true, RD->getTypeForDecl());
2421 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(Loc, Loc));
2422 return DependentScopeDeclRefExpr::Create(
2423 Context, SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2424 TemplateArgs);
2425}
2426
2427ExprResult
2428Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2429 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id,
2430 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
2431 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC,
2432 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier, Token *KeywordReplacement) {
2433 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&((void)0)
2434 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen")((void)0);
2435 if (SS.isInvalid())
2436 return ExprError();
2437
2438 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
2439
2440 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
2441 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
2442 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
2443 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
2444
2445 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
2446 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2447 SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2448
2449 if (II && II->isEditorPlaceholder()) {
2450 // FIXME: When typed placeholders are supported we can create a typed
2451 // placeholder expression node.
2452 return ExprError();
2453 }
2454
2455 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
2456 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
2457 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
2458 // (note: handled after lookup)
2459 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
2460 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
2461 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
2462 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
2463 // names a dependent type.
2464 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
2465 // we need to handle these differently.
2466 bool DependentID = false;
2467 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
2468 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
2469 DependentID = true;
2470 } else if (SS.isSet()) {
2471 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
2472 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2473 return ExprError();
2474 } else {
2475 DependentID = true;
2476 }
2477 }
2478
2479 if (DependentID)
2480 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2481 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2482
2483 // Perform the required lookup.
2484 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo,
2485 (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam)
2486 ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam
2487 : LookupOrdinaryName);
2488 if (TemplateKWLoc.isValid() || TemplateArgs) {
2489 // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
2490 // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
2491 // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
2492 // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
2493 // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
2494 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
2495 AssumedTemplateKind AssumedTemplate;
2496 if (LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
2497 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, TemplateKWLoc,
2498 &AssumedTemplate))
2499 return ExprError();
2500
2501 if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization ||
2502 (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation))
2503 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2504 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2505 } else {
2506 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl();
2507 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
2508
2509 // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent
2510 // id-expression.
2511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2512 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo,
2513 IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs);
2514
2515 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
2516 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
2517 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
2518 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
2519 if (E.isInvalid())
2520 return ExprError();
2521
2522 if (Expr *Ex = E.getAs<Expr>())
2523 return Ex;
2524 }
2525 }
2526
2527 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2528 return ExprError();
2529
2530 // This could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal in C90,
2531 // extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
2532 if (R.empty() && HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2533 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
2534 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
2535 }
2536
2537 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
2538 // argument-dependent lookup.
2539 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
2540
2541 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
2542 if (SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2543 if (Expr *E = recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(*this, Context, NameInfo,
2544 TemplateKWLoc, TemplateArgs))
2545 return E;
2546 }
2547
2548 // Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assembly.
2549 if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier)
2550 return ExprError();
2551
2552 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
2553 // call, diagnose the problem.
2554 TypoExpr *TE = nullptr;
2555 DefaultFilterCCC DefaultValidator(II, SS.isValid() ? SS.getScopeRep()
2556 : nullptr);
2557 DefaultValidator.IsAddressOfOperand = IsAddressOfOperand;
2558 assert((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) &&((void)0)
2559 "Typo correction callback misconfigured")((void)0);
2560 if (CCC) {
2561 // Make sure the callback knows what the typo being diagnosed is.
2562 CCC->setTypoName(II);
2563 if (SS.isValid())
2564 CCC->setTypoNNS(SS.getScopeRep());
2565 }
2566 // FIXME: DiagnoseEmptyLookup produces bad diagnostics if we're looking for
2567 // a template name, but we happen to have always already looked up the name
2568 // before we get here if it must be a template name.
2569 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CCC ? *CCC : DefaultValidator, nullptr,
2570 None, &TE)) {
2571 if (TE && KeywordReplacement) {
2572 auto &State = getTypoExprState(TE);
2573 auto BestTC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection();
2574 if (BestTC.isKeyword()) {
2575 auto *II = BestTC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
2576 if (State.DiagHandler)
2577 State.DiagHandler(BestTC);
2578 KeywordReplacement->startToken();
2579 KeywordReplacement->setKind(II->getTokenID());
2580 KeywordReplacement->setIdentifierInfo(II);
2581 KeywordReplacement->setLocation(BestTC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin());
2582 // Clean up the state associated with the TypoExpr, since it has
2583 // now been diagnosed (without a call to CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr).
2584 clearDelayedTypo(TE);
2585 // Signal that a correction to a keyword was performed by returning a
2586 // valid-but-null ExprResult.
2587 return (Expr*)nullptr;
2588 }
2589 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
2590 }
2591 return TE ? TE : ExprError();
2592 }
2593
2594 assert(!R.empty() &&((void)0)
2595 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results")((void)0);
2596
2597 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
2598 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
2599 // reference the ivar.
2600 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
2601 R.clear();
2602 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
2603 // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable
2604 // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it.
2605 if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get())
2606 return ExprError();
2607 return E;
2608 }
2609 }
2610
2611 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
2612 assert(!R.empty() || ADL)((void)0);
2613
2614 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
2615 // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
2616 // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
2617 // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
2618 // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
2619 // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
2620 // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
2621 // class member access expression using (*this) as the
2622 // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
2623 //
2624 // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R
2625 // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the
2626 // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a
2627 // non-static member function:
2628 //
2629 // C++ [expr.ref]p4:
2630 // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . .
2631 // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a
2632 // member function call.
2633 //
2634 // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important
2635 // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a
2636 // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent
2637 // instance method.
2638 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
2639 bool MightBeImplicitMember;
2640 if (!IsAddressOfOperand)
2641 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2642 else if (!SS.isEmpty())
2643 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2644 else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
2645 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
2646 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
2647 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
2648 else
2649 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2650 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
2651 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
2652
2653 if (MightBeImplicitMember)
2654 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc,
2655 R, TemplateArgs, S);
2656 }
2657
2658 if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) {
2659
2660 // In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it
2661 // in BuildTemplateIdExpr().
2662 // The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration.
2663 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId &&
2664 Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) {
2665 assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() &&((void)0)
2666 "There should only be one declaration found.")((void)0);
2667 }
2668
2669 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, ADL, TemplateArgs);
2670 }
2671
2672 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
2673}
2674
2675/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
2676/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
2677/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
2678/// this path.
2679ExprResult Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
2680 CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2681 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI) {
2682 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2683 if (!DC)
2684 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2685 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2686
2687 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
2688 return ExprError();
2689
2690 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
2691 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
2692
2693 if (R.isAmbiguous())
2694 return ExprError();
2695
2696 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
2697 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2698 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
2699
2700 if (R.empty()) {
2701 // Don't diagnose problems with invalid record decl, the secondary no_member
2702 // diagnostic during template instantiation is likely bogus, e.g. if a class
2703 // is invalid because it's derived from an invalid base class, then missing
2704 // members were likely supposed to be inherited.
2705 if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
2706 if (CD->isInvalidDecl())
2707 return ExprError();
2708 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
2709 << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
2710 return ExprError();
2711 }
2712
2713 if (const TypeDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
2714 // Diagnose a missing typename if this resolved unambiguously to a type in
2715 // a dependent context. If we can recover with a type, downgrade this to
2716 // a warning in Microsoft compatibility mode.
2717 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
2718 if (RecoveryTSI && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
2719 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
2720 SourceLocation Loc = SS.getBeginLoc();
2721 auto D = Diag(Loc, DiagID);
2722 D << SS.getScopeRep() << NameInfo.getName().getAsString()
2723 << SourceRange(Loc, NameInfo.getEndLoc());
2724
2725 // Don't recover if the caller isn't expecting us to or if we're in a SFINAE
2726 // context.
2727 if (!RecoveryTSI)
2728 return ExprError();
2729
2730 // Only issue the fixit if we're prepared to recover.
2731 D << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "typename ");
2732
2733 // Recover by pretending this was an elaborated type.
2734 QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
2735 TypeLocBuilder TLB;
2736 TLB.pushTypeSpec(Ty).setNameLoc(NameInfo.getLoc());
2737
2738 QualType ET = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, Ty);
2739 ElaboratedTypeLoc QTL = TLB.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(ET);
2740 QTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
2741 QTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
2742
2743 *RecoveryTSI = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, ET);
2744
2745 return ExprEmpty();
2746 }
2747
2748 // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually
2749 // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in
2750 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming
2751 // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11.
2752 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand)
2753 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS,
2754 /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
2755 R, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S);
2756
2757 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ false);
2758}
2759
2760/// The parser has read a name in, and Sema has detected that we're currently
2761/// inside an ObjC method. Perform some additional checks and determine if we
2762/// should form a reference to an ivar.
2763///
2764/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
2765/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
2766DeclResult Sema::LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
2767 IdentifierInfo *II) {
2768 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
2769 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
2770
2771 // Check for error condition which is already reported.
2772 if (!CurMethod)
2773 return DeclResult(true);
2774
2775 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
2776 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
2777 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
2778 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
2779 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
2780
2781 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
2782 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
2783 // ivar, that's an error.
2784 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
2785
2786 bool LookForIvars;
2787 if (Lookup.empty())
2788 LookForIvars = true;
2789 else if (IsClassMethod)
2790 LookForIvars = false;
2791 else
2792 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2793 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
2794 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
2795 if (LookForIvars) {
2796 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
2797 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2798 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = nullptr;
2799 if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared))) {
2800 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
2801 if (IsClassMethod) {
2802 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method) << IV->getDeclName();
2803 return DeclResult(true);
2804 }
2805
2806 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
2807 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
2808 !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) &&
2809 !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport)
2810 Diag(Loc, diag::err_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2811
2812 // Success.
2813 return IV;
2814 }
2815 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
2816 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
2817 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) {
2818 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2819 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
2820 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
2821 declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared))
2822 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
2823 }
2824 }
2825 } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
2826 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
2827 // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error.
2828 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV =
2829 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Lookup.getFoundDecl())) {
2830 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method) << IV->getDeclName();
2831 return DeclResult(true);
2832 }
2833 }
2834
2835 // Didn't encounter an error, didn't find an ivar.
2836 return DeclResult(false);
2837}
2838
2839ExprResult Sema::BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2840 ObjCIvarDecl *IV) {
2841 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
2842 assert(CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstanceMethod() &&((void)0)
2843 "should not reference ivar from this context")((void)0);
2844
2845 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
2846 assert(IFace && "should not reference ivar from this context")((void)0);
2847
2848 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
2849 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
2850 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2851 return ExprError();
2852
2853 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
2854 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
2855 return ExprError();
2856
2857 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
2858 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
2859 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
2860 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
2861 SelfName.setImplicitSelfParam(&II);
2862 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
2863 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc;
2864 ExprResult SelfExpr =
2865 ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc, SelfName,
2866 /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false,
2867 /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false);
2868 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2869 return ExprError();
2870
2871 SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.get());
2872 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
2873 return ExprError();
2874
2875 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true);
2876
2877 ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily();
2878 if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize &&
2879 !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV))
2880 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2881
2882 ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context)
2883 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getUsageType(SelfExpr.get()->getType()), Loc,
2884 IV->getLocation(), SelfExpr.get(), true, true);
2885
2886 if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
2887 if (!isUnevaluatedContext() &&
2888 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
2889 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(Result);
2890 }
2891 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
2892 if (const BlockDecl *BD = CurContext->getInnermostBlockDecl())
2893 ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs.push_back({Loc, BD});
2894
2895 return Result;
2896}
2897
2898/// The parser has read a name in, and Sema has detected that we're currently
2899/// inside an ObjC method. Perform some additional checks and determine if we
2900/// should form a reference to an ivar. If so, build an expression referencing
2901/// that ivar.
2902ExprResult
2903Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
2904 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
2905 // FIXME: Integrate this lookup step into LookupParsedName.
2906 DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Lookup, S, II);
2907 if (Ivar.isInvalid())
2908 return ExprError();
2909 if (Ivar.isUsable())
2910 return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, Lookup.getNameLoc(),
2911 cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Ivar.get()));
2912
2913 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation)
2914 LookupBuiltin(Lookup);
2915
2916 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
2917 return ExprResult(false);
2918}
2919
2920/// Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
2921///
2922/// There are two relevant checks:
2923///
2924/// C++ [class.access.base]p7:
2925///
2926/// If a class member access operator [...] is used to access a non-static
2927/// data member or non-static member function, the reference is ill-formed if
2928/// the left operand [...] cannot be implicitly converted to a pointer to the
2929/// naming class of the right operand.
2930///
2931/// C++ [expr.ref]p7:
2932///
2933/// If E2 is a non-static data member or a non-static member function, the
2934/// program is ill-formed if the class of which E2 is directly a member is an
2935/// ambiguous base (11.8) of the naming class (11.9.3) of E2.
2936///
2937/// Note that the latter check does not consider access; the access of the
2938/// "real" base class is checked as appropriate when checking the access of the
2939/// member name.
2940ExprResult
2941Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2942 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2943 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2944 NamedDecl *Member) {
2945 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
2946 if (!RD)
2947 return From;
2948
2949 QualType DestRecordType;
2950 QualType DestType;
2951 QualType FromRecordType;
2952 QualType FromType = From->getType();
2953 bool PointerConversions = false;
2954 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2955 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
2956 auto FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
2957 DestRecordType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(
2958 DestRecordType, FromPtrType
2959 ? FromType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace()
2960 : FromType.getAddressSpace());
2961
2962 if (FromPtrType) {
2963 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
2964 FromRecordType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType();
2965 PointerConversions = true;
2966 } else {
2967 DestType = DestRecordType;
2968 FromRecordType = FromType;
2969 }
2970 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
2971 if (Method->isStatic())
2972 return From;
2973
2974 DestType = Method->getThisType();
2975 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
2976
2977 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2978 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2979 PointerConversions = true;
2980 } else {
2981 FromRecordType = FromType;
2982 DestType = DestRecordType;
2983 }
2984
2985 LangAS FromAS = FromRecordType.getAddressSpace();
2986 LangAS DestAS = DestRecordType.getAddressSpace();
2987 if (FromAS != DestAS) {
2988 QualType FromRecordTypeWithoutAS =
2989 Context.removeAddrSpaceQualType(FromRecordType);
2990 QualType FromTypeWithDestAS =
2991 Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(FromRecordTypeWithoutAS, DestAS);
2992 if (PointerConversions)
2993 FromTypeWithDestAS = Context.getPointerType(FromTypeWithDestAS);
2994 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromTypeWithDestAS,
2995 CK_AddressSpaceConversion, From->getValueKind())
2996 .get();
2997 }
2998 } else {
2999 // No conversion necessary.
3000 return From;
3001 }
3002
3003 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
3004 return From;
3005
3006 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
3007 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
3008 return From;
3009
3010 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
3011 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
3012
3013 ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind();
3014
3015 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
3016 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
3017 // class name.
3018 //
3019 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
3020 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
3021 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
3022 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
3023 //
3024 // class Base { public: int x; };
3025 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
3026 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
3027 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
3028 //
3029 // void VeryDerived::f() {
3030 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
3031 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
3032 // }
3033 if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) {
3034 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
3035 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type")((void)0);
3036
3037 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
3038
3039 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
3040 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
3041 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
3042 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromLoc, FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
3043 CXXCastPath BasePath;
3044 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
3045 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
3046 return ExprError();
3047
3048 if (PointerConversions)
3049 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
3050 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
3051 VK, &BasePath).get();
3052
3053 FromType = QType;
3054 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
3055
3056 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
3057 // we're done.
3058 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
3059 return From;
3060 }
3061 }
3062
3063 CXXCastPath BasePath;
3064 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
3065 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
3066 /*IgnoreAccess=*/true))
3067 return ExprError();
3068
3069 return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
3070 VK, &BasePath);
3071}
3072
3073bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3074 const LookupResult &R,
3075 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3076 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
3077 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
3078 return false;
3079
3080 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
3081 if (SS.isSet())
3082 return false;
3083
3084 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
3085 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3086 return false;
3087
3088 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
3089 // normal lookup:
3090 for (NamedDecl *D : R) {
3091 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
3092 // -- a declaration of a class member
3093 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
3094 // original decl.
3095 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
3096 return false;
3097
3098 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
3099 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
3100 // using-declaration
3101 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
3102 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
3103 // turn off ADL anyway).
3104 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3105 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
3106 else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3107 return false;
3108
3109 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
3110 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
3111 // template
3112 // And also for builtin functions.
3113 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
3114 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
3115
3116 // But also builtin functions.
3117 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
3118 return false;
3119 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
3120 return false;
3121 }
3122
3123 return true;
3124}
3125
3126
3127/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
3128/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
3129/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
3130/// will in fact be used.
3131static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
3132 if (D->isInvalidDecl())
3133 return true;
3134
3135 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
3136 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
3137 return true;
3138 }
3139
3140 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
3141 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
3142 return true;
3143 }
3144
3145 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
3146 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
3147 return true;
3148 }
3149
3150 return false;
3151}
3152
3153// Certain multiversion types should be treated as overloaded even when there is
3154// only one result.
3155static bool ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(const LookupResult &R) {
3156 assert(R.isSingleResult() && "Expected only a single result")((void)0);
3157 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
3158 return FD &&
3159 (FD->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || FD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion());
3160}
3161
3162ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3163 LookupResult &R, bool NeedsADL,
3164 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
3165 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
3166 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
3167 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() &&
3168 !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>() &&
3169 !ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(R))
3170 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getFoundDecl(),
3171 R.getRepresentativeDecl(), nullptr,
3172 AcceptInvalidDecl);
3173
3174 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
3175 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
3176 // functions and function templates.
3177 if (R.isSingleResult() && !ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(R) &&
3178 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
3179 return ExprError();
3180
3181 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
3182 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
3183 // we've picked a target.
3184 R.suppressDiagnostics();
3185
3186 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
3187 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(),
3188 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
3189 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
3190 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
3191 R.begin(), R.end());
3192
3193 return ULE;
3194}
3195
3196static void
3197diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
3198 ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC);
3199
3200/// Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
3201ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3202 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3203 NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3204 bool AcceptInvalidDecl) {
3205 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration")((void)0);
3206 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&((void)0)
3207 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template")((void)0);
3208
3209 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
3210 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
3211 return ExprError();
3212
3213 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
3214 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
3215 // a template argument list.
3216 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName(Template), Loc);
3217 return ExprError();
3218 }
3219
3220 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
3221 if (!isa<ValueDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(D)) {
3222 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
3223 << D << SS.getRange();
3224 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
3225 return ExprError();
3226 }
3227
3228 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
3229 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
3230 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
3231 // that overload resolution actually selects.
3232 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
3233 return ExprError();
3234
3235 auto *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3236
3237 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
3238 if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalidDecl)
3239 return ExprError();
3240
3241 // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here,
3242 // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this
3243 // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression.
3244 if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3245 if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember())
3246 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(),
3247 indirectField);
3248
3249 {
3250 QualType type = VD->getType();
3251 if (type.isNull())
3252 return ExprError();
3253 ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_PRValue;
3254
3255 // In 'T ...V;', the type of the declaration 'V' is 'T...', but the type of
3256 // a reference to 'V' is simply (unexpanded) 'T'. The type, like the value,
3257 // is expanded by some outer '...' in the context of the use.
3258 type = type.getNonPackExpansionType();
3259
3260 switch (D->getKind()) {
3261 // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds.
3262#define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind)
3263#define VALUE(type, base)
3264#define DECL(type, base) \
3265 case Decl::type:
3266#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
3267 llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind")__builtin_unreachable();
3268
3269 // These shouldn't make it here.
3270 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
3271 llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?")__builtin_unreachable();
3272
3273 // Enum constants are always r-values and never references.
3274 // Unresolved using declarations are dependent.
3275 case Decl::EnumConstant:
3276 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
3277 case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction:
3278 case Decl::OMPDeclareMapper:
3279 valueKind = VK_PRValue;
3280 break;
3281
3282 // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for
3283 // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for
3284 // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really
3285 // exist in the high-level semantics.
3286 case Decl::Field:
3287 case Decl::IndirectField:
3288 case Decl::ObjCIvar:
3289 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&((void)0)
3290 "building reference to field in C?")((void)0);
3291
3292 // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but
3293 // for internal consistency we do this anyway.
3294 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
3295 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3296 break;
3297
3298 // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values
3299 // depending on the type.
3300 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: {
3301 if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
3302 type = reftype->getPointeeType();
3303 valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference
3304 break;
3305 }
3306
3307 // [expr.prim.id.unqual]p2:
3308 // If the entity is a template parameter object for a template
3309 // parameter of type T, the type of the expression is const T.
3310 // [...] The expression is an lvalue if the entity is a [...] template
3311 // parameter object.
3312 if (type->isRecordType()) {
3313 type = type.getUnqualifiedType().withConst();
3314 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3315 break;
3316 }
3317
3318 // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case
3319 // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever.
3320 valueKind = VK_PRValue;
3321 type = type.getUnqualifiedType();
3322 break;
3323 }
3324
3325 case Decl::Var:
3326 case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization:
3327 case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization:
3328 case Decl::Decomposition:
3329 case Decl::OMPCapturedExpr:
3330 // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value.
3331 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3332 !type.hasQualifiers() &&
3333 type->isVoidType()) {
3334 valueKind = VK_PRValue;
3335 break;
3336 }
3337 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
3338
3339 case Decl::ImplicitParam:
3340 case Decl::ParmVar: {
3341 // These are always l-values.
3342 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3343 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
3344
3345 // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in
3346 // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually
3347 // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no.
3348 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) {
3349 QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc);
3350 if (!CapturedType.isNull())
3351 type = CapturedType;
3352 }
3353
3354 break;
3355 }
3356
3357 case Decl::Binding: {
3358 // These are always lvalues.
3359 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3360 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
3361 // FIXME: Support lambda-capture of BindingDecls, once CWG actually
3362 // decides how that's supposed to work.
3363 auto *BD = cast<BindingDecl>(VD);
3364 if (BD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
3365 auto *DD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(BD->getDecomposedDecl());
3366 if (DD && DD->hasLocalStorage())
3367 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, Loc, BD, CurContext);
3368 }
3369 break;
3370 }
3371
3372 case Decl::Function: {
3373 if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) {
3374 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
3375 type = Context.BuiltinFnTy;
3376 valueKind = VK_PRValue;
3377 break;
3378 }
3379 }
3380
3381 const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>();
3382
3383 // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype
3384 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
3385 if (fty->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
3386 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
3387 valueKind = VK_PRValue;
3388 break;
3389 }
3390
3391 // Functions are l-values in C++.
3392 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3393 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3394 break;
3395 }
3396
3397 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
3398 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
3399 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
3400 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
3401 // type.
3402 if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() &&
3403 isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty))
3404 type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getReturnType(),
3405 fty->getExtInfo());
3406
3407 // Functions are r-values in C.
3408 valueKind = VK_PRValue;
3409 break;
3410 }
3411
3412 case Decl::CXXDeductionGuide:
3413 llvm_unreachable("building reference to deduction guide")__builtin_unreachable();
3414
3415 case Decl::MSProperty:
3416 case Decl::MSGuid:
3417 case Decl::TemplateParamObject:
3418 // FIXME: Should MSGuidDecl and template parameter objects be subject to
3419 // capture in OpenMP, or duplicated between host and device?
3420 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3421 break;
3422
3423 case Decl::CXXMethod:
3424 // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype
3425 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
3426 // This should only be possible with a type written directly.
3427 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto
3428 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType()))
3429 if (proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
3430 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
3431 valueKind = VK_PRValue;
3432 break;
3433 }
3434
3435 // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static.
3436 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) {
3437 valueKind = VK_LValue;
3438 break;
3439 }
3440 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
3441
3442 case Decl::CXXConversion:
3443 case Decl::CXXDestructor:
3444 case Decl::CXXConstructor:
3445 valueKind = VK_PRValue;
3446 break;
3447 }
3448
3449 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS, FoundD,
3450 /*FIXME: TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
3451 TemplateArgs);
3452 }
3453}
3454
3455static void ConvertUTF8ToWideString(unsigned CharByteWidth, StringRef Source,
3456 SmallString<32> &Target) {
3457 Target.resize(CharByteWidth * (Source.size() + 1));
3458 char *ResultPtr = &Target[0];
3459 const llvm::UTF8 *ErrorPtr;
3460 bool success =
3461 llvm::ConvertUTF8toWide(CharByteWidth, Source, ResultPtr, ErrorPtr);
3462 (void)success;
3463 assert(success)((void)0);
3464 Target.resize(ResultPtr - &Target[0]);
3465}
3466
3467ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3468 PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK) {
3469 // Pick the current block, lambda, captured statement or function.
3470 Decl *currentDecl = nullptr;
3471 if (const BlockScopeInfo *BSI = getCurBlock())
3472 currentDecl = BSI->TheDecl;
3473 else if (const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda())
3474 currentDecl = LSI->CallOperator;
3475 else if (const CapturedRegionScopeInfo *CSI = getCurCapturedRegion())
3476 currentDecl = CSI->TheCapturedDecl;
3477 else
3478 currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
3479
3480 if (!currentDecl) {
3481 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
3482 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
3483 }
3484
3485 QualType ResTy;
3486 StringLiteral *SL = nullptr;
3487 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext())
3488 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
3489 else {
3490 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of
3491 // the string.
3492 auto Str = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IK, currentDecl);
3493 unsigned Length = Str.length();
3494
3495 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
3496 if (IK == PredefinedExpr::LFunction || IK == PredefinedExpr::LFuncSig) {
3497 ResTy =
3498 Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.WideCharTy.withConst());
3499 SmallString<32> RawChars;
3500 ConvertUTF8ToWideString(Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ResTy).getQuantity(),
3501 Str, RawChars);
3502 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, nullptr,
3503 ArrayType::Normal,
3504 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3505 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, RawChars, StringLiteral::Wide,
3506 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3507 } else {
3508 ResTy = Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.CharTy.withConst());
3509 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, nullptr,
3510 ArrayType::Normal,
3511 /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0);
3512 SL = StringLiteral::Create(Context, Str, StringLiteral::Ascii,
3513 /*Pascal*/ false, ResTy, Loc);
3514 }
3515 }
3516
3517 return PredefinedExpr::Create(Context, Loc, ResTy, IK, SL);
3518}
3519
3520ExprResult Sema::BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3521 SourceLocation LParen,
3522 SourceLocation RParen,
3523 TypeSourceInfo *TSI) {
3524 return SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr::Create(Context, OpLoc, LParen, RParen, TSI);
3525}
3526
3527ExprResult Sema::ActOnSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3528 SourceLocation LParen,
3529 SourceLocation RParen,
3530 ParsedType ParsedTy) {
3531 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
3532 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedTy, &TSI);
3533
3534 if (Ty.isNull())
3535 return ExprError();
3536 if (!TSI)
3537 TSI = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, LParen);
3538
3539 return BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(OpLoc, LParen, RParen, TSI);
3540}
3541
3542ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3543 PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK;
3544
3545 switch (Kind) {
3546 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!")__builtin_unreachable();
3547 case tok::kw___func__: IK = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
3548 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
3549 case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: IK = PredefinedExpr::FuncDName; break; // [MS]
3550 case tok::kw___FUNCSIG__: IK = PredefinedExpr::FuncSig; break; // [MS]
3551 case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::LFunction; break; // [MS]
3552 case tok::kw_L__FUNCSIG__: IK = PredefinedExpr::LFuncSig; break; // [MS]
3553 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IK = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
3554 }
3555
3556 return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IK);
3557}
3558
3559ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3560 SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
3561 bool Invalid = false;
3562 StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
3563 if (Invalid)
3564 return ExprError();
3565
3566 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
3567 PP, Tok.getKind());
3568 if (Literal.hadError())
3569 return ExprError();
3570
3571 QualType Ty;
3572 if (Literal.isWide())
3573 Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++.
3574 else if (Literal.isUTF8() && getLangOpts().Char8)
3575 Ty = Context.Char8Ty; // u8'x' -> char8_t when it exists.
3576 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3577 Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11.
3578 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3579 Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11.
3580 else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar())
3581 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
3582 else
3583 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
3584
3585 CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii;
3586 if (Literal.isWide())
3587 Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide;
3588 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
3589 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16;
3590 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
3591 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32;
3592 else if (Literal.isUTF8())
3593 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF8;
3594
3595 Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty,
3596 Tok.getLocation());
3597
3598 if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty())
3599 return Lit;
3600
3601 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3602 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3603 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3604 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3605
3606 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3607 if (!UDLScope)
3608 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl));
3609
3610 // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form
3611 // operator "" X (ch)
3612 return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(*this, UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc,
3613 Lit, Tok.getLocation());
3614}
3615
3616ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) {
3617 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3618 return IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val),
3619 Context.IntTy, Loc);
3620}
3621
3622static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal,
3623 QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) {
3624 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
3625
3626 using llvm::APFloat;
3627 APFloat Val(Format);
3628
3629 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
3630
3631 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
3632 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
3633 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
3634 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
3635 unsigned diagnostic;
3636 SmallString<20> buffer;
3637 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
3638 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
3639 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
3640 } else {
3641 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
3642 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
3643 }
3644
3645 S.Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
3646 << Ty
3647 << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
3648 }
3649
3650 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
3651 return FloatingLiteral::Create(S.Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Loc);
3652}
3653
3654bool Sema::CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
3655 assert(E && "Invalid expression")((void)0);
3656
3657 if (E->isValueDependent())
3658 return false;
3659
3660 QualType QT = E->getType();
3661 if (!QT->isIntegerType() || QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isCharType()) {
3662 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_type) << QT;
3663 return true;
3664 }
3665
3666 llvm::APSInt ValueAPS;
3667 ExprResult R = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, &ValueAPS);
3668
3669 if (R.isInvalid())
3670 return true;
3671
3672 bool ValueIsPositive = ValueAPS.isStrictlyPositive();
3673 if (!ValueIsPositive || ValueAPS.getActiveBits() > 31) {
3674 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_value)
3675 << toString(ValueAPS, 10) << ValueIsPositive;
3676 return true;
3677 }
3678
3679 return false;
3680}
3681
3682ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) {
3683 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
3684 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix.
3685 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
3686 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
3687 return ActOnIntegerConstant(Tok.getLocation(), Val-'0');
3688 }
3689
3690 SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer;
3691 // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to
3692 // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling()
3693 // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at
3694 // the EOF, so it is also safe.
3695 SpellingBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength() + 1);
3696
3697 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
3698 bool Invalid = false;
3699 StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, SpellingBuffer, &Invalid);
3700 if (Invalid)
3701 return ExprError();
3702
3703 NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(),
3704 PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts(),
3705 PP.getTargetInfo(), PP.getDiagnostics());
3706 if (Literal.hadError)
3707 return ExprError();
3708
3709 if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) {
3710 // We're building a user-defined literal.
3711 IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Literal.getUDSuffix());
3712 SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc =
3713 getUDSuffixLoc(*this, Tok.getLocation(), Literal.getUDSuffixOffset());
3714
3715 // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here.
3716 if (!UDLScope)
3717 return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl));
3718
3719 QualType CookedTy;
3720 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3721 // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3722 // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3723 // operator "" X (f L)
3724 CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3725 } else {
3726 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type
3727 // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form
3728 // operator "" X (n ULL)
3729 CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3730 }
3731
3732 DeclarationName OpName =
3733 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(UDSuffix);
3734 DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc);
3735 OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc);
3736
3737 SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation();
3738
3739 // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw
3740 // literal or a cooked one.
3741 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
3742 switch (LookupLiteralOperator(UDLScope, R, CookedTy,
3743 /*AllowRaw*/ true, /*AllowTemplate*/ true,
3744 /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ false,
3745 /*DiagnoseMissing*/ !Literal.isImaginary)) {
3746 case LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic:
3747 // Lookup failure for imaginary constants isn't fatal, there's still the
3748 // GNU extension producing _Complex types.
3749 break;
3750 case LOLR_Error:
3751 return ExprError();
3752 case LOLR_Cooked: {
3753 Expr *Lit;
3754 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3755 Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, CookedTy, Tok.getLocation());
3756 } else {
3757 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0);
3758 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal))
3759 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3760 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3761 Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, CookedTy,
3762 Tok.getLocation());
3763 }
3764 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3765 }
3766
3767 case LOLR_Raw: {
3768 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the
3769 // literal is treated as a call of the form
3770 // operator "" X ("n")
3771 unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset();
3772 QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(
3773 Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(Context.CharTy.withConst()),
3774 llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1), nullptr, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3775 Expr *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(
3776 Context, StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), StringLiteral::Ascii,
3777 /*Pascal*/false, StrTy, &TokLoc, 1);
3778 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Lit, TokLoc);
3779 }
3780
3781 case LOLR_Template: {
3782 // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator
3783 // template), L is treated as a call fo the form
3784 // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>()
3785 // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck.
3786 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs;
3787 unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(Context.CharTy);
3788 bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3789 llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned);
3790 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) {
3791 Value = TokSpelling[I];
3792 TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy);
3793 TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo;
3794 ExplicitArgs.addArgument(TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo));
3795 }
3796 return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, None, TokLoc,
3797 &ExplicitArgs);
3798 }
3799 case LOLR_StringTemplatePack:
3800 llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result")__builtin_unreachable();
3801 }
3802 }
3803
3804 Expr *Res;
3805
3806 if (Literal.isFixedPointLiteral()) {
3807 QualType Ty;
3808
3809 if (Literal.isAccum) {
3810 if (Literal.isHalf) {
3811 Ty = Context.ShortAccumTy;
3812 } else if (Literal.isLong) {
3813 Ty = Context.LongAccumTy;
3814 } else {
3815 Ty = Context.AccumTy;
3816 }
3817 } else if (Literal.isFract) {
3818 if (Literal.isHalf) {
3819 Ty = Context.ShortFractTy;
3820 } else if (Literal.isLong) {
3821 Ty = Context.LongFractTy;
3822 } else {
3823 Ty = Context.FractTy;
3824 }
3825 }
3826
3827 if (Literal.isUnsigned) Ty = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(Ty);
3828
3829 bool isSigned = !Literal.isUnsigned;
3830 unsigned scale = Context.getFixedPointScale(Ty);
3831 unsigned bit_width = Context.getTypeInfo(Ty).Width;
3832
3833 llvm::APInt Val(bit_width, 0, isSigned);
3834 bool Overflowed = Literal.GetFixedPointValue(Val, scale);
3835 bool ValIsZero = Val.isNullValue() && !Overflowed;
3836
3837 auto MaxVal = Context.getFixedPointMax(Ty).getValue();
3838 if (Literal.isFract && Val == MaxVal + 1 && !ValIsZero)
3839 // Clause 6.4.4 - The value of a constant shall be in the range of
3840 // representable values for its type, with exception for constants of a
3841 // fract type with a value of exactly 1; such a constant shall denote
3842 // the maximal value for the type.
3843 --Val;
3844 else if (Val.ugt(MaxVal) || Overflowed)
3845 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_too_large_for_fixed_point);
3846
3847 Res = FixedPointLiteral::CreateFromRawInt(Context, Val, Ty,
3848 Tok.getLocation(), scale);
3849 } else if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
3850 QualType Ty;
3851 if (Literal.isHalf){
3852 if (getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", getLangOpts()))
3853 Ty = Context.HalfTy;
3854 else {
3855 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_half_const_requires_fp16);
3856 return ExprError();
3857 }
3858 } else if (Literal.isFloat)
3859 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
3860 else if (Literal.isLong)
3861 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
3862 else if (Literal.isFloat16)
3863 Ty = Context.Float16Ty;
3864 else if (Literal.isFloat128)
3865 Ty = Context.Float128Ty;
3866 else
3867 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
3868
3869 Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(*this, Literal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
3870
3871 if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) {
3872 if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) {
3873 if (Ty->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float) {
3874 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3875 }
3876 } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(
3877 "cl_khr_fp64", getLangOpts())) {
3878 // Impose single-precision float type when cl_khr_fp64 is not enabled.
3879 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64)
3880 << (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 300);
3881 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3882 }
3883 }
3884 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
3885 return ExprError();
3886 } else {
3887 QualType Ty;
3888
3889 // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature.
3890 if (!getLangOpts().C99 && Literal.isLongLong) {
3891 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3892 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3893 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
3894 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong);
3895 else
3896 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong);
3897 }
3898
3899 // 'z/uz' literals are a C++2b feature.
3900 if (Literal.isSizeT)
3901 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
3902 ? getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2b
3903 ? diag::warn_cxx20_compat_size_t_suffix
3904 : diag::ext_cxx2b_size_t_suffix
3905 : diag::err_cxx2b_size_t_suffix);
3906
3907 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
3908 unsigned MaxWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth();
3909 llvm::APInt ResultVal(MaxWidth, 0);
3910
3911 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
3912 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull.
3913 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large)
3914 << /* Unsigned */ 1;
3915 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
3916 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&((void)0)
3917 "long long is not intmax_t?")((void)0);
3918 } else {
3919 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
3920 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
3921
3922 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
3923 // be an unsigned int.
3924 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
3925
3926 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
3927 unsigned Width = 0;
3928
3929 // Microsoft specific integer suffixes are explicitly sized.
3930 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger) {
3931 if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 8 && !Literal.isUnsigned) {
3932 Width = 8;
3933 Ty = Context.CharTy;
3934 } else {
3935 Width = Literal.MicrosoftInteger;
3936 Ty = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(Width,
3937 /*Signed=*/!Literal.isUnsigned);
3938 }
3939 }
3940
3941 // Check C++2b size_t literals.
3942 if (Literal.isSizeT) {
3943 assert(!Literal.MicrosoftInteger &&((void)0)
3944 "size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals")((void)0);
3945 unsigned SizeTSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getTypeWidth(
3946 Context.getTargetInfo().getSizeType());
3947
3948 // Does it fit in size_t?
3949 if (ResultVal.isIntN(SizeTSize)) {
3950 // Does it fit in ssize_t?
3951 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[SizeTSize - 1] == 0)
3952 Ty = Context.getSignedSizeType();
3953 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3954 Ty = Context.getSizeType();
3955 Width = SizeTSize;
3956 }
3957 }
3958
3959 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong &&
3960 !Literal.isSizeT) {
3961 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
3962 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
3963
3964 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
3965 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
3966 // Does it fit in a signed int?
3967 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
3968 Ty = Context.IntTy;
3969 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3970 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
3971 Width = IntSize;
3972 }
3973 }
3974
3975 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
3976 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong && !Literal.isSizeT) {
3977 unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
3978
3979 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
3980 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
3981 // Does it fit in a signed long?
3982 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
3983 Ty = Context.LongTy;
3984 else if (AllowUnsigned)
3985 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
3986 // Check according to the rules of C90 6.1.3.2p5. C++03 [lex.icon]p2
3987 // is compatible.
3988 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
3989 const unsigned LongLongSize =
3990 Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
3991 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
3992 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
3993 ? Literal.isLong
3994 ? diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3995 : /*C++98 UB*/ diag::
3996 ext_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx
3997 : diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long)
3998 << (LongLongSize > LongSize ? /*will have type 'long long'*/ 0
3999 : /*will be ill-formed*/ 1);
4000 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
4001 }
4002 Width = LongSize;
4003 }
4004 }
4005
4006 // Check long long if needed.
4007 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isSizeT) {
4008 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
4009
4010 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
4011 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
4012 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
4013 // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the
4014 // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode.
4015 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 ||
4016 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && Literal.isLongLong)))
4017 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
4018 else if (AllowUnsigned)
4019 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
4020 Width = LongLongSize;
4021 }
4022 }
4023
4024 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we either have 'size_t' literal
4025 // that is out of range, or a decimal literal that does not fit in a
4026 // signed long long and has no U suffix.
4027 if (Ty.isNull()) {
4028 if (Literal.isSizeT)
4029 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_size_t_literal_too_large)
4030 << Literal.isUnsigned;
4031 else
4032 Diag(Tok.getLocation(),
4033 diag::ext_integer_literal_too_large_for_signed);
4034 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
4035 Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
4036 }
4037
4038 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
4039 ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width);
4040 }
4041 Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
4042 }
4043
4044 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
4045 if (Literal.isImaginary) {
4046 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
4047 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
4048
4049 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_imaginary_constant);
4050 }
4051 return Res;
4052}
4053
4054ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
4055 assert(E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr")((void)0);
4056 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
4057 if (getLangOpts().ProtectParens && CurFPFeatures.getAllowFPReassociate() &&
4058 !E->isLValue() && ExprTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())
4059 return BuildBuiltinCallExpr(R, Builtin::BI__arithmetic_fence, E);
4060 return new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E);
4061}
4062
4063static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
4064 SourceLocation Loc,
4065 SourceRange ArgRange) {
4066 // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
4067 // scalar or vector data type argument..."
4068 // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
4069 // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
4070 if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
4071 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
4072 << T << ArgRange;
4073 return true;
4074 }
4075
4076 assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&((void)0)
4077 "Scalar types should always be complete")((void)0);
4078 return false;
4079}
4080
4081static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
4082 SourceLocation Loc,
4083 SourceRange ArgRange,
4084 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
4085 // Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++.
4086 if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus)
4087 return true;
4088
4089 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
4090 if (T->isFunctionType() &&
4091 (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf ||
4092 TraitKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf)) {
4093 // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
4094 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
4095 << getTraitSpelling(TraitKind) << ArgRange;
4096 return false;
4097 }
4098
4099 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension, unless in OpenCL where
4100 // this is an error (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.k)
4101 if (T->isVoidType()) {
4102 unsigned DiagID = S.LangOpts.OpenCL ? diag::err_opencl_sizeof_alignof_type
4103 : diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type;
4104 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getTraitSpelling(TraitKind) << ArgRange;
4105 return false;
4106 }
4107
4108 return true;
4109}
4110
4111static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
4112 SourceLocation Loc,
4113 SourceRange ArgRange,
4114 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
4115 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the
4116 // runtime doesn't allow it.
4117 if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4118 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
4119 << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
4120 << ArgRange;
4121 return true;
4122 }
4123
4124 return false;
4125}
4126
4127/// Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed
4128/// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is.
4129static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4130 Expr *E) {
4131 // Don't warn if the operation changed the type.
4132 if (T != E->getType())
4133 return;
4134
4135 // Now look for array decays.
4136 ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
4137 if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay)
4138 return;
4139
4140 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange()
4141 << ICE->getType()
4142 << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType();
4143}
4144
4145/// Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression
4146/// and type traits.
4147///
4148/// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
4149/// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
4150/// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
4151/// instantiation, etc.
4152bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E,
4153 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
4154 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
4155 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType())((void)0);
4156
4157 bool IsUnevaluatedOperand =
4158 (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf || ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf ||
4159 ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_VecStep);
4160 if (IsUnevaluatedOperand) {
4161 ExprResult Result = CheckUnevaluatedOperand(E);
4162 if (Result.isInvalid())
4163 return true;
4164 E = Result.get();
4165 }
4166
4167 // The operand for sizeof and alignof is in an unevaluated expression context,
4168 // so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
4169 // Exclude instantiation-dependent expressions, because 'sizeof' is sometimes
4170 // used to build SFINAE gadgets.
4171 // FIXME: Should we consider instantiation-dependent operands to 'alignof'?
4172 if (IsUnevaluatedOperand && !inTemplateInstantiation() &&
4173 !E->isInstantiationDependent() &&
4174 E->HasSideEffects(Context, false))
4175 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
4176
4177 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
4178 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
4179 E->getSourceRange());
4180
4181 // Explicitly list some types as extensions.
4182 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
4183 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
4184 return false;
4185
4186 // 'alignof' applied to an expression only requires the base element type of
4187 // the expression to be complete. 'sizeof' requires the expression's type to
4188 // be complete (and will attempt to complete it if it's an array of unknown
4189 // bound).
4190 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) {
4191 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(
4192 E->getExprLoc(), Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType()),
4193 diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type,
4194 getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), E->getSourceRange()))
4195 return true;
4196 } else {
4197 if (RequireCompleteSizedExprType(
4198 E, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type,
4199 getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), E->getSourceRange()))
4200 return true;
4201 }
4202
4203 // Completing the expression's type may have changed it.
4204 ExprTy = E->getType();
4205 assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType())((void)0);
4206
4207 if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) {
4208 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
4209 << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind) << E->getSourceRange();
4210 return true;
4211 }
4212
4213 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
4214 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
4215 return true;
4216
4217 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) {
4218 if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
4219 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) {
4220 QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType();
4221 QualType Type = PVD->getType();
4222 if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) {
4223 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param)
4224 << Type << OType;
4225 Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
4226 }
4227 }
4228 }
4229
4230 // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array
4231 // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most
4232 // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x".
4233 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
4234 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
4235 BO->getLHS());
4236 warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(),
4237 BO->getRHS());
4238 }
4239 }
4240
4241 return false;
4242}
4243
4244/// Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
4245/// traits.
4246///
4247/// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
4248/// on those operands.
4249///
4250/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
4251/// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
4252/// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
4253///
4254/// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
4255/// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
4256/// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
4257///
4258/// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
4259bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType,
4260 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4261 SourceRange ExprRange,
4262 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
4263 if (ExprType->isDependentType())
4264 return false;
4265
4266 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2:
4267 // When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result
4268 // is the size of the referenced type.
4269 // C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
4270 // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result
4271 // shall be the alignment of the referenced type.
4272 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4273 ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
4274
4275 // C11 6.5.3.4/3, C++11 [expr.alignof]p3:
4276 // When alignof or _Alignof is applied to an array type, the result
4277 // is the alignment of the element type.
4278 if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf ||
4279 ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign)
4280 ExprType = Context.getBaseElementType(ExprType);
4281
4282 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
4283 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);
4284
4285 // Explicitly list some types as extensions.
4286 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
4287 ExprKind))
4288 return false;
4289
4290 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(
4291 OpLoc, ExprType, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type,
4292 getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), ExprRange))
4293 return true;
4294
4295 if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) {
4296 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type)
4297 << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind) << ExprRange;
4298 return true;
4299 }
4300
4301 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
4302 ExprKind))
4303 return true;
4304
4305 return false;
4306}
4307
4308static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
4309 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
4310 if (E->isTypeDependent())
4311 return false;
4312
4313 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) {
4314 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield)
4315 << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
4316 return true;
4317 }
4318
4319 ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
4320 Expr *Inner = E->IgnoreParens();
4321 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Inner)) {
4322 D = DRE->getDecl();
4323 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Inner)) {
4324 D = ME->getMemberDecl();
4325 }
4326
4327 // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a
4328 // complete definition so that we can compute the layout.
4329 //
4330 // This can happen in C++11 onwards, either by naming the member
4331 // in a way that is not transformed into a member access expression
4332 // (in an unevaluated operand, for instance), or by naming the member
4333 // in a trailing-return-type.
4334 //
4335 // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC
4336 // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the
4337 // nonsensical answer 0.
4338 //
4339 // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just
4340 // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing
4341 // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of
4342 // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal
4343 // use-case.
4344 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(D)) {
4345 // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a
4346 // definition if we can find a member of it.
4347 if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) {
4348 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type)
4349 << E->getSourceRange();
4350 return true;
4351 }
4352
4353 // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have
4354 // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a
4355 // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to
4356 // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial.
4357 if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
4358 return false;
4359 }
4360
4361 return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, ExprKind);
4362}
4363
4364bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
4365 E = E->IgnoreParens();
4366
4367 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
4368 if (E->isTypeDependent())
4369 return false;
4370
4371 return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
4372}
4373
4374static void captureVariablyModifiedType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T,
4375 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI) {
4376 assert(T->isVariablyModifiedType())((void)0);
4377 assert(CSI != nullptr)((void)0);
4378
4379 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA expressions.
4380 do {
4381 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
4382 switch (Ty->getTypeClass()) {
4383#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4384#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
4385#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
4386#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4387#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base)
4388#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
4389 T = QualType();
4390 break;
4391 // These types are never variably-modified.
4392 case Type::Builtin:
4393 case Type::Complex:
4394 case Type::Vector:
4395 case Type::ExtVector:
4396 case Type::ConstantMatrix:
4397 case Type::Record:
4398 case Type::Enum:
4399 case Type::Elaborated:
4400 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
4401 case Type::ObjCObject:
4402 case Type::ObjCInterface:
4403 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
4404 case Type::ObjCTypeParam:
4405 case Type::Pipe:
4406 case Type::ExtInt:
4407 llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!")__builtin_unreachable();
4408 case Type::Adjusted:
4409 T = cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)->getOriginalType();
4410 break;
4411 case Type::Decayed:
4412 T = cast<DecayedType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
4413 break;
4414 case Type::Pointer:
4415 T = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
4416 break;
4417 case Type::BlockPointer:
4418 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
4419 break;
4420 case Type::LValueReference:
4421 case Type::RValueReference:
4422 T = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
4423 break;
4424 case Type::MemberPointer:
4425 T = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType();
4426 break;
4427 case Type::ConstantArray:
4428 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4429 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
4430 T = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType();
4431 break;
4432 case Type::VariableArray: {
4433 // Losing element qualification here is fine.
4434 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(Ty);
4435
4436 // Unknown size indication requires no size computation.
4437 // Otherwise, evaluate and record it.
4438 auto Size = VAT->getSizeExpr();
4439 if (Size && !CSI->isVLATypeCaptured(VAT) &&
4440 (isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) || isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)))
4441 CSI->addVLATypeCapture(Size->getExprLoc(), VAT, Context.getSizeType());
4442
4443 T = VAT->getElementType();
4444 break;
4445 }
4446 case Type::FunctionProto:
4447 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
4448 T = cast<FunctionType>(Ty)->getReturnType();
4449 break;
4450 case Type::Paren:
4451 case Type::TypeOf:
4452 case Type::UnaryTransform:
4453 case Type::Attributed:
4454 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
4455 case Type::MacroQualified:
4456 // Keep walking after single level desugaring.
4457 T = T.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Context);
4458 break;
4459 case Type::Typedef:
4460 T = cast<TypedefType>(Ty)->desugar();
4461 break;
4462 case Type::Decltype:
4463 T = cast<DecltypeType>(Ty)->desugar();
4464 break;
4465 case Type::Auto:
4466 case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
4467 T = cast<DeducedType>(Ty)->getDeducedType();
4468 break;
4469 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
4470 T = cast<TypeOfExprType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
4471 break;
4472 case Type::Atomic:
4473 T = cast<AtomicType>(Ty)->getValueType();
4474 break;
4475 }
4476 } while (!T.isNull() && T->isVariablyModifiedType());
4477}
4478
4479/// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
4480ExprResult
4481Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4482 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4483 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
4484 SourceRange R) {
4485 if (!TInfo)
4486 return ExprError();
4487
4488 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4489
4490 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
4491 CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind))
4492 return ExprError();
4493
4494 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && FunctionScopes.size() > 1) {
4495 if (auto *TT = T->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
4496 for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(),
4497 E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend());
4498 I != E; ++I) {
4499 auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I);
4500 if (CSI == nullptr)
4501 break;
4502 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
4503 if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
4504 DC = LSI->CallOperator;
4505 else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))
4506 DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl;
4507 else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI))
4508 DC = BSI->TheDecl;
4509 if (DC) {
4510 if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl()))
4511 break;
4512 captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, T, CSI);
4513 }
4514 }
4515 }
4516 }
4517
4518 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
4519 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
4520 ExprKind, TInfo, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, R.getEnd());
4521}
4522
4523/// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
4524/// operand.
4525ExprResult
4526Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4527 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
4528 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
4529 if (PE.isInvalid())
4530 return ExprError();
4531
4532 E = PE.get();
4533
4534 // Verify that the operand is valid.
4535 bool isInvalid = false;
4536 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
4537 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4538 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) {
4539 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E, ExprKind);
4540 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
4541 isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
4542 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) {
4543 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_openmp_default_simd_align_expr);
4544 isInvalid = true;
4545 } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
4546 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) << 0;
4547 isInvalid = true;
4548 } else {
4549 isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
4550 }
4551
4552 if (isInvalid)
4553 return ExprError();
4554
4555 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) {
4556 PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
4557 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4558 E = PE.get();
4559 }
4560
4561 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
4562 return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
4563 ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
4564}
4565
4566/// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
4567/// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
4568/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
4569ExprResult
4570Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4571 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType,
4572 void *TyOrEx, SourceRange ArgRange) {
4573 // If error parsing type, ignore.
4574 if (!TyOrEx) return ExprError();
4575
4576 if (IsType) {
4577 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4578 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
4579 return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange);
4580 }
4581
4582 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
4583 ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
4584 return Result;
4585}
4586
4587static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc,
4588 bool IsReal) {
4589 if (V.get()->isTypeDependent())
4590 return S.Context.DependentTy;
4591
4592 // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values.
4593 if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) {
4594 V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.get());
4595 if (V.isInvalid())
4596 return QualType();
4597 }
4598
4599 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
4600 if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
4601 return CT->getElementType();
4602
4603 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
4604 if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4605 return V.get()->getType();
4606
4607 // Test for placeholders.
4608 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get());
4609 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4610 if (PR.get() != V.get()) {
4611 V = PR;
4612 return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal);
4613 }
4614
4615 // Reject anything else.
4616 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType()
4617 << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
4618 return QualType();
4619}
4620
4621
4622
4623ExprResult
4624Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4625 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
4626 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
4627 switch (Kind) {
4628 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!")__builtin_unreachable();
4629 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break;
4630 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break;
4631 }
4632
4633 // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4634 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Input);
4635 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4636 Input = Result.get();
4637
4638 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
4639}
4640
4641/// Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal.
4642///
4643/// \return true on error
4644static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S,
4645 SourceLocation opLoc,
4646 Expr *op) {
4647 assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())((void)0);
4648 if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() &&
4649 !S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime)
4650 return false;
4651
4652 S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4653 << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType()
4654 << op->getSourceRange();
4655 return true;
4656}
4657
4658static bool isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(Sema &S, Expr *Base) {
4659 auto *BaseNoParens = Base->IgnoreParens();
4660 if (auto *MSProp = dyn_cast<MSPropertyRefExpr>(BaseNoParens))
4661 return MSProp->getPropertyDecl()->getType()->isArrayType();
4662 return isa<MSPropertySubscriptExpr>(BaseNoParens);
4663}
4664
4665ExprResult
4666Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, SourceLocation lbLoc,
4667 Expr *idx, SourceLocation rbLoc) {
4668 if (base && !base->getType().isNull() &&
4669 base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::OMPArraySection))
4670 return ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, SourceLocation(),
4671 SourceLocation(), /*Length*/ nullptr,
4672 /*Stride=*/nullptr, rbLoc);
4673
4674 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
4675 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(base)) {
4676 ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, base);
4677 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4678 base = result.get();
4679 }
4680
4681 // Check if base and idx form a MatrixSubscriptExpr.
4682 //
4683 // Helper to check for comma expressions, which are not allowed as indices for
4684 // matrix subscript expressions.
4685 auto CheckAndReportCommaError = [this, base, rbLoc](Expr *E) {
4686 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E) && cast<BinaryOperator>(E)->isCommaOp()) {
4687 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_matrix_subscript_comma)
4688 << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc);
4689 return true;
4690 }
4691 return false;
4692 };
4693 // The matrix subscript operator ([][])is considered a single operator.
4694 // Separating the index expressions by parenthesis is not allowed.
4695 if (base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(
4696 BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx) &&
4697 !isa<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(base)) {
4698 Diag(base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_matrix_separate_incomplete_index)
4699 << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc);
4700 return ExprError();
4701 }
4702 // If the base is a MatrixSubscriptExpr, try to create a new
4703 // MatrixSubscriptExpr.
4704 auto *matSubscriptE = dyn_cast<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(base);
4705 if (matSubscriptE) {
4706 if (CheckAndReportCommaError(idx))
4707 return ExprError();
4708
4709 assert(matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() &&((void)0)
4710 "base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript")((void)0);
4711 return CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(
4712 matSubscriptE->getBase(), matSubscriptE->getRowIdx(), idx, rbLoc);
4713 }
4714
4715 // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index
4716 // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other
4717 // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload
4718 // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack
4719 // at the overload.
4720 bool IsMSPropertySubscript = false;
4721 if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4722 IsMSPropertySubscript = isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(*this, base);
4723 if (!IsMSPropertySubscript) {
4724 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(base);
4725 if (result.isInvalid())
4726 return ExprError();
4727 base = result.get();
4728 }
4729 }
4730
4731 // If the base is a matrix type, try to create a new MatrixSubscriptExpr.
4732 if (base->getType()->isMatrixType()) {
4733 if (CheckAndReportCommaError(idx))
4734 return ExprError();
4735
4736 return CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(base, idx, nullptr, rbLoc);
4737 }
4738
4739 // A comma-expression as the index is deprecated in C++2a onwards.
4740 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 &&
4741 ((isa<BinaryOperator>(idx) && cast<BinaryOperator>(idx)->isCommaOp()) ||
4742 (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(idx) &&
4743 cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(idx)->getOperator() == OO_Comma))) {
4744 Diag(idx->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_comma_subscript)
4745 << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc);
4746 }
4747
4748 if (idx->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4749 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(idx);
4750 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4751 idx = result.get();
4752 }
4753
4754 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
4755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4756 (base->isTypeDependent() || idx->isTypeDependent())) {
4757 return new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(base, idx, Context.DependentTy,
4758 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
4759 }
4760
4761 // MSDN, property (C++)
4762 // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/yhfk0thd(v=vs.120).aspx
4763 // This attribute can also be used in the declaration of an empty array in a
4764 // class or structure definition. For example:
4765 // __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x[];
4766 // The above statement indicates that x[] can be used with one or more array
4767 // indices. In this case, i=p->x[a][b] will be turned into i=p->GetX(a, b),
4768 // and p->x[a][b] = i will be turned into p->PutX(a, b, i);
4769 if (IsMSPropertySubscript) {
4770 // Build MS property subscript expression if base is MS property reference
4771 // or MS property subscript.
4772 return new (Context) MSPropertySubscriptExpr(
4773 base, idx, Context.PseudoObjectTy, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc);
4774 }
4775
4776 // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record
4777 // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*,
4778 // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion
4779 // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution
4780 // to do if there aren't any record types involved.
4781 //
4782 // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied
4783 // to overload resolution and so should not take this path.
4784 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4785 (base->getType()->isRecordType() ||
4786 (!base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
4787 idx->getType()->isRecordType()))) {
4788 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(lbLoc, rbLoc, base, idx);
4789 }
4790
4791 ExprResult Res = CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(base, lbLoc, idx, rbLoc);
4792
4793 if (!Res.isInvalid() && isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Res.get()))
4794 CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Res.get()));
4795
4796 return Res;
4797}
4798
4799ExprResult Sema::tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty) {
4800 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty);
4801 InitializationKind Kind =
4802 InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation());
4803 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, E);
4804 return InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, E);
4805}
4806
4807ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx,
4808 Expr *ColumnIdx,
4809 SourceLocation RBLoc) {
4810 ExprResult BaseR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
4811 if (BaseR.isInvalid())
4812 return BaseR;
4813 Base = BaseR.get();
4814
4815 ExprResult RowR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RowIdx);
4816 if (RowR.isInvalid())
4817 return RowR;
4818 RowIdx = RowR.get();
4819
4820 if (!ColumnIdx)
4821 return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr(
4822 Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, Context.IncompleteMatrixIdxTy, RBLoc);
4823
4824 // Build an unanalyzed expression if any of the operands is type-dependent.
4825 if (Base->isTypeDependent() || RowIdx->isTypeDependent() ||
4826 ColumnIdx->isTypeDependent())
4827 return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr(Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx,
4828 Context.DependentTy, RBLoc);
4829
4830 ExprResult ColumnR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ColumnIdx);
4831 if (ColumnR.isInvalid())
4832 return ColumnR;
4833 ColumnIdx = ColumnR.get();
4834
4835 // Check that IndexExpr is an integer expression. If it is a constant
4836 // expression, check that it is less than Dim (= the number of elements in the
4837 // corresponding dimension).
4838 auto IsIndexValid = [&](Expr *IndexExpr, unsigned Dim,
4839 bool IsColumnIdx) -> Expr * {
4840 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
4841 !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
4842 Diag(IndexExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_matrix_index_not_integer)
4843 << IsColumnIdx;
4844 return nullptr;
4845 }
4846
4847 if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> Idx =
4848 IndexExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
4849 if ((*Idx < 0 || *Idx >= Dim)) {
4850 Diag(IndexExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_matrix_index_outside_range)
4851 << IsColumnIdx << Dim;
4852 return nullptr;
4853 }
4854 }
4855
4856 ExprResult ConvExpr =
4857 tryConvertExprToType(IndexExpr, Context.getSizeType());
4858 assert(!ConvExpr.isInvalid() &&((void)0)
4859 "should be able to convert any integer type to size type")((void)0);
4860 return ConvExpr.get();
4861 };
4862
4863 auto *MTy = Base->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>();
4864 RowIdx = IsIndexValid(RowIdx, MTy->getNumRows(), false);
4865 ColumnIdx = IsIndexValid(ColumnIdx, MTy->getNumColumns(), true);
4866 if (!RowIdx || !ColumnIdx)
4867 return ExprError();
4868
4869 return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr(Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx,
4870 MTy->getElementType(), RBLoc);
4871}
4872
4873void Sema::CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E) {
4874 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &LastRecord = ExprEvalContexts.back();
4875 const Expr *StrippedExpr = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4876
4877 // For expressions like `&(*s).b`, the base is recorded and what should be
4878 // checked.
4879 const MemberExpr *Member = nullptr;
4880 while ((Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(StrippedExpr)) && !Member->isArrow())
4881 StrippedExpr = Member->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4882
4883 LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.erase(StrippedExpr);
4884}
4885
4886void Sema::CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E) {
4887 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
4888 return;
4889
4890 QualType ResultTy = E->getType();
4891 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &LastRecord = ExprEvalContexts.back();
4892
4893 // Bail if the element is an array since it is not memory access.
4894 if (isa<ArrayType>(ResultTy))
4895 return;
4896
4897 if (ResultTy->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) {
4898 LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.insert(E);
4899 return;
4900 }
4901
4902 // Check if the base type is a pointer to a member access of a struct
4903 // marked with noderef.
4904 const Expr *Base = E->getBase();
4905 QualType BaseTy = Base->getType();
4906 if (!(isa<ArrayType>(BaseTy) || isa<PointerType>(BaseTy)))
4907 // Not a pointer access
4908 return;
4909
4910 const MemberExpr *Member = nullptr;
4911 while ((Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base->IgnoreParenCasts())) &&
4912 Member->isArrow())
4913 Base = Member->getBase();
4914
4915 if (const auto *Ptr = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Base->getType())) {
4916 if (Ptr->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref))
4917 LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.insert(E);
4918 }
4919}
4920
4921ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
4922 Expr *LowerBound,
4923 SourceLocation ColonLocFirst,
4924 SourceLocation ColonLocSecond,
4925 Expr *Length, Expr *Stride,
4926 SourceLocation RBLoc) {
4927 if (Base->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4928 !Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(
4929 BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) {
4930 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
4931 if (Result.isInvalid())
4932 return ExprError();
4933 Base = Result.get();
4934 }
4935 if (LowerBound && LowerBound->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4936 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LowerBound);
4937 if (Result.isInvalid())
4938 return ExprError();
4939 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
4940 if (Result.isInvalid())
4941 return ExprError();
4942 LowerBound = Result.get();
4943 }
4944 if (Length && Length->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4945 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Length);
4946 if (Result.isInvalid())
4947 return ExprError();
4948 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
4949 if (Result.isInvalid())
4950 return ExprError();
4951 Length = Result.get();
4952 }
4953 if (Stride && Stride->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
4954 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Stride);
4955 if (Result.isInvalid())
4956 return ExprError();
4957 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
4958 if (Result.isInvalid())
4959 return ExprError();
4960 Stride = Result.get();
4961 }
4962
4963 // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent.
4964 if (Base->isTypeDependent() ||
4965 (LowerBound &&
4966 (LowerBound->isTypeDependent() || LowerBound->isValueDependent())) ||
4967 (Length && (Length->isTypeDependent() || Length->isValueDependent())) ||
4968 (Stride && (Stride->isTypeDependent() || Stride->isValueDependent()))) {
4969 return new (Context) OMPArraySectionExpr(
4970 Base, LowerBound, Length, Stride, Context.DependentTy, VK_LValue,
4971 OK_Ordinary, ColonLocFirst, ColonLocSecond, RBLoc);
4972 }
4973
4974 // Perform default conversions.
4975 QualType OriginalTy = OMPArraySectionExpr::getBaseOriginalType(Base);
4976 QualType ResultTy;
4977 if (OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) {
4978 ResultTy = OriginalTy->getPointeeType();
4979 } else if (OriginalTy->isArrayType()) {
4980 ResultTy = OriginalTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4981 } else {
4982 return ExprError(
4983 Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_value)
4984 << Base->getSourceRange());
4985 }
4986 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4987 if (LowerBound) {
4988 auto Res = PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(LowerBound->getExprLoc(),
4989 LowerBound);
4990 if (Res.isInvalid())
4991 return ExprError(Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(),
4992 diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer)
4993 << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange());
4994 LowerBound = Res.get();
4995
4996 if (LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
4997 LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
4998 Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char)
4999 << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange();
5000 }
5001 if (Length) {
5002 auto Res =
5003 PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Length->getExprLoc(), Length);
5004 if (Res.isInvalid())
5005 return ExprError(Diag(Length->getExprLoc(),
5006 diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer)
5007 << 1 << Length->getSourceRange());
5008 Length = Res.get();
5009
5010 if (Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
5011 Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
5012 Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char)
5013 << 1 << Length->getSourceRange();
5014 }
5015 if (Stride) {
5016 ExprResult Res =
5017 PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Stride->getExprLoc(), Stride);
5018 if (Res.isInvalid())
5019 return ExprError(Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(),
5020 diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer)
5021 << 1 << Stride->getSourceRange());
5022 Stride = Res.get();
5023
5024 if (Stride->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
5025 Stride->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
5026 Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char)
5027 << 1 << Stride->getSourceRange();
5028 }
5029
5030 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
5031 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
5032 // type. Note that functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
5033 // incomplete types are not object types.
5034 if (ResultTy->isFunctionType()) {
5035 Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_function_type)
5036 << ResultTy << Base->getSourceRange();
5037 return ExprError();
5038 }
5039
5040 if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getExprLoc(), ResultTy,
5041 diag::err_omp_section_incomplete_type, Base))
5042 return ExprError();
5043
5044 if (LowerBound && !OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) {
5045 Expr::EvalResult Result;
5046 if (LowerBound->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) {
5047 // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections]
5048 // The array section must be a subset of the original array.
5049 llvm::APSInt LowerBoundValue = Result.Val.getInt();
5050 if (LowerBoundValue.isNegative()) {
5051 Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_not_subset_of_array)
5052 << LowerBound->getSourceRange();
5053 return ExprError();
5054 }
5055 }
5056 }
5057
5058 if (Length) {
5059 Expr::EvalResult Result;
5060 if (Length->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) {
5061 // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections]
5062 // The length must evaluate to non-negative integers.
5063 llvm::APSInt LengthValue = Result.Val.getInt();
5064 if (LengthValue.isNegative()) {
5065 Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_length_negative)
5066 << toString(LengthValue, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true)
5067 << Length->getSourceRange();
5068 return ExprError();
5069 }
5070 }
5071 } else if (ColonLocFirst.isValid() &&
5072 (OriginalTy.isNull() || (!OriginalTy->isConstantArrayType() &&
5073 !OriginalTy->isVariableArrayType()))) {
5074 // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections]
5075 // When the size of the array dimension is not known, the length must be
5076 // specified explicitly.
5077 Diag(ColonLocFirst, diag::err_omp_section_length_undefined)
5078 << (!OriginalTy.isNull() && OriginalTy->isArrayType());
5079 return ExprError();
5080 }
5081
5082 if (Stride) {
5083 Expr::EvalResult Result;
5084 if (Stride->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) {
5085 // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections]
5086 // The stride must evaluate to a positive integer.
5087 llvm::APSInt StrideValue = Result.Val.getInt();
5088 if (!StrideValue.isStrictlyPositive()) {
5089 Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_stride_non_positive)
5090 << toString(StrideValue, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true)
5091 << Stride->getSourceRange();
5092 return ExprError();
5093 }
5094 }
5095 }
5096
5097 if (!Base->getType()->isSpecificPlaceholderType(
5098 BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) {
5099 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Base);
5100 if (Result.isInvalid())
5101 return ExprError();
5102 Base = Result.get();
5103 }
5104 return new (Context) OMPArraySectionExpr(
5105 Base, LowerBound, Length, Stride, Context.OMPArraySectionTy, VK_LValue,
5106 OK_Ordinary, ColonLocFirst, ColonLocSecond, RBLoc);
5107}
5108
5109ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArrayShapingExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5110 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5111 ArrayRef<Expr *> Dims,
5112 ArrayRef<SourceRange> Brackets) {
5113 if (Base->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
5114 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5115 if (Result.isInvalid())
5116 return ExprError();
5117 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
5118 if (Result.isInvalid())
5119 return ExprError();
5120 Base = Result.get();
5121 }
5122 QualType BaseTy = Base->getType();
5123 // Delay analysis of the types/expressions if instantiation/specialization is
5124 // required.
5125 if (!BaseTy->isPointerType() && Base->isTypeDependent())
5126 return OMPArrayShapingExpr::Create(Context, Context.DependentTy, Base,
5127 LParenLoc, RParenLoc, Dims, Brackets);
5128 if (!BaseTy->isPointerType() ||
5129 (!Base->isTypeDependent() &&
5130 BaseTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType()))
5131 return ExprError(Diag(Base->getExprLoc(),
5132 diag::err_omp_non_pointer_type_array_shaping_base)
5133 << Base->getSourceRange());
5134
5135 SmallVector<Expr *, 4> NewDims;
5136 bool ErrorFound = false;
5137 for (Expr *Dim : Dims) {
5138 if (Dim->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
5139 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Dim);
5140 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5141 ErrorFound = true;
5142 continue;
5143 }
5144 Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(Result.get());
5145 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5146 ErrorFound = true;
5147 continue;
5148 }
5149 Dim = Result.get();
5150 }
5151 if (!Dim->isTypeDependent()) {
5152 ExprResult Result =
5153 PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(Dim->getExprLoc(), Dim);
5154 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5155 ErrorFound = true;
5156 Diag(Dim->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_shaping_not_integer)
5157 << Dim->getSourceRange();
5158 continue;
5159 }
5160 Dim = Result.get();
5161 Expr::EvalResult EvResult;
5162 if (!Dim->isValueDependent() && Dim->EvaluateAsInt(EvResult, Context)) {
5163 // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.4 Array Shaping]
5164 // Each si is an integral type expression that must evaluate to a
5165 // positive integer.
5166 llvm::APSInt Value = EvResult.Val.getInt();
5167 if (!Value.isStrictlyPositive()) {
5168 Diag(Dim->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_shaping_dimension_not_positive)
5169 << toString(Value, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true)
5170 << Dim->getSourceRange();
5171 ErrorFound = true;
5172 continue;
5173 }
5174 }
5175 }
5176 NewDims.push_back(Dim);
5177 }
5178 if (ErrorFound)
5179 return ExprError();
5180 return OMPArrayShapingExpr::Create(Context, Context.OMPArrayShapingTy, Base,
5181 LParenLoc, RParenLoc, NewDims, Brackets);
5182}
5183
5184ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPIteratorExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation IteratorKwLoc,
5185 SourceLocation LLoc, SourceLocation RLoc,
5186 ArrayRef<OMPIteratorData> Data) {
5187 SmallVector<OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition, 4> ID;
5188 bool IsCorrect = true;
5189 for (const OMPIteratorData &D : Data) {
5190 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
5191 SourceLocation StartLoc;
5192 QualType DeclTy;
5193 if (!D.Type.getAsOpaquePtr()) {
5194 // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators
5195 // In an iterator-specifier, if the iterator-type is not specified then
5196 // the type of that iterator is of int type.
5197 DeclTy = Context.IntTy;
5198 StartLoc = D.DeclIdentLoc;
5199 } else {
5200 DeclTy = GetTypeFromParser(D.Type, &TInfo);
5201 StartLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
5202 }
5203
5204 bool IsDeclTyDependent = DeclTy->isDependentType() ||
5205 DeclTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() ||
5206 DeclTy->isInstantiationDependentType();
5207 if (!IsDeclTyDependent) {
5208 if (!DeclTy->isIntegralType(Context) && !DeclTy->isAnyPointerType()) {
5209 // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions, C/C++
5210 // The iterator-type must be an integral or pointer type.
5211 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_omp_iterator_not_integral_or_pointer)
5212 << DeclTy;
5213 IsCorrect = false;
5214 continue;
5215 }
5216 if (DeclTy.isConstant(Context)) {
5217 // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions, C/C++
5218 // The iterator-type must not be const qualified.
5219 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_omp_iterator_not_integral_or_pointer)
5220 << DeclTy;
5221 IsCorrect = false;
5222 continue;
5223 }
5224 }
5225
5226 // Iterator declaration.
5227 assert(D.DeclIdent && "Identifier expected.")((void)0);
5228 // Always try to create iterator declarator to avoid extra error messages
5229 // about unknown declarations use.
5230 auto *VD = VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, StartLoc, D.DeclIdentLoc,
5231 D.DeclIdent, DeclTy, TInfo, SC_None);
5232 VD->setImplicit();
5233 if (S) {
5234 // Check for conflicting previous declaration.
5235 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(VD->getDeclName(), D.DeclIdentLoc);
5236 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5237 ForVisibleRedeclaration);
5238 Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
5239 LookupName(Previous, S);
5240
5241 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, CurContext, S, /*ConsiderLinkage=*/false,
5242 /*AllowInlineNamespace=*/false);
5243 if (!Previous.empty()) {
5244 NamedDecl *Old = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
5245 Diag(D.DeclIdentLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << VD->getDeclName();
5246 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5247 } else {
5248 PushOnScopeChains(VD, S);
5249 }
5250 } else {
5251 CurContext->addDecl(VD);
5252 }
5253 Expr *Begin = D.Range.Begin;
5254 if (!IsDeclTyDependent && Begin && !Begin->isTypeDependent()) {
5255 ExprResult BeginRes =
5256 PerformImplicitConversion(Begin, DeclTy, AA_Converting);
5257 Begin = BeginRes.get();
5258 }
5259 Expr *End = D.Range.End;
5260 if (!IsDeclTyDependent && End && !End->isTypeDependent()) {
5261 ExprResult EndRes = PerformImplicitConversion(End, DeclTy, AA_Converting);
5262 End = EndRes.get();
5263 }
5264 Expr *Step = D.Range.Step;
5265 if (!IsDeclTyDependent && Step && !Step->isTypeDependent()) {
5266 if (!Step->getType()->isIntegralType(Context)) {
5267 Diag(Step->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_step_not_integral)
5268 << Step << Step->getSourceRange();
5269 IsCorrect = false;
5270 continue;
5271 }
5272 Optional<llvm::APSInt> Result = Step->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context);
5273 // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions
5274 // If the step expression of a range-specification equals zero, the
5275 // behavior is unspecified.
5276 if (Result && Result->isNullValue()) {
5277 Diag(Step->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_step_constant_zero)
5278 << Step << Step->getSourceRange();
5279 IsCorrect = false;
5280 continue;
5281 }
5282 }
5283 if (!Begin || !End || !IsCorrect) {
5284 IsCorrect = false;
5285 continue;
5286 }
5287 OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &IDElem = ID.emplace_back();
5288 IDElem.IteratorDecl = VD;
5289 IDElem.AssignmentLoc = D.AssignLoc;
5290 IDElem.Range.Begin = Begin;
5291 IDElem.Range.End = End;
5292 IDElem.Range.Step = Step;
5293 IDElem.ColonLoc = D.ColonLoc;
5294 IDElem.SecondColonLoc = D.SecColonLoc;
5295 }
5296 if (!IsCorrect) {
5297 // Invalidate all created iterator declarations if error is found.
5298 for (const OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) {
5299 if (Decl *ID = D.IteratorDecl)
5300 ID->setInvalidDecl();
5301 }
5302 return ExprError();
5303 }
5304 SmallVector<OMPIteratorHelperData, 4> Helpers;
5305 if (!CurContext->isDependentContext()) {
5306 // Build number of ityeration for each iteration range.
5307 // Ni = ((Stepi > 0) ? ((Endi + Stepi -1 - Begini)/Stepi) :
5308 // ((Begini-Stepi-1-Endi) / -Stepi);
5309 for (OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) {
5310 // (Endi - Begini)
5311 ExprResult Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, D.Range.End,
5312 D.Range.Begin);
5313 if(!Res.isUsable()) {
5314 IsCorrect = false;
5315 continue;
5316 }
5317 ExprResult St, St1;
5318 if (D.Range.Step) {
5319 St = D.Range.Step;
5320 // (Endi - Begini) + Stepi
5321 Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, Res.get(), St.get());
5322 if (!Res.isUsable()) {
5323 IsCorrect = false;
5324 continue;
5325 }
5326 // (Endi - Begini) + Stepi - 1
5327 Res =
5328 CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, Res.get(),
5329 ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 1).get());
5330 if (!Res.isUsable()) {
5331 IsCorrect = false;
5332 continue;
5333 }
5334 // ((Endi - Begini) + Stepi - 1) / Stepi
5335 Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Div, Res.get(), St.get());
5336 if (!Res.isUsable()) {
5337 IsCorrect = false;
5338 continue;
5339 }
5340 St1 = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(D.AssignmentLoc, UO_Minus, D.Range.Step);
5341 // (Begini - Endi)
5342 ExprResult Res1 = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub,
5343 D.Range.Begin, D.Range.End);
5344 if (!Res1.isUsable()) {
5345 IsCorrect = false;
5346 continue;
5347 }
5348 // (Begini - Endi) - Stepi
5349 Res1 =
5350 CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, Res1.get(), St1.get());
5351 if (!Res1.isUsable()) {
5352 IsCorrect = false;
5353 continue;
5354 }
5355 // (Begini - Endi) - Stepi - 1
5356 Res1 =
5357 CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Sub, Res1.get(),
5358 ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 1).get());
5359 if (!Res1.isUsable()) {
5360 IsCorrect = false;
5361 continue;
5362 }
5363 // ((Begini - Endi) - Stepi - 1) / (-Stepi)
5364 Res1 =
5365 CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Div, Res1.get(), St1.get());
5366 if (!Res1.isUsable()) {
5367 IsCorrect = false;
5368 continue;
5369 }
5370 // Stepi > 0.
5371 ExprResult CmpRes =
5372 CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_GT, D.Range.Step,
5373 ActOnIntegerConstant(D.AssignmentLoc, 0).get());
5374 if (!CmpRes.isUsable()) {
5375 IsCorrect = false;
5376 continue;
5377 }
5378 Res = ActOnConditionalOp(D.AssignmentLoc, D.AssignmentLoc, CmpRes.get(),
5379 Res.get(), Res1.get());
5380 if (!Res.isUsable()) {
5381 IsCorrect = false;
5382 continue;
5383 }
5384 }
5385 Res = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Res.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/false);
5386 if (!Res.isUsable()) {
5387 IsCorrect = false;
5388 continue;
5389 }
5390
5391 // Build counter update.
5392 // Build counter.
5393 auto *CounterVD =
5394 VarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc(),
5395 D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc(), nullptr,
5396 Res.get()->getType(), nullptr, SC_None);
5397 CounterVD->setImplicit();
5398 ExprResult RefRes =
5399 BuildDeclRefExpr(CounterVD, CounterVD->getType(), VK_LValue,
5400 D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc());
5401 // Build counter update.
5402 // I = Begini + counter * Stepi;
5403 ExprResult UpdateRes;
5404 if (D.Range.Step) {
5405 UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp(
5406 D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Mul,
5407 DefaultLvalueConversion(RefRes.get()).get(), St.get());
5408 } else {
5409 UpdateRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(RefRes.get());
5410 }
5411 if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) {
5412 IsCorrect = false;
5413 continue;
5414 }
5415 UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Add, D.Range.Begin,
5416 UpdateRes.get());
5417 if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) {
5418 IsCorrect = false;
5419 continue;
5420 }
5421 ExprResult VDRes =
5422 BuildDeclRefExpr(cast<VarDecl>(D.IteratorDecl),
5423 cast<VarDecl>(D.IteratorDecl)->getType(), VK_LValue,
5424 D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc());
5425 UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp(D.AssignmentLoc, BO_Assign, VDRes.get(),
5426 UpdateRes.get());
5427 if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) {
5428 IsCorrect = false;
5429 continue;
5430 }
5431 UpdateRes =
5432 ActOnFinishFullExpr(UpdateRes.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/true);
5433 if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) {
5434 IsCorrect = false;
5435 continue;
5436 }
5437 ExprResult CounterUpdateRes =
5438 CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(D.AssignmentLoc, UO_PreInc, RefRes.get());
5439 if (!CounterUpdateRes.isUsable()) {
5440 IsCorrect = false;
5441 continue;
5442 }
5443 CounterUpdateRes =
5444 ActOnFinishFullExpr(CounterUpdateRes.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/true);
5445 if (!CounterUpdateRes.isUsable()) {
5446 IsCorrect = false;
5447 continue;
5448 }
5449 OMPIteratorHelperData &HD = Helpers.emplace_back();
5450 HD.CounterVD = CounterVD;
5451 HD.Upper = Res.get();
5452 HD.Update = UpdateRes.get();
5453 HD.CounterUpdate = CounterUpdateRes.get();
5454 }
5455 } else {
5456 Helpers.assign(ID.size(), {});
5457 }
5458 if (!IsCorrect) {
5459 // Invalidate all created iterator declarations if error is found.
5460 for (const OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) {
5461 if (Decl *ID = D.IteratorDecl)
5462 ID->setInvalidDecl();
5463 }
5464 return ExprError();
5465 }
5466 return OMPIteratorExpr::Create(Context, Context.OMPIteratorTy, IteratorKwLoc,
5467 LLoc, RLoc, ID, Helpers);
5468}
5469
5470ExprResult
5471Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
5472 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
5473 Expr *LHSExp = Base;
5474 Expr *RHSExp = Idx;
5475
5476 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
5477 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
5478
5479 // Per C++ core issue 1213, the result is an xvalue if either operand is
5480 // a non-lvalue array, and an lvalue otherwise.
5481 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
5482 for (auto *Op : {LHSExp, RHSExp}) {
5483 Op = Op->IgnoreImplicit();
5484 if (Op->getType()->isArrayType() && !Op->isLValue())
5485 VK = VK_XValue;
5486 }
5487 }
5488
5489 // Perform default conversions.
5490 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5491 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
5492 if (Result.isInvalid())
5493 return ExprError();
5494 LHSExp = Result.get();
5495 }
5496 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
5497 if (Result.isInvalid())
5498 return ExprError();
5499 RHSExp = Result.get();
5500
5501 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
5502
5503 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
5504 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
5505 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
5506 // and index from the expression types.
5507 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
5508 QualType ResultType;
5509 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
5510 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
5511 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
5512 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
5513 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5514 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
5515 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
5516 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
5517 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
5518 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
5519 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
5520 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
5521
5522 // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript
5523 // expression.
5524 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic())
5525 return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, nullptr,
5526 nullptr);
5527
5528 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
5529 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5530 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
5531 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
5532 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
5533 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
5534 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
5535 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
5536 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
5537 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
5538 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
5539 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
5540 if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) {
5541 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
5542 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
5543 return ExprError();
5544 }
5545 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5546 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
5547 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
5548 // We apply C++ DR1213 to vector subscripting too.
5549 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && LHSExp->isPRValue()) {
5550 ExprResult Materialized = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHSExp);
5551 if (Materialized.isInvalid())
5552 return ExprError();
5553 LHSExp = Materialized.get();
5554 }
5555 VK = LHSExp->getValueKind();
5556 if (VK != VK_PRValue)
5557 OK = OK_VectorComponent;
5558
5559 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
5560 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
5561 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
5562 Qualifiers MemberQuals = ResultType.getQualifiers();
5563 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
5564 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
5565 ResultType = Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, Combined);
5566 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
5567 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
5568 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
5569 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
5570 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
5571 // force the promotion here.
5572 Diag(LHSExp->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue)
5573 << LHSExp->getSourceRange();
5574 LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
5575 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
5576 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
5577
5578 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
5579 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
5580 ResultType = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5581 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
5582 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
5583 Diag(RHSExp->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue)
5584 << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
5585 RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
5586 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get();
5587 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
5588
5589 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
5590 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
5591 ResultType = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5592 } else {
5593 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
5594 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
5595 }
5596 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5597 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
5598 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
5599 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
5600
5601 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
5602 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
5603 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
5604 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
5605
5606 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
5607 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
5608 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
5609 // incomplete types are not object types.
5610 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
5611 Diag(BaseExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
5612 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
5613 return ExprError();
5614 }
5615
5616 if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5617 // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void
5618 Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type)
5619 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
5620
5621 // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values.
5622 // See IsCForbiddenLValueType.
5623 if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers())
5624 VK = VK_PRValue;
5625 } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
5626 RequireCompleteSizedType(
5627 LLoc, ResultType,
5628 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, BaseExpr))
5629 return ExprError();
5630
5631 assert(VK == VK_PRValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||((void)0)
5632 !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType())((void)0);
5633
5634 if (LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
5635 FunctionScopes.size() > 1) {
5636 if (auto *TT =
5637 LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
5638 for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(),
5639 E = std::prev(FunctionScopes.rend());
5640 I != E; ++I) {
5641 auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(*I);
5642 if (CSI == nullptr)
5643 break;
5644 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
5645 if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))
5646 DC = LSI->CallOperator;
5647 else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))
5648 DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl;
5649 else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI))
5650 DC = BSI->TheDecl;
5651 if (DC) {
5652 if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl()))
5653 break;
5654 captureVariablyModifiedType(
5655 Context, LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType(), CSI);
5656 }
5657 }
5658 }
5659 }
5660
5661 return new (Context)
5662 ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc);
5663}
5664
5665bool Sema::CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD,
5666 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
5667 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
5668 // If we've already cleared out the location for the default argument,
5669 // that means we're parsing it right now.
5670 if (!UnparsedDefaultArgLocs.count(Param)) {
5671 Diag(Param->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD;
5672 Diag(CallLoc, diag::note_recursive_default_argument_used_here);
5673 Param->setInvalidDecl();
5674 return true;
5675 }
5676
5677 Diag(CallLoc, diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later)
5678 << FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext());
5679 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
5680 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
5681 return true;
5682 }
5683
5684 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg() &&
5685 InstantiateDefaultArgument(CallLoc, FD, Param))
5686 return true;
5687
5688 assert(Param->hasInit() && "default argument but no initializer?")((void)0);
5689
5690 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
5691 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
5692 // be properly destroyed.
5693 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
5694 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
5695 // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because
5696 // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything.
5697 if (auto Init = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Param->getInit())) {
5698 // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are
5699 // any explicit objects.
5700 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(Init->cleanupsHaveSideEffects());
5701
5702 // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this
5703 // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument
5704 // expressions should never be able to capture anything.
5705 assert(!Init->getNumObjects() &&((void)0)
5706 "default argument expression has capturing blocks?")((void)0);
5707 }
5708
5709 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
5710 // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression
5711 // as being "referenced".
5712 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext(
5713 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, Param);
5714 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg(),
5715 /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true);
5716 return false;
5717}
5718
5719ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
5720 FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param) {
5721 assert(Param->hasDefaultArg() && "can't build nonexistent default arg")((void)0);
5722 if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FD, Param))
5723 return ExprError();
5724 return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param, CurContext);
5725}
5726
5727Sema::VariadicCallType
5728Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
5729 Expr *Fn) {
5730 if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) {
5731 if (dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl))
5732 return VariadicConstructor;
5733 else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
5734 return VariadicBlock;
5735 else if (FDecl) {
5736 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
5737 if (Method->isInstance())
5738 return VariadicMethod;
5739 } else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy)
5740 return VariadicMethod;
5741 return VariadicFunction;
5742 }
5743 return VariadicDoesNotApply;
5744}
5745
5746namespace {
5747class FunctionCallCCC final : public FunctionCallFilterCCC {
5748public:
5749 FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName,
5750 unsigned NumArgs, MemberExpr *ME)
5751 : FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, false, ME),
5752 FunctionName(FuncName) {}
5753
5754 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
5755 if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() ||
5756 candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) {
5757 return false;
5758 }
5759
5760 return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate);
5761 }
5762
5763 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
5764 return std::make_unique<FunctionCallCCC>(*this);
5765 }
5766
5767private:
5768 const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName;
5769};
5770}
5771
5772static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S, Expr *Fn,
5773 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
5774 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
5775 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn);
5776 DeclarationName FuncName = FDecl->getDeclName();
5777 SourceLocation NameLoc = ME ? ME->getMemberLoc() : Fn->getBeginLoc();
5778
5779 FunctionCallCCC CCC(S, FuncName.getAsIdentifierInfo(), Args.size(), ME);
5780 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = S.CorrectTypo(
5781 DeclarationNameInfo(FuncName, NameLoc), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
5782 S.getScopeForContext(S.CurContext), nullptr, CCC,
5783 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
5784 if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl()) {
5785 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
5786 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(NameLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
5787 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5788 for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) {
5789 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD))
5790 S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args,
5791 OCS);
5792 }
5793 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, NameLoc, Best)) {
5794 case OR_Success:
5795 ND = Best->FoundDecl;
5796 Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
5797 break;
5798 default:
5799 break;
5800 }
5801 }
5802 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
5803 if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
5804 return Corrected;
5805 }
5806 }
5807 return TypoCorrection();
5808}
5809
5810/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
5811/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
5812/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
5813/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
5814/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
5815/// true if the call is ill-formed.
5816bool
5817Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
5818 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
5819 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
5820 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5821 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5822 bool IsExecConfig) {
5823 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
5824 if (FDecl)
5825 if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
5826 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID))
5827 return false;
5828
5829 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
5830 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
5831 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
5832 bool Invalid = false;
5833 unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumParams;
5834 unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
5835 ? 1 /* block */
5836 : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */
5837 : 0 /* function */);
5838
5839 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
5840 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
5841 if (Args.size() < NumParams) {
5842 if (Args.size() < MinArgs) {
5843 TypoCorrection TC;
5844 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
5845 unsigned diag_id =
5846 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
5847 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest
5848 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest;
5849 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << MinArgs
5850 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
5851 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
5852 } else if (MinArgs == 1 && FDecl && FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
5853 Diag(RParenLoc,
5854 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
5855 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one
5856 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one)
5857 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0) << Fn->getSourceRange();
5858 else
5859 Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
5860 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args
5861 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
5862 << FnKind << MinArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
5863 << Fn->getSourceRange();
5864
5865 // Emit the location of the prototype.
5866 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
5867 Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl;
5868
5869 return true;
5870 }
5871 // We reserve space for the default arguments when we create
5872 // the call expression, before calling ConvertArgumentsForCall.
5873 assert((Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams) &&((void)0)
5874 "We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!")((void)0);
5875 }
5876
5877 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
5878 // them.
5879 if (Args.size() > NumParams) {
5880 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
5881 TypoCorrection TC;
5882 if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(*this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) {
5883 unsigned diag_id =
5884 MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()
5885 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest
5886 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest;
5887 diagnoseTypo(TC, PDiag(diag_id) << FnKind << NumParams
5888 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
5889 << TC.getCorrectionRange());
5890 } else if (NumParams == 1 && FDecl &&
5891 FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
5892 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(),
5893 MinArgs == NumParams
5894 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one
5895 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one)
5896 << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(0)
5897 << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) << Fn->getSourceRange()
5898 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(),
5899 Args.back()->getEndLoc());
5900 else
5901 Diag(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(),
5902 MinArgs == NumParams
5903 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args
5904 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
5905 << FnKind << NumParams << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
5906 << Fn->getSourceRange()
5907 << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(),
5908 Args.back()->getEndLoc());
5909
5910 // Emit the location of the prototype.
5911 if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
5912 Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl;
5913
5914 // This deletes the extra arguments.
5915 Call->shrinkNumArgs(NumParams);
5916 return true;
5917 }
5918 }
5919 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
5920 VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn);
5921
5922 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getBeginLoc(), FDecl, Proto, 0, Args,
5923 AllArgs, CallType);
5924 if (Invalid)
5925 return true;
5926 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
5927 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
5928 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
5929
5930 Call->computeDependence();
5931 return false;
5932}
5933
5934bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
5935 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
5936 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5937 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
5938 VariadicCallType CallType, bool AllowExplicit,
5939 bool IsListInitialization) {
5940 unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
5941 bool Invalid = false;
5942 size_t ArgIx = 0;
5943 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
5944 for (unsigned i = FirstParam; i < NumParams; i++) {
5945 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getParamType(i);
5946
5947 Expr *Arg;
5948 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl ? FDecl->getParamDecl(i) : nullptr;
5949 if (ArgIx < Args.size()) {
5950 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
5951
5952 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getBeginLoc(), ProtoArgType,
5953 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
5954 return true;
5955
5956 // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable.
5957 bool CFAudited = false;
5958 if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy &&
5959 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
5960 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
5961 Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(Arg);
5962 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5963 FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() &&
5964 (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>()))
5965 CFAudited = true;
5966
5967 if (Proto->getExtParameterInfo(i).isNoEscape() &&
5968 ProtoArgType->isBlockPointerType())
5969 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Context)))
5970 BE->getBlockDecl()->setDoesNotEscape();
5971
5972 InitializedEntity Entity =
5973 Param ? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param,
5974 ProtoArgType)
5975 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5976 Context, ProtoArgType, Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
5977
5978 // Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API.
5979 if (CFAudited)
5980 Entity.setParameterCFAudited();
5981
5982 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(
5983 Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg, IsListInitialization, AllowExplicit);
5984 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
5985 return true;
5986
5987 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
5988 } else {
5989 assert(Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee")((void)0);
5990
5991 ExprResult ArgExpr = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
5992 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
5993 return true;
5994
5995 Arg = ArgExpr.getAs<Expr>();
5996 }
5997
5998 // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This
5999 // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr
6000 // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator.
6001 CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
6002
6003 // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7).
6004 CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, Arg);
6005
6006 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
6007 }
6008
6009 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
6010 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
6011 // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that
6012 // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic.
6013 if (Proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && FDecl &&
6014 FDecl->isExternC()) {
6015 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) {
6016 QualType paramType; // ignored
6017 ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(CallLoc, A, paramType);
6018 Invalid |= arg.isInvalid();
6019 AllArgs.push_back(arg.get());
6020 }
6021
6022 // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
6023 } else {
6024 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx)) {
6025 ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(A, CallType, FDecl);
6026 Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid();
6027 AllArgs.push_back(Arg.get());
6028 }
6029 }
6030
6031 // Check for array bounds violations.
6032 for (Expr *A : Args.slice(ArgIx))
6033 CheckArrayAccess(A);
6034 }
6035 return Invalid;
6036}
6037
6038static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) {
6039 TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
6040 if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>())
6041 TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc();
6042 if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>())
6043 S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array)
6044 << ATL.getLocalSourceRange();
6045}
6046
6047/// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static
6048/// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by
6049/// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large.
6050///
6051/// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the
6052/// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the
6053/// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of
6054/// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression.
6055void
6056Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6057 ParmVarDecl *Param,
6058 const Expr *ArgExpr) {
6059 // Static array parameters are not supported in C++.
6060 if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6061 return;
6062
6063 QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType();
6064
6065 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy);
6066 if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Static)
6067 return;
6068
6069 if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6070 Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) {
6071 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange();
6072 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
6073 return;
6074 }
6075
6076 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT);
6077 if (!CAT)
6078 return;
6079
6080 const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT =
6081 Context.getAsConstantArrayType(ArgExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType());
6082 if (!ArgCAT)
6083 return;
6084
6085 if (getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(CAT->getElementType(),
6086 ArgCAT->getElementType())) {
6087 if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(CAT->getSize())) {
6088 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small)
6089 << ArgExpr->getSourceRange()
6090 << (unsigned)ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue()
6091 << (unsigned)CAT->getSize().getZExtValue() << 0;
6092 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
6093 }
6094 return;
6095 }
6096
6097 Optional<CharUnits> ArgSize =
6098 getASTContext().getTypeSizeInCharsIfKnown(ArgCAT);
6099 Optional<CharUnits> ParmSize = getASTContext().getTypeSizeInCharsIfKnown(CAT);
6100 if (ArgSize && ParmSize && *ArgSize < *ParmSize) {
6101 Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small)
6102 << ArgExpr->getSourceRange() << (unsigned)ArgSize->getQuantity()
6103 << (unsigned)ParmSize->getQuantity() << 1;
6104 DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(*this, Param);
6105 }
6106}
6107
6108/// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
6109/// to have a function type.
6110static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn);
6111
6112/// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out
6113/// immediately during argument processing?
6114static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) {
6115 // Placeholders are never sugared.
6116 const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(type);
6117 if (!placeholder) return false;
6118
6119 switch (placeholder->getKind()) {
6120 // Ignore all the non-placeholder types.
6121#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
6122 case BuiltinType::Id:
6123#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
6124#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
6125 case BuiltinType::Id:
6126#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
6127 // In practice we'll never use this, since all SVE types are sugared
6128 // via TypedefTypes rather than exposed directly as BuiltinTypes.
6129#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \
6130 case BuiltinType::Id:
6131#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def"
6132#define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \
6133 case BuiltinType::Id:
6134#include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def"
6135#define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
6136#include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def"
6137#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID)
6138#define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID:
6139#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
6140 return false;
6141
6142 // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved
6143 // by the call machinery.
6144 case BuiltinType::Overload:
6145 return false;
6146
6147 // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and
6148 // should be left in place.
6149 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast:
6150 return false;
6151
6152 // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible.
6153 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
6154 return true;
6155
6156 // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try
6157 // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types.
6158 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
6159 return true;
6160
6161 // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported.
6162 case BuiltinType::BoundMember:
6163 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
6164 case BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx:
6165 case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection:
6166 case BuiltinType::OMPArrayShaping:
6167 case BuiltinType::OMPIterator:
6168 return true;
6169
6170 }
6171 llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind")__builtin_unreachable();
6172}
6173
6174/// Check an argument list for placeholders that we won't try to
6175/// handle later.
6176static bool checkArgsForPlaceholders(Sema &S, MultiExprArg args) {
6177 // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of
6178 // dying at the first failure.
6179 bool hasInvalid = false;
6180 for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) {
6181 if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(args[i]->getType())) {
6182 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(args[i]);
6183 if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true;
6184 else args[i] = result.get();
6185 }
6186 }
6187 return hasInvalid;
6188}
6189
6190/// If a builtin function has a pointer argument with no explicit address
6191/// space, then it should be able to accept a pointer to any address
6192/// space as input. In order to do this, we need to replace the
6193/// standard builtin declaration with one that uses the same address space
6194/// as the call.
6195///
6196/// \returns nullptr If this builtin is not a candidate for a rewrite i.e.
6197/// it does not contain any pointer arguments without
6198/// an address space qualifer. Otherwise the rewritten
6199/// FunctionDecl is returned.
6200/// TODO: Handle pointer return types.
6201static FunctionDecl *rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(Sema *Sema, ASTContext &Context,
6202 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6203 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
6204
6205 QualType DeclType = FDecl->getType();
6206 const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(DeclType);
6207
6208 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.hasPtrArgsOrResult(FDecl->getBuiltinID()) || !FT ||
6209 ArgExprs.size() < FT->getNumParams())
6210 return nullptr;
6211
6212 bool NeedsNewDecl = false;
6213 unsigned i = 0;
6214 SmallVector<QualType, 8> OverloadParams;
6215
6216 for (QualType ParamType : FT->param_types()) {
6217
6218 // Convert array arguments to pointer to simplify type lookup.
6219 ExprResult ArgRes =
6220 Sema->DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ArgExprs[i++]);
6221 if (ArgRes.isInvalid())
6222 return nullptr;
6223 Expr *Arg = ArgRes.get();
6224 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
6225 if (!ParamType->isPointerType() ||
6226 ParamType.hasAddressSpace() ||
6227 !ArgType->isPointerType() ||
6228 !ArgType->getPointeeType().hasAddressSpace()) {
6229 OverloadParams.push_back(ParamType);
6230 continue;
6231 }
6232
6233 QualType PointeeType = ParamType->getPointeeType();
6234 if (PointeeType.hasAddressSpace())
6235 continue;
6236
6237 NeedsNewDecl = true;
6238 LangAS AS = ArgType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
6239
6240 PointeeType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(PointeeType, AS);
6241 OverloadParams.push_back(Context.getPointerType(PointeeType));
6242 }
6243
6244 if (!NeedsNewDecl)
6245 return nullptr;
6246
6247 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
6248 EPI.Variadic = FT->isVariadic();
6249 QualType OverloadTy = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(),
6250 OverloadParams, EPI);
6251 DeclContext *Parent = FDecl->getParent();
6252 FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent,
6253 FDecl->getLocation(),
6254 FDecl->getLocation(),
6255 FDecl->getIdentifier(),
6256 OverloadTy,
6257 /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
6258 SC_Extern, false,
6259 /*hasPrototype=*/true);
6260 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6261 FT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OverloadTy);
6262 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
6263 QualType ParamType = FT->getParamType(i);
6264 ParmVarDecl *Parm =
6265 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, OverloadDecl, SourceLocation(),
6266 SourceLocation(), nullptr, ParamType,
6267 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
6268 Parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
6269 Params.push_back(Parm);
6270 }
6271 OverloadDecl->setParams(Params);
6272 Sema->mergeDeclAttributes(OverloadDecl, FDecl);
6273 return OverloadDecl;
6274}
6275
6276static void checkDirectCallValidity(Sema &S, const Expr *Fn,
6277 FunctionDecl *Callee,
6278 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
6279 // `Callee` (when called with ArgExprs) may be ill-formed. enable_if (and
6280 // similar attributes) really don't like it when functions are called with an
6281 // invalid number of args.
6282 if (S.TooManyArguments(Callee->getNumParams(), ArgExprs.size(),
6283 /*PartialOverloading=*/false) &&
6284 !Callee->isVariadic())
6285 return;
6286 if (Callee->getMinRequiredArguments() > ArgExprs.size())
6287 return;
6288
6289 if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr =
6290 S.CheckEnableIf(Callee, Fn->getBeginLoc(), ArgExprs, true)) {
6291 S.Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(),
6292 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee)
6293 ? diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call
6294 : diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
6295 << Callee << Callee->getSourceRange();
6296 S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(),
6297 diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr)
6298 << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage();
6299 return;
6300 }
6301}
6302
6303static bool enclosingClassIsRelatedToClassInWhichMembersWereFound(
6304 const UnresolvedMemberExpr *const UME, Sema &S) {
6305
6306 const auto GetFunctionLevelDCIfCXXClass =
6307 [](Sema &S) -> const CXXRecordDecl * {
6308 const DeclContext *const DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
6309 if (!DC || !DC->getParent())
6310 return nullptr;
6311
6312 // If the call to some member function was made from within a member
6313 // function body 'M' return return 'M's parent.
6314 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
6315 return MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
6316 // else the call was made from within a default member initializer of a
6317 // class, so return the class.
6318 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
6319 return RD->getCanonicalDecl();
6320 return nullptr;
6321 };
6322 // If our DeclContext is neither a member function nor a class (in the
6323 // case of a lambda in a default member initializer), we can't have an
6324 // enclosing 'this'.
6325
6326 const CXXRecordDecl *const CurParentClass = GetFunctionLevelDCIfCXXClass(S);
6327 if (!CurParentClass)
6328 return false;
6329
6330 // The naming class for implicit member functions call is the class in which
6331 // name lookup starts.
6332 const CXXRecordDecl *const NamingClass =
6333 UME->getNamingClass()->getCanonicalDecl();
6334 assert(NamingClass && "Must have naming class even for implicit access")((void)0);
6335
6336 // If the unresolved member functions were found in a 'naming class' that is
6337 // related (either the same or derived from) to the class that contains the
6338 // member function that itself contained the implicit member access.
6339
6340 return CurParentClass == NamingClass ||
6341 CurParentClass->isDerivedFrom(NamingClass);
6342}
6343
6344static void
6345tryImplicitlyCaptureThisIfImplicitMemberFunctionAccessWithDependentArgs(
6346 Sema &S, const UnresolvedMemberExpr *const UME, SourceLocation CallLoc) {
6347
6348 if (!UME)
6349 return;
6350
6351 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurLSI = S.getCurLambda();
6352 // Only try and implicitly capture 'this' within a C++ Lambda if it hasn't
6353 // already been captured, or if this is an implicit member function call (if
6354 // it isn't, an attempt to capture 'this' should already have been made).
6355 if (!CurLSI || CurLSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CurLSI->ImpCap_None ||
6356 !UME->isImplicitAccess() || CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
6357 return;
6358
6359 // Check if the naming class in which the unresolved members were found is
6360 // related (same as or is a base of) to the enclosing class.
6361
6362 if (!enclosingClassIsRelatedToClassInWhichMembersWereFound(UME, S))
6363 return;
6364
6365
6366 DeclContext *EnclosingFunctionCtx = S.CurContext->getParent()->getParent();
6367 // If the enclosing function is not dependent, then this lambda is
6368 // capture ready, so if we can capture this, do so.
6369 if (!EnclosingFunctionCtx->isDependentContext()) {
6370 // If the current lambda and all enclosing lambdas can capture 'this' -
6371 // then go ahead and capture 'this' (since our unresolved overload set
6372 // contains at least one non-static member function).
6373 if (!S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CallLoc, /*Explcit*/ false, /*Diagnose*/ false))
6374 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CallLoc);
6375 } else if (S.CurContext->isDependentContext()) {
6376 // ... since this is an implicit member reference, that might potentially
6377 // involve a 'this' capture, mark 'this' for potential capture in
6378 // enclosing lambdas.
6379 if (CurLSI->ImpCaptureStyle != CurLSI->ImpCap_None)
6380 CurLSI->addPotentialThisCapture(CallLoc);
6381 }
6382}
6383
6384ExprResult Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6385 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6386 Expr *ExecConfig) {
6387 ExprResult Call =
6388 BuildCallExpr(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig,
6389 /*IsExecConfig=*/false, /*AllowRecovery=*/true);
6390 if (Call.isInvalid())
6391 return Call;
6392
6393 // Diagnose uses of the C++20 "ADL-only template-id call" feature in earlier
6394 // language modes.
6395 if (auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Fn)) {
6396 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() &&
6397 ULE->decls_begin() == ULE->decls_end()) {
6398 Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
6399 ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_adl_only_template_id
6400 : diag::ext_adl_only_template_id)
6401 << ULE->getName();
6402 }
6403 }
6404
6405 if (LangOpts.OpenMP)
6406 Call = ActOnOpenMPCall(Call, Scope, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc,
6407 ExecConfig);
6408
6409 return Call;
6410}
6411
6412/// BuildCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
6413/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
6414/// locations.
6415ExprResult Sema::BuildCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6416 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6417 Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig,
6418 bool AllowRecovery) {
6419 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
6420 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope, Fn);
6421 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6422 Fn = Result.get();
6423
6424 if (checkArgsForPlaceholders(*this, ArgExprs))
6425 return ExprError();
6426
6427 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6428 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
6429 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
6430 if (!ArgExprs.empty()) {
6431 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
6432 Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
6433 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6434 SourceRange(ArgExprs.front()->getBeginLoc(),
6435 ArgExprs.back()->getEndLoc()));
6436 }
6437
6438 return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, /*Args=*/{}, Context.VoidTy,
6439 VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides());
6440 }
6441 if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) {
6442 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Fn);
6443 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6444 Fn = result.get();
6445 }
6446
6447 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
6448 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
6449 if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs)) {
6450 if (ExecConfig) {
6451 return CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create(Context, Fn,
6452 cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), ArgExprs,
6453 Context.DependentTy, VK_PRValue,
6454 RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides());
6455 } else {
6456
6457 tryImplicitlyCaptureThisIfImplicitMemberFunctionAccessWithDependentArgs(
6458 *this, dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()),
6459 Fn->getBeginLoc());
6460
6461 return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy,
6462 VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides());
6463 }
6464 }
6465
6466 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
6467 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
6468 return BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
6469 RParenLoc);
6470
6471 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
6472 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
6473 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6474 Fn = result.get();
6475 }
6476
6477 if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
6478 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
6479 RParenLoc, AllowRecovery);
6480 }
6481 }
6482
6483 // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions.
6484 if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
6485 OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn);
6486
6487 // We aren't supposed to apply this logic if there's an '&' involved.
6488 if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) {
6489 if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))
6490 return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, Context.DependentTy,
6491 VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides());
6492 OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
6493 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl))
6494 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(
6495 Scope, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig,
6496 /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/true, find.IsAddressOfOperand);
6497 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs,
6498 RParenLoc, AllowRecovery);
6499 }
6500 }
6501
6502 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
6503 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
6504 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
6505 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6506 Fn = result.get();
6507 }
6508
6509 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
6510
6511 bool CallingNDeclIndirectly = false;
6512 NamedDecl *NDecl = nullptr;
6513 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
6514 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
6515 CallingNDeclIndirectly = true;
6516 NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
6517 }
6518 }
6519
6520 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)) {
6521 NDecl = DRE->getDecl();
6522
6523 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
6524 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
6525 // Rewrite the function decl for this builtin by replacing parameters
6526 // with no explicit address space with the address space of the arguments
6527 // in ArgExprs.
6528 if ((FDecl =
6529 rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(this, Context, FDecl, ArgExprs))) {
6530 NDecl = FDecl;
6531 Fn = DeclRefExpr::Create(
6532 Context, FDecl->getQualifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), FDecl, false,
6533 SourceLocation(), FDecl->getType(), Fn->getValueKind(), FDecl,
6534 nullptr, DRE->isNonOdrUse());
6535 }
6536 }
6537 } else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
6538 NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl();
6539
6540 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)) {
6541 if (CallingNDeclIndirectly && !checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(
6542 FD, /*Complain=*/true, Fn->getBeginLoc()))
6543 return ExprError();
6544
6545 checkDirectCallValidity(*this, Fn, FD, ArgExprs);
6546 }
6547
6548 if (Context.isDependenceAllowed() &&
6549 (Fn->isTypeDependent() || Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ArgExprs))) {
6550 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)((void)0);
6551 assert((Fn->containsErrors() ||((void)0)
6552 llvm::any_of(ArgExprs,((void)0)
6553 [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) &&((void)0)
6554 "should only occur in error-recovery path.")((void)0);
6555 QualType ReturnType =
6556 llvm::isa_and_nonnull<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)
6557 ? cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl)->getCallResultType()
6558 : Context.DependentTy;
6559 return CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, ArgExprs, ReturnType,
6560 Expr::getValueKindForType(ReturnType), RParenLoc,
6561 CurFPFeatureOverrides());
6562 }
6563 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc,
6564 ExecConfig, IsExecConfig);
6565}
6566
6567/// BuildBuiltinCallExpr - Create a call to a builtin function specified by Id
6568// with the specified CallArgs
6569Expr *Sema::BuildBuiltinCallExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Builtin::ID Id,
6570 MultiExprArg CallArgs) {
6571 StringRef Name = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(Id);
6572 LookupResult R(*this, &Context.Idents.get(Name), Loc,
6573 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
6574 LookupName(R, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
6575
6576 auto *BuiltInDecl = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>();
6577 assert(BuiltInDecl && "failed to find builtin declaration")((void)0);
6578
6579 ExprResult DeclRef =
6580 BuildDeclRefExpr(BuiltInDecl, BuiltInDecl->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc);
6581 assert(DeclRef.isUsable() && "Builtin reference cannot fail")((void)0);
6582
6583 ExprResult Call =
6584 BuildCallExpr(/*Scope=*/nullptr, DeclRef.get(), Loc, CallArgs, Loc);
6585
6586 assert(!Call.isInvalid() && "Call to builtin cannot fail!")((void)0);
6587 return Call.get();
6588}
6589
6590/// Parse a __builtin_astype expression.
6591///
6592/// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
6593///
6594ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
6595 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6596 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6597 QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy);
6598 return BuildAsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
6599}
6600
6601/// Create a new AsTypeExpr node (bitcast) from the arguments.
6602ExprResult Sema::BuildAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, QualType DestTy,
6603 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6604 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6605 ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue;
6606 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
6607 QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
6608 if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() &&
6609 Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
6610 return ExprError(
6611 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
6612 << DestTy << SrcTy << E->getSourceRange());
6613 return new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DestTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
6614}
6615
6616/// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the
6617/// provided arguments.
6618///
6619/// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type )
6620///
6621ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
6622 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6623 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
6624 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
6625 GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy, &TInfo);
6626 return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
6627}
6628
6629/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
6630/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
6631/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
6632/// block-pointer type.
6633///
6634/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
6635ExprResult Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
6636 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6637 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6638 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *Config,
6639 bool IsExecConfig, ADLCallKind UsesADL) {
6640 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
6641 unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0);
6642
6643 // Functions with 'interrupt' attribute cannot be called directly.
6644 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) {
6645 Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_called);
6646 return ExprError();
6647 }
6648
6649 // Interrupt handlers don't save off the VFP regs automatically on ARM,
6650 // so there's some risk when calling out to non-interrupt handler functions
6651 // that the callee might not preserve them. This is easy to diagnose here,
6652 // but can be very challenging to debug.
6653 // Likewise, X86 interrupt handlers may only call routines with attribute
6654 // no_caller_saved_registers since there is no efficient way to
6655 // save and restore the non-GPR state.
6656 if (auto *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl()) {
6657 if (Caller->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>()) {
6658 bool VFP = Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("vfp");
6659 if (VFP && (!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>())) {
6660 Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arm_interrupt_calling_convention);
6661 if (FDecl)
6662 Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl;
6663 }
6664 }
6665 if (Caller->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>() &&
6666 ((!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>()))) {
6667 Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_anyx86_interrupt_regsave);
6668 if (FDecl)
6669 Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl;
6670 }
6671 }
6672
6673 // Promote the function operand.
6674 // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting
6675 // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call.
6676 ExprResult Result;
6677 QualType ResultTy;
6678 if (BuiltinID &&
6679 Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) {
6680 // Extract the return type from the (builtin) function pointer type.
6681 // FIXME Several builtins still have setType in
6682 // Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall. One should review their definitions in
6683 // Builtins.def to ensure they are correct before removing setType calls.
6684 QualType FnPtrTy = Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType());
6685 Result = ImpCastExprToType(Fn, FnPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
6686 ResultTy = FDecl->getCallResultType();
6687 } else {
6688 Result = CallExprUnaryConversions(Fn);
6689 ResultTy = Context.BoolTy;
6690 }
6691 if (Result.isInvalid())
6692 return ExprError();
6693 Fn = Result.get();
6694
6695 // Check for a valid function type, but only if it is not a builtin which
6696 // requires custom type checking. These will be handled by
6697 // CheckBuiltinFunctionCall below just after creation of the call expression.
6698 const FunctionType *FuncT = nullptr;
6699 if (!BuiltinID || !Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID)) {
6700 retry:
6701 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6702 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
6703 // have type pointer to function".
6704 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
6705 if (!FuncT)
6706 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
6707 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
6708 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT =
6709 Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
6710 FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
6711 } else {
6712 // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type.
6713 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
6714 ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
6715 if (rewrite.isInvalid())
6716 return ExprError();
6717 Fn = rewrite.get();
6718 goto retry;
6719 }
6720
6721 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
6722 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
6723 }
6724 }
6725
6726 // Get the number of parameters in the function prototype, if any.
6727 // We will allocate space for max(Args.size(), NumParams) arguments
6728 // in the call expression.
6729 const auto *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT);
6730 unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0;
6731
6732 CallExpr *TheCall;
6733 if (Config) {
6734 assert(UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL &&((void)0)
6735 "CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL")((void)0);
6736 TheCall = CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(Config),
6737 Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue, RParenLoc,
6738 CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams);
6739 } else {
6740 TheCall =
6741 CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue, RParenLoc,
6742 CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams, UsesADL);
6743 }
6744
6745 if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) {
6746 // Forget about the nulled arguments since typo correction
6747 // do not handle them well.
6748 TheCall->shrinkNumArgs(Args.size());
6749 // C cannot always handle TypoExpr nodes in builtin calls and direct
6750 // function calls as their argument checking don't necessarily handle
6751 // dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have been
6752 // dealt with.
6753 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCall);
6754 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
6755 CallExpr *TheOldCall = TheCall;
6756 TheCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Result.get());
6757 bool CorrectedTypos = TheCall != TheOldCall;
6758 if (!TheCall) return Result;
6759 Args = llvm::makeArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs());
6760
6761 // A new call expression node was created if some typos were corrected.
6762 // However it may not have been constructed with enough storage. In this
6763 // case, rebuild the node with enough storage. The waste of space is
6764 // immaterial since this only happens when some typos were corrected.
6765 if (CorrectedTypos && Args.size() < NumParams) {
6766 if (Config)
6767 TheCall = CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create(
6768 Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(Config), Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue,
6769 RParenLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams);
6770 else
6771 TheCall =
6772 CallExpr::Create(Context, Fn, Args, ResultTy, VK_PRValue, RParenLoc,
6773 CurFPFeatureOverrides(), NumParams, UsesADL);
6774 }
6775 // We can now handle the nulled arguments for the default arguments.
6776 TheCall->setNumArgsUnsafe(std::max<unsigned>(Args.size(), NumParams));
6777 }
6778
6779 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom type checking.
6780 if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID))
6781 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
6782
6783 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
6784 if (Config) {
6785 // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions
6786 if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
6787 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function)
6788 << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange());
6789
6790 // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type
6791 if (!FuncT->getReturnType()->isVoidType() &&
6792 !FuncT->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>() &&
6793 !FuncT->getReturnType()->isInstantiationDependentType())
6794 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return)
6795 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
6796 } else {
6797 // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured
6798 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
6799 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config)
6800 << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange());
6801 }
6802 }
6803
6804 // Check for a valid return type
6805 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getReturnType(), Fn->getBeginLoc(), TheCall,
6806 FDecl))
6807 return ExprError();
6808
6809 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
6810 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
6811 TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getReturnType()));
6812
6813 if (Proto) {
6814 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc,
6815 IsExecConfig))
6816 return ExprError();
6817 } else {
6818 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!")((void)0);
6819
6820 if (FDecl) {
6821 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
6822 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
6823 const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
6824 if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) {
6825 Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6826 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size()))
6827 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
6828 << (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
6829 }
6830
6831 // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have
6832 // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype.
6833 if (!FDecl->hasPrototype())
6834 Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6835 }
6836
6837 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
6838 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) {
6839 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
6840
6841 if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumParams()) {
6842 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
6843 Context, Proto->getParamType(i), Proto->isParamConsumed(i));
6844 ExprResult ArgE =
6845 PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
6846 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
6847 return true;
6848
6849 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
6850
6851 } else {
6852 ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
6853
6854 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
6855 return true;
6856
6857 Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>();
6858 }
6859
6860 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getBeginLoc(), Arg->getType(),
6861 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg))
6862 return ExprError();
6863
6864 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
6865 }
6866 TheCall->computeDependence();
6867 }
6868
6869 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
6870 if (!Method->isStatic())
6871 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
6872 << Fn->getSourceRange());
6873
6874 // Check for sentinels
6875 if (NDecl)
6876 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args);
6877
6878 // Warn for unions passing across security boundary (CMSE).
6879 if (FuncT != nullptr && FuncT->getCmseNSCallAttr()) {
6880 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) {
6881 if (const auto *RT =
6882 dyn_cast<RecordType>(Args[i]->getType().getCanonicalType())) {
6883 if (RT->getDecl()->isOrContainsUnion())
6884 Diag(Args[i]->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_cmse_nonsecure_union)
6885 << 0 << i;
6886 }
6887 }
6888 }
6889
6890 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
6891 if (FDecl) {
6892 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto))
6893 return ExprError();
6894
6895 checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FDecl, TheCall);
6896
6897 if (BuiltinID)
6898 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall);
6899 } else if (NDecl) {
6900 if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto))
6901 return ExprError();
6902 } else {
6903 if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto))
6904 return ExprError();
6905 }
6906
6907 return CheckForImmediateInvocation(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), FDecl);
6908}
6909
6910ExprResult
6911Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
6912 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
6913 assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type")((void)0);
6914 assert(InitExpr && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression")((void)0);
6915
6916 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
6917 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
6918 if (!TInfo)
6919 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
6920
6921 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
6922}
6923
6924ExprResult
6925Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6926 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) {
6927 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
6928
6929 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
6930 if (RequireCompleteSizedType(
6931 LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType),
6932 diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type,
6933 SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
6934 return ExprError();
6935 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType()) {
6936 if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TInfo, literalType, LParenLoc,
6937 diag::err_variable_object_no_init)) {
6938 return ExprError();
6939 }
6940 }
6941 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
6942 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
6943 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
6944 SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
6945 return ExprError();
6946
6947 InitializedEntity Entity
6948 = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TInfo);
6949 InitializationKind Kind
6950 = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc,
6951 SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
6952 /*InitList=*/true);
6953 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr);
6954 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr,
6955 &literalType);
6956 if (Result.isInvalid())
6957 return ExprError();
6958 LiteralExpr = Result.get();
6959
6960 bool isFileScope = !CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod();
6961
6962 // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason.
6963 // For GCC compatibility, in C++, file-scope array compound literals with
6964 // constant initializers are also l-values, and compound literals are
6965 // otherwise prvalues.
6966 //
6967 // (GCC also treats C++ list-initialized file-scope array prvalues with
6968 // constant initializers as l-values, but that's non-conforming, so we don't
6969 // follow it there.)
6970 //
6971 // FIXME: It would be better to handle the lvalue cases as materializing and
6972 // lifetime-extending a temporary object, but our materialized temporaries
6973 // representation only supports lifetime extension from a variable, not "out
6974 // of thin air".
6975 // FIXME: For C++, we might want to instead lifetime-extend only if a pointer
6976 // is bound to the result of applying array-to-pointer decay to the compound
6977 // literal.
6978 // FIXME: GCC supports compound literals of reference type, which should
6979 // obviously have a value kind derived from the kind of reference involved.
6980 ExprValueKind VK =
6981 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !(isFileScope && literalType->isArrayType()))
6982 ? VK_PRValue
6983 : VK_LValue;
6984
6985 if (isFileScope)
6986 if (auto ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(LiteralExpr))
6987 for (unsigned i = 0, j = ILE->getNumInits(); i != j; i++) {
6988 Expr *Init = ILE->getInit(i);
6989 ILE->setInit(i, ConstantExpr::Create(Context, Init));
6990 }
6991
6992 auto *E = new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
6993 VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope);
6994 if (isFileScope) {
6995 if (!LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() &&
6996 !LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() &&
6997 !literalType->isDependentType()) // C99 6.5.2.5p3
6998 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType))
6999 return ExprError();
7000 } else if (literalType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private &&
7001 literalType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7002 // Embedded-C extensions to C99 6.5.2.5:
7003 // "If the compound literal occurs inside the body of a function, the
7004 // type name shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
7005 Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_compound_literal_with_address_space)
7006 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd());
7007 return ExprError();
7008 }
7009
7010 if (!isFileScope && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7011 // Compound literals that have automatic storage duration are destroyed at
7012 // the end of the scope in C; in C++, they're just temporaries.
7013
7014 // Emit diagnostics if it is or contains a C union type that is non-trivial
7015 // to destruct.
7016 if (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion())
7017 checkNonTrivialCUnion(E->getType(), E->getExprLoc(),
7018 NTCUC_CompoundLiteral, NTCUK_Destruct);
7019
7020 // Diagnose jumps that enter or exit the lifetime of the compound literal.
7021 if (literalType.isDestructedType()) {
7022 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
7023 ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(E);
7024 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7025 }
7026 }
7027
7028 if (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
7029 E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
7030 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(E->getInitializer(),
7031 E->getInitializer()->getExprLoc());
7032
7033 return MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
7034}
7035
7036ExprResult
7037Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
7038 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
7039 // Only produce each kind of designated initialization diagnostic once.
7040 SourceLocation FirstDesignator;
7041 bool DiagnosedArrayDesignator = false;
7042 bool DiagnosedNestedDesignator = false;
7043 bool DiagnosedMixedDesignator = false;
7044
7045 // Check that any designated initializers are syntactically valid in the
7046 // current language mode.
7047 for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) {
7048 if (auto *DIE = dyn_cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[I])) {
7049 if (FirstDesignator.isInvalid())
7050 FirstDesignator = DIE->getBeginLoc();
7051
7052 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7053 break;
7054
7055 if (!DiagnosedNestedDesignator && DIE->size() > 1) {
7056 DiagnosedNestedDesignator = true;
7057 Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_nested)
7058 << DIE->getDesignatorsSourceRange();
7059 }
7060
7061 for (auto &Desig : DIE->designators()) {
7062 if (!Desig.isFieldDesignator() && !DiagnosedArrayDesignator) {
7063 DiagnosedArrayDesignator = true;
7064 Diag(Desig.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_array)
7065 << Desig.getSourceRange();
7066 }
7067 }
7068
7069 if (!DiagnosedMixedDesignator &&
7070 !isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0])) {
7071 DiagnosedMixedDesignator = true;
7072 Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_mixed)
7073 << DIE->getSourceRange();
7074 Diag(InitArgList[0]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_designated_init_mixed)
7075 << InitArgList[0]->getSourceRange();
7076 }
7077 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DiagnosedMixedDesignator &&
7078 isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0])) {
7079 DiagnosedMixedDesignator = true;
7080 auto *DIE = cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(InitArgList[0]);
7081 Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_mixed)
7082 << DIE->getSourceRange();
7083 Diag(InitArgList[I]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_designated_init_mixed)
7084 << InitArgList[I]->getSourceRange();
7085 }
7086 }
7087
7088 if (FirstDesignator.isValid()) {
7089 // Only diagnose designated initiaization as a C++20 extension if we didn't
7090 // already diagnose use of (non-C++20) C99 designator syntax.
7091 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DiagnosedArrayDesignator &&
7092 !DiagnosedNestedDesignator && !DiagnosedMixedDesignator) {
7093 Diag(FirstDesignator, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
7094 ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_designated_init
7095 : diag::ext_cxx_designated_init);
7096 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C99) {
7097 Diag(FirstDesignator, diag::ext_designated_init);
7098 }
7099 }
7100
7101 return BuildInitList(LBraceLoc, InitArgList, RBraceLoc);
7102}
7103
7104ExprResult
7105Sema::BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
7106 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
7107 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
7108 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being initialized.
7109
7110 // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be
7111 // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't.
7112 for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) {
7113 if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
7114 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(InitArgList[I]);
7115
7116 // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because
7117 // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc.
7118 if (result.isInvalid()) continue;
7119
7120 InitArgList[I] = result.get();
7121 }
7122 }
7123
7124 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList,
7125 RBraceLoc);
7126 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
7127 return E;
7128}
7129
7130/// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC.
7131void Sema::maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E) {
7132 assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType())((void)0);
7133 assert(E.get()->isPRValue())((void)0);
7134
7135 // Only do this in an r-value context.
7136 if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return;
7137
7138 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(
7139 Context, E.get()->getType(), CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(),
7140 /*base path*/ nullptr, VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride());
7141 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
7142}
7143
7144/// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object
7145/// pointer type.
7146CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) {
7147 QualType type = E.get()->getType();
7148 if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7149 return CK_BitCast;
7150 } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) {
7151 maybeExtendBlockObject(E);
7152 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7153 } else {
7154 assert(type->isPointerType())((void)0);
7155 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7156 }
7157}
7158
7159/// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
7160/// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
7161CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) {
7162 // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer.
7163 // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with
7164 // pointers. Everything else should be possible.
7165
7166 QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType();
7167 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
7168 return CK_NoOp;
7169
7170 switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
7171 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
7172 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")__builtin_unreachable();
7173
7174 case Type::STK_CPointer:
7175 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
7176 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
7177 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
7178 case Type::STK_CPointer: {
7179 LangAS SrcAS = SrcTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7180 LangAS DestAS = DestTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
7181 if (SrcAS != DestAS)
7182 return CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
7183 if (Context.hasCvrSimilarType(SrcTy, DestTy))
7184 return CK_NoOp;
7185 return CK_BitCast;
7186 }
7187 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
7188 return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer
7189 ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
7190 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
7191 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer)
7192 return CK_BitCast;
7193 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer)
7194 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7195 maybeExtendBlockObject(Src);
7196 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
7197 case Type::STK_Bool:
7198 return CK_PointerToBoolean;
7199 case Type::STK_Integral:
7200 return CK_PointerToIntegral;
7201 case Type::STK_Floating:
7202 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
7203 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
7204 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
7205 case Type::STK_FixedPoint:
7206 llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer")__builtin_unreachable();
7207 }
7208 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")__builtin_unreachable();
7209
7210 case Type::STK_FixedPoint:
7211 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
7212 case Type::STK_FixedPoint:
7213 return CK_FixedPointCast;
7214 case Type::STK_Bool:
7215 return CK_FixedPointToBoolean;
7216 case Type::STK_Integral:
7217 return CK_FixedPointToIntegral;
7218 case Type::STK_Floating:
7219 return CK_FixedPointToFloating;
7220 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
7221 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
7222 Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(),
7223 diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type)
7224 << DestTy;
7225 return CK_IntegralCast;
7226 case Type::STK_CPointer:
7227 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
7228 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
7229 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
7230 llvm_unreachable("illegal cast to pointer type")__builtin_unreachable();
7231 }
7232 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")__builtin_unreachable();
7233
7234 case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer
7235 case Type::STK_Integral:
7236 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
7237 case Type::STK_CPointer:
7238 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
7239 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
7240 if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7241 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
7242 return CK_NullToPointer;
7243 return CK_IntegralToPointer;
7244 case Type::STK_Bool:
7245 return CK_IntegralToBoolean;
7246 case Type::STK_Integral:
7247 return CK_IntegralCast;
7248 case Type::STK_Floating:
7249 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
7250 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
7251 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
7252 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
7253 CK_IntegralCast);
7254 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
7255 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
7256 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
7257 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
7258 CK_IntegralToFloating);
7259 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
7260 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
7261 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")__builtin_unreachable();
7262 case Type::STK_FixedPoint:
7263 return CK_IntegralToFixedPoint;
7264 }
7265 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")__builtin_unreachable();
7266
7267 case Type::STK_Floating:
7268 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
7269 case Type::STK_Floating:
7270 return CK_FloatingCast;
7271 case Type::STK_Bool:
7272 return CK_FloatingToBoolean;
7273 case Type::STK_Integral:
7274 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
7275 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
7276 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
7277 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
7278 CK_FloatingCast);
7279 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
7280 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
7281 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
7282 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
7283 CK_FloatingToIntegral);
7284 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
7285 case Type::STK_CPointer:
7286 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
7287 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
7288 llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?")__builtin_unreachable();
7289 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
7290 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")__builtin_unreachable();
7291 case Type::STK_FixedPoint:
7292 return CK_FloatingToFixedPoint;
7293 }
7294 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")__builtin_unreachable();
7295
7296 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
7297 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
7298 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
7299 return CK_FloatingComplexCast;
7300 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
7301 return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
7302 case Type::STK_Floating: {
7303 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
7304 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
7305 return CK_FloatingComplexToReal;
7306 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
7307 return CK_FloatingCast;
7308 }
7309 case Type::STK_Bool:
7310 return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean;
7311 case Type::STK_Integral:
7312 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
7313 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
7314 CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
7315 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
7316 case Type::STK_CPointer:
7317 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
7318 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
7319 llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?")__builtin_unreachable();
7320 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
7321 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")__builtin_unreachable();
7322 case Type::STK_FixedPoint:
7323 Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(),
7324 diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type)
7325 << SrcTy;
7326 return CK_IntegralCast;
7327 }
7328 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")__builtin_unreachable();
7329
7330 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
7331 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
7332 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
7333 return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
7334 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
7335 return CK_IntegralComplexCast;
7336 case Type::STK_Integral: {
7337 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
7338 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
7339 return CK_IntegralComplexToReal;
7340 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
7341 return CK_IntegralCast;
7342 }
7343 case Type::STK_Bool:
7344 return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean;
7345 case Type::STK_Floating:
7346 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.get(),
7347 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
7348 CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
7349 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
7350 case Type::STK_CPointer:
7351 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
7352 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
7353 llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?")__builtin_unreachable();
7354 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
7355 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C")__builtin_unreachable();
7356 case Type::STK_FixedPoint:
7357 Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(),
7358 diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type)
7359 << SrcTy;
7360 return CK_IntegralCast;
7361 }
7362 llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this")__builtin_unreachable();
7363 }
7364
7365 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast")__builtin_unreachable();
7366}
7367
7368static bool breakDownVectorType(QualType type, uint64_t &len,
7369 QualType &eltType) {
7370 // Vectors are simple.
7371 if (const VectorType *vecType = type->getAs<VectorType>()) {
7372 len = vecType->getNumElements();
7373 eltType = vecType->getElementType();
7374 assert(eltType->isScalarType())((void)0);
7375 return true;
7376 }
7377
7378 // We allow lax conversion to and from non-vector types, but only if
7379 // they're real types (i.e. non-complex, non-pointer scalar types).
7380 if (!type->isRealType()) return false;
7381
7382 len = 1;
7383 eltType = type;
7384 return true;
7385}
7386
7387/// Are the two types SVE-bitcast-compatible types? I.e. is bitcasting from the
7388/// first SVE type (e.g. an SVE VLAT) to the second type (e.g. an SVE VLST)
7389/// allowed?
7390///
7391/// This will also return false if the two given types do not make sense from
7392/// the perspective of SVE bitcasts.
7393bool Sema::isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
7394 assert(srcTy->isVectorType() || destTy->isVectorType())((void)0);
7395
7396 auto ValidScalableConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) {
7397 if (!FirstType->isSizelessBuiltinType())
7398 return false;
7399
7400 const auto *VecTy = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>();
7401 return VecTy &&
7402 VecTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector;
7403 };
7404
7405 return ValidScalableConversion(srcTy, destTy) ||
7406 ValidScalableConversion(destTy, srcTy);
7407}
7408
7409/// Are the two types matrix types and do they have the same dimensions i.e.
7410/// do they have the same number of rows and the same number of columns?
7411bool Sema::areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
7412 if (!destTy->isMatrixType() || !srcTy->isMatrixType())
7413 return false;
7414
7415 const ConstantMatrixType *matSrcType = srcTy->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>();
7416 const ConstantMatrixType *matDestType = destTy->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>();
7417
7418 return matSrcType->getNumRows() == matDestType->getNumRows() &&
7419 matSrcType->getNumColumns() == matDestType->getNumColumns();
7420}
7421
7422bool Sema::areVectorTypesSameSize(QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
7423 assert(DestTy->isVectorType() || SrcTy->isVectorType())((void)0);
7424
7425 uint64_t SrcLen, DestLen;
7426 QualType SrcEltTy, DestEltTy;
7427 if (!breakDownVectorType(SrcTy, SrcLen, SrcEltTy))
7428 return false;
7429 if (!breakDownVectorType(DestTy, DestLen, DestEltTy))
7430 return false;
7431
7432 // ASTContext::getTypeSize will return the size rounded up to a
7433 // power of 2, so instead of using that, we need to use the raw
7434 // element size multiplied by the element count.
7435 uint64_t SrcEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(SrcEltTy);
7436 uint64_t DestEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(DestEltTy);
7437
7438 return (SrcLen * SrcEltSize == DestLen * DestEltSize);
7439}
7440
7441/// Are the two types lax-compatible vector types? That is, given
7442/// that one of them is a vector, do they have equal storage sizes,
7443/// where the storage size is the number of elements times the element
7444/// size?
7445///
7446/// This will also return false if either of the types is neither a
7447/// vector nor a real type.
7448bool Sema::areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
7449 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType())((void)0);
7450
7451 // Disallow lax conversions between scalars and ExtVectors (these
7452 // conversions are allowed for other vector types because common headers
7453 // depend on them). Most scalar OP ExtVector cases are handled by the
7454 // splat path anyway, which does what we want (convert, not bitcast).
7455 // What this rules out for ExtVectors is crazy things like char4*float.
7456 if (srcTy->isScalarType() && destTy->isExtVectorType()) return false;
7457 if (destTy->isScalarType() && srcTy->isExtVectorType()) return false;
7458
7459 return areVectorTypesSameSize(srcTy, destTy);
7460}
7461
7462/// Is this a legal conversion between two types, one of which is
7463/// known to be a vector type?
7464bool Sema::isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) {
7465 assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType())((void)0);
7466
7467 switch (Context.getLangOpts().getLaxVectorConversions()) {
7468 case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::None:
7469 return false;
7470
7471 case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::Integer:
7472 if (!srcTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7473 auto *Vec = srcTy->getAs<VectorType>();
7474 if (!Vec || !Vec->getElementType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
7475 return false;
7476 }
7477 if (!destTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7478 auto *Vec = destTy->getAs<VectorType>();
7479 if (!Vec || !Vec->getElementType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
7480 return false;
7481 }
7482 // OK, integer (vector) -> integer (vector) bitcast.
7483 break;
7484
7485 case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::All:
7486 break;
7487 }
7488
7489 return areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(srcTy, destTy);
7490}
7491
7492bool Sema::CheckMatrixCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy,
7493 CastKind &Kind) {
7494 if (SrcTy->isMatrixType() && DestTy->isMatrixType()) {
7495 if (!areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(SrcTy, DestTy)) {
7496 return Diag(R.getBegin(), diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrixes)
7497 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
7498 }
7499 } else if (SrcTy->isMatrixType()) {
7500 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
7501 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrix_and_type)
7502 << SrcTy << DestTy << R;
7503 } else if (DestTy->isMatrixType()) {
7504 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
7505 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrix_and_type)
7506 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
7507 }
7508
7509 Kind = CK_MatrixCast;
7510 return false;
7511}
7512
7513bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7514 CastKind &Kind) {
7515 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!")((void)0);
7516
7517 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegralType(Context)) {
7518 if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(Ty, VectorTy))
7519 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
7520 Ty->isVectorType() ?
7521 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
7522 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
7523 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
7524 } else
7525 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
7526 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
7527 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
7528
7529 Kind = CK_BitCast;
7530 return false;
7531}
7532
7533ExprResult Sema::prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr) {
7534 QualType DestElemTy = VectorTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
7535
7536 if (DestElemTy == SplattedExpr->getType())
7537 return SplattedExpr;
7538
7539 assert(DestElemTy->isFloatingType() ||((void)0)
7540 DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())((void)0);
7541
7542 CastKind CK;
7543 if (VectorTy->isExtVectorType() && SplattedExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
7544 // OpenCL requires that we convert `true` boolean expressions to -1, but
7545 // only when splatting vectors.
7546 if (DestElemTy->isFloatingType()) {
7547 // To avoid having to have a CK_BooleanToSignedFloating cast kind, we cast
7548 // in two steps: boolean to signed integral, then to floating.
7549 ExprResult CastExprRes = ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, Context.IntTy,
7550 CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral);
7551 SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get();
7552 CK = CK_IntegralToFloating;
7553 } else {
7554 CK = CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
7555 }
7556 } else {
7557 ExprResult CastExprRes = SplattedExpr;
7558 CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy);
7559 if (CastExprRes.isInvalid())
7560 return ExprError();
7561 SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get();
7562 }
7563 return ImpCastExprToType(SplattedExpr, DestElemTy, CK);
7564}
7565
7566ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy,
7567 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) {
7568 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!")((void)0);
7569
7570 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
7571
7572 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
7573 // an ExtVectorType.
7574 // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed.
7575 // (See OpenCL 6.2).
7576 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
7577 if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(SrcTy, DestTy) ||
7578 (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
7579 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestTy, SrcTy))) {
7580 Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
7581 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
7582 return ExprError();
7583 }
7584 Kind = CK_BitCast;
7585 return CastExpr;
7586 }
7587
7588 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
7589 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
7590 // splat from elt type to vector.
7591 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
7592 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
7593 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
7594 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
7595
7596 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
7597 return prepareVectorSplat(DestTy, CastExpr);
7598}
7599
7600ExprResult
7601Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7602 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
7603 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) {
7604 assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) &&((void)0)
7605 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr")((void)0);
7606
7607 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType());
7608 if (D.isInvalidType())
7609 return ExprError();
7610
7611 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7612 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
7613 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
7614 } else {
7615 // Make sure any TypoExprs have been dealt with.
7616 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CastExpr);
7617 if (!Res.isUsable())
7618 return ExprError();
7619 CastExpr = Res.get();
7620 }
7621
7622 checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D);
7623
7624 QualType castType = castTInfo->getType();
7625 Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo);
7626
7627 bool isVectorLiteral = false;
7628
7629 // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal,
7630 // i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
7631 ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr);
7632 ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr);
7633 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector || getLangOpts().OpenCL)
7634 && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) {
7635 if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
7636 Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
7637 return ExprError();
7638 }
7639 if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
7640 Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0));
7641 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && !E->getType()->isVectorType())
7642 isVectorLiteral = true;
7643 }
7644 else
7645 isVectorLiteral = true;
7646 }
7647
7648 // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
7649 // then handle it as such.
7650 if (isVectorLiteral)
7651 return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo);
7652
7653 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
7654 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
7655 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
7656 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) {
7657 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr);
7658 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
7659 CastExpr = Result.get();
7660 }
7661
7662 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !castType->isVoidType() &&
7663 !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(LParenLoc))
7664 Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_old_style_cast) << CastExpr->getSourceRange();
7665
7666 CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, CastExpr);
7667
7668 CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(castType, CastExpr);
7669
7670 DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(castType.getTypePtr(), CastExpr);
7671
7672 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr);
7673}
7674
7675ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7676 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
7677 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
7678 assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&((void)0)
7679 "Expected paren or paren list expression")((void)0);
7680
7681 Expr **exprs;
7682 unsigned numExprs;
7683 Expr *subExpr;
7684 SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc;
7685 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) {
7686 LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc();
7687 LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc();
7688 exprs = PE->getExprs();
7689 numExprs = PE->getNumExprs();
7690 } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance
7691 LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getLParen();
7692 LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getRParen();
7693 subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
7694 exprs = &subExpr;
7695 numExprs = 1;
7696 }
7697
7698 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
7699 assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type")((void)0);
7700
7701 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
7702 const VectorType *VTy = Ty->castAs<VectorType>();
7703 unsigned numElems = VTy->getNumElements();
7704
7705 // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of
7706 // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector.
7707 // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be
7708 // replicated to all the components of the vector
7709 if (ShouldSplatAltivecScalarInCast(VTy)) {
7710 // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the
7711 // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will
7712 // be replicated to all the components of the vector
7713 if (numExprs == 1) {
7714 QualType ElemTy = VTy->getElementType();
7715 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
7716 if (Literal.isInvalid())
7717 return ExprError();
7718 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
7719 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
7720 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
7721 }
7722 else if (numExprs < numElems) {
7723 Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
7724 diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers);
7725 return ExprError();
7726 }
7727 else
7728 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
7729 }
7730 else {
7731 // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value,
7732 // it will be replicated to all components of the vector.
7733 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
7734 VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
7735 numExprs == 1) {
7736 QualType ElemTy = VTy->getElementType();
7737 ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(exprs[0]);
7738 if (Literal.isInvalid())
7739 return ExprError();
7740 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.get(), ElemTy,
7741 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
7742 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.get());
7743 }
7744
7745 initExprs.append(exprs, exprs + numExprs);
7746 }
7747 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
7748 // braces instead of the original commas.
7749 InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc,
7750 initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc);
7751 initE->setType(Ty);
7752 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE);
7753}
7754
7755/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn
7756/// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators.
7757ExprResult
7758Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) {
7759 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr);
7760 if (!E)
7761 return OrigExpr;
7762
7763 ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));
7764
7765 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
7766 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
7767 E->getExpr(i));
7768
7769 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
7770
7771 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
7772}
7773
7774ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
7775 SourceLocation R,
7776 MultiExprArg Val) {
7777 return ParenListExpr::Create(Context, L, Val, R);
7778}
7779
7780/// Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
7781/// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is
7782/// emitted.
7783bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7784 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
7785 Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr;
7786 Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr;
7787 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
7788 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7789 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
7790
7791 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) {
7792 NullExpr = RHSExpr;
7793 NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr;
7794 NullKind =
7795 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
7796 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
7797 }
7798
7799 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull)
7800 return false;
7801
7802 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression)
7803 return false;
7804
7805 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
7806 // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL"
7807 // string in the source code.
7808 NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7809 SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc();
7810 if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL"))
7811 return false;
7812 }
7813
7814 int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr);
7815 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null)
7816 << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType
7817 << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
7818 return true;
7819}
7820
7821/// Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise.
7822static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
7823 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
7824
7825 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition cannot be a floating point type.
7826 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isFloatingType()) {
7827 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
7828 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
7829 return true;
7830 }
7831
7832 // C99 6.5.15p2
7833 if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false;
7834
7835 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
7836 << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange();
7837 return true;
7838}
7839
7840/// Handle when one or both operands are void type.
7841static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
7842 ExprResult &RHS) {
7843 Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get();
7844 Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get();
7845
7846 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7847 S.Diag(RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
7848 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
7849 if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
7850 S.Diag(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
7851 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange();
7852 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
7853 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
7854 return S.Context.VoidTy;
7855}
7856
7857/// Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy,
7858/// true otherwise.
7859static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr,
7860 QualType PointerTy) {
7861 if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) ||
7862 !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
7863 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
7864 return true;
7865
7866 NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.get(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer);
7867 return false;
7868}
7869
7870/// Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting
7871/// type.
7872static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
7873 ExprResult &RHS,
7874 SourceLocation Loc) {
7875 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
7876 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
7877
7878 if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
7879 // Two identical pointers types are always compatible.
7880 return LHSTy;
7881 }
7882
7883 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
7884
7885 // Get the pointee types.
7886 bool IsBlockPointer = false;
7887 if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
7888 lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType();
7889 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7890 IsBlockPointer = true;
7891 } else {
7892 lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7893 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7894 }
7895
7896 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to
7897 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
7898 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite
7899 // type.
7900
7901 // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified
7902 // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should
7903 // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or
7904 // anything.
7905 Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers();
7906 Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers();
7907
7908 LangAS ResultAddrSpace = LangAS::Default;
7909 LangAS LAddrSpace = lhQual.getAddressSpace();
7910 LangAS RAddrSpace = rhQual.getAddressSpace();
7911
7912 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5 - Conversion between pointers to distinct address
7913 // spaces is disallowed.
7914 if (lhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhQual))
7915 ResultAddrSpace = LAddrSpace;
7916 else if (rhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(lhQual))
7917 ResultAddrSpace = RAddrSpace;
7918 else {
7919 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
7920 << LHSTy << RHSTy << 2 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7921 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7922 return QualType();
7923 }
7924
7925 unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers();
7926 auto LHSCastKind = CK_BitCast, RHSCastKind = CK_BitCast;
7927 lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
7928 rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers();
7929
7930 // OpenCL v2.0 specification doesn't extend compatibility of type qualifiers
7931 // (C99 6.7.3) for address spaces. We assume that the check should behave in
7932 // the same manner as it's defined for CVR qualifiers, so for OpenCL two
7933 // qual types are compatible iff
7934 // * corresponded types are compatible
7935 // * CVR qualifiers are equal
7936 // * address spaces are equal
7937 // Thus for conditional operator we merge CVR and address space unqualified
7938 // pointees and if there is a composite type we return a pointer to it with
7939 // merged qualifiers.
7940 LHSCastKind =
7941 LAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace ? CK_BitCast : CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
7942 RHSCastKind =
7943 RAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace ? CK_BitCast : CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
7944 lhQual.removeAddressSpace();
7945 rhQual.removeAddressSpace();
7946
7947 lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), lhQual);
7948 rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), rhQual);
7949
7950 QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes(lhptee, rhptee);
7951
7952 if (CompositeTy.isNull()) {
7953 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
7954 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
7955 // to get a consistent AST.
7956 QualType incompatTy;
7957 incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(
7958 S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(S.Context.VoidTy, ResultAddrSpace));
7959 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, LHSCastKind);
7960 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, RHSCastKind);
7961
7962 // FIXME: For OpenCL the warning emission and cast to void* leaves a room
7963 // for casts between types with incompatible address space qualifiers.
7964 // For the following code the compiler produces casts between global and
7965 // local address spaces of the corresponded innermost pointees:
7966 // local int *global *a;
7967 // global int *global *b;
7968 // a = (0 ? a : b); // see C99 6.5.16.1.p1.
7969 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
7970 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
7971 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
7972
7973 return incompatTy;
7974 }
7975
7976 // The pointer types are compatible.
7977 // In case of OpenCL ResultTy should have the address space qualifier
7978 // which is a superset of address spaces of both the 2nd and the 3rd
7979 // operands of the conditional operator.
7980 QualType ResultTy = [&, ResultAddrSpace]() {
7981 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7982 Qualifiers CompositeQuals = CompositeTy.getQualifiers();
7983 CompositeQuals.setAddressSpace(ResultAddrSpace);
7984 return S.Context
7985 .getQualifiedType(CompositeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), CompositeQuals)
7986 .withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
7987 }
7988 return CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(MergedCVRQual);
7989 }();
7990 if (IsBlockPointer)
7991 ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultTy);
7992 else
7993 ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(ResultTy);
7994
7995 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultTy, LHSCastKind);
7996 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultTy, RHSCastKind);
7997 return ResultTy;
7998}
7999
8000/// Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers.
8001static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S,
8002 ExprResult &LHS,
8003 ExprResult &RHS,
8004 SourceLocation Loc) {
8005 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8006 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
8007
8008 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
8009 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
8010 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
8011 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
8012 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
8013 return destType;
8014 }
8015 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
8016 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8017 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8018 return QualType();
8019 }
8020
8021 // We have 2 block pointer types.
8022 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
8023}
8024
8025/// Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers.
8026static QualType
8027checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
8028 ExprResult &RHS,
8029 SourceLocation Loc) {
8030 // get the pointer types
8031 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8032 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
8033
8034 // get the "pointed to" types
8035 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
8036 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
8037
8038 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
8039 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
8040 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
8041 QualType destPointee
8042 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
8043 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
8044 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
8045 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
8046 // Promote to void*.
8047 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
8048 return destType;
8049 }
8050 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
8051 QualType destPointee
8052 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
8053 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
8054 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
8055 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
8056 // Promote to void*.
8057 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
8058 return destType;
8059 }
8060
8061 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
8062}
8063
8064/// Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second
8065/// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise.
8066static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int,
8067 Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc,
8068 bool IsIntFirstExpr) {
8069 if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
8070 !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
8071 return false;
8072
8073 Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr;
8074 Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get();
8075
8076 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
8077 << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType()
8078 << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange();
8079 Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.get(), PointerExpr->getType(),
8080 CK_IntegralToPointer);
8081 return true;
8082}
8083
8084/// Simple conversion between integer and floating point types.
8085///
8086/// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
8087/// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
8088///
8089/// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i and s6.11.6 together require that the scalar
8090/// types are either integer or floating type. Between the two
8091/// operands, the type with the higher rank is defined as the "result
8092/// type". The other operand needs to be promoted to the same type. No
8093/// other type promotion is allowed. We cannot use
8094/// UsualArithmeticConversions() for this purpose, since it always
8095/// promotes promotable types.
8096static QualType OpenCLArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
8097 ExprResult &RHS,
8098 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
8099 LHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
8100 if (LHS.isInvalid())
8101 return QualType();
8102 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
8103 if (RHS.isInvalid())
8104 return QualType();
8105
8106 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
8107 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
8108 QualType LHSType =
8109 S.Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
8110 QualType RHSType =
8111 S.Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
8112
8113 if (!LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
8114 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
8115 << LHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8116 return QualType();
8117 }
8118
8119 if (!RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
8120 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float)
8121 << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8122 return QualType();
8123 }
8124
8125 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
8126 if (LHSType == RHSType)
8127 return LHSType;
8128
8129 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
8130 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
8131 return handleFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
8132 /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
8133
8134 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
8135 return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast>
8136 (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*IsCompAssign = */ false);
8137}
8138
8139/// Convert scalar operands to a vector that matches the
8140/// condition in length.
8141///
8142/// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the
8143/// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar.
8144///
8145/// We first compute the "result type" for the scalar operands
8146/// according to OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. Both operands are then converted
8147/// into a vector of that type where the length matches the condition
8148/// vector type. s6.11.6 requires that the element types of the result
8149/// and the condition must have the same number of bits.
8150static QualType
8151OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8152 QualType CondTy, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
8153 QualType ResTy = OpenCLArithmeticConversions(S, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
8154 if (ResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
8155
8156 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
8157 assert(CV)((void)0);
8158
8159 // Determine the vector result type
8160 unsigned NumElements = CV->getNumElements();
8161 QualType VectorTy = S.Context.getExtVectorType(ResTy, NumElements);
8162
8163 // Ensure that all types have the same number of bits
8164 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CV->getElementType())
8165 != S.Context.getTypeSize(ResTy)) {
8166 // Since VectorTy is created internally, it does not pretty print
8167 // with an OpenCL name. Instead, we just print a description.
8168 std::string EleTyName = ResTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString();
8169 SmallString<64> Str;
8170 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
8171 OS << "(vector of " << NumElements << " '" << EleTyName << "' values)";
8172 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
8173 << CondTy << OS.str();
8174 return QualType();
8175 }
8176
8177 // Convert operands to the vector result type
8178 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
8179 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
8180
8181 return VectorTy;
8182}
8183
8184/// Return false if this is a valid OpenCL condition vector
8185static bool checkOpenCLConditionVector(Sema &S, Expr *Cond,
8186 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
8187 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 says the elements of the vector must be of
8188 // integral type.
8189 const VectorType *CondTy = Cond->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
8190 assert(CondTy)((void)0);
8191 QualType EleTy = CondTy->getElementType();
8192 if (EleTy->isIntegerType()) return false;
8193
8194 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat)
8195 << Cond->getType() << Cond->getSourceRange();
8196 return true;
8197}
8198
8199/// Return false if the vector condition type and the vector
8200/// result type are compatible.
8201///
8202/// OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 requires that both vector types have the same
8203/// number of elements, and their element types have the same number
8204/// of bits.
8205static bool checkVectorResult(Sema &S, QualType CondTy, QualType VecResTy,
8206 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
8207 const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>();
8208 const VectorType *RV = VecResTy->getAs<VectorType>();
8209 assert(CV && RV)((void)0);
8210
8211 if (CV->getNumElements() != RV->getNumElements()) {
8212 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_size)
8213 << CondTy << VecResTy;
8214 return true;
8215 }
8216
8217 QualType CVE = CV->getElementType();
8218 QualType RVE = RV->getElementType();
8219
8220 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(CVE) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RVE)) {
8221 S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size)
8222 << CondTy << VecResTy;
8223 return true;
8224 }
8225
8226 return false;
8227}
8228
8229/// Return the resulting type for the conditional operator in
8230/// OpenCL (aka "ternary selection operator", OpenCL v1.1
8231/// s6.3.i) when the condition is a vector type.
8232static QualType
8233OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(Sema &S, ExprResult &Cond,
8234 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8235 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
8236 Cond = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Cond.get());
8237 if (Cond.isInvalid())
8238 return QualType();
8239 QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType();
8240
8241 if (checkOpenCLConditionVector(S, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
8242 return QualType();
8243
8244 // If either operand is a vector then find the vector type of the
8245 // result as specified in OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i.
8246 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8247 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
8248 QualType VecResTy = S.CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc,
8249 /*isCompAssign*/false,
8250 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
8251 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
8252 if (VecResTy.isNull()) return QualType();
8253 // The result type must match the condition type as specified in
8254 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6.
8255 if (checkVectorResult(S, CondTy, VecResTy, QuestionLoc))
8256 return QualType();
8257 return VecResTy;
8258 }
8259
8260 // Both operands are scalar.
8261 return OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(S, LHS, RHS, CondTy, QuestionLoc);
8262}
8263
8264/// Return true if the Expr is block type
8265static bool checkBlockType(Sema &S, const Expr *E) {
8266 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
8267 QualType Ty = CE->getCallee()->getType();
8268 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
8269 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_ternary_with_block);
8270 return true;
8271 }
8272 }
8273 return false;
8274}
8275
8276/// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
8277/// In that case, LHS = cond.
8278/// C99 6.5.15
8279QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
8280 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
8281 ExprObjectKind &OK,
8282 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
8283
8284 ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
8285 if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
8286 LHS = LHSResult;
8287
8288 ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
8289 if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
8290 RHS = RHSResult;
8291
8292 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
8293 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
8294 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
8295
8296 VK = VK_PRValue;
8297 OK = OK_Ordinary;
8298
8299 if (Context.isDependenceAllowed() &&
8300 (Cond.get()->isTypeDependent() || LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() ||
8301 RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())) {
8302 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)((void)0);
8303 assert((Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() ||((void)0)
8304 RHS.get()->containsErrors()) &&((void)0)
8305 "should only occur in error-recovery path.")((void)0);
8306 return Context.DependentTy;
8307 }
8308
8309 // The OpenCL operator with a vector condition is sufficiently
8310 // different to merit its own checker.
8311 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCL && Cond.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) ||
8312 Cond.get()->getType()->isExtVectorType())
8313 return OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(*this, Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
8314
8315 // First, check the condition.
8316 Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.get());
8317 if (Cond.isInvalid())
8318 return QualType();
8319 if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get(), QuestionLoc))
8320 return QualType();
8321
8322 // Now check the two expressions.
8323 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
8324 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
8325 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
8326 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
8327 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
8328
8329 QualType ResTy =
8330 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, ACK_Conditional);
8331 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8332 return QualType();
8333
8334 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8335 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
8336
8337 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
8338 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
8339 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
8340 Diag(QuestionLoc,
8341 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LHSTy << RHSTy
8342 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8343 return QualType();
8344 }
8345
8346 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks cannot be used as expressions of the ternary
8347 // selection operator (?:).
8348 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
8349 (checkBlockType(*this, LHS.get()) | checkBlockType(*this, RHS.get()))) {
8350 return QualType();
8351 }
8352
8353 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
8354 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
8355 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
8356 // Disallow invalid arithmetic conversions, such as those between ExtInts of
8357 // different sizes, or between ExtInts and other types.
8358 if (ResTy.isNull() && (LHSTy->isExtIntType() || RHSTy->isExtIntType())) {
8359 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
8360 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8361 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8362 return QualType();
8363 }
8364
8365 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
8366 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
8367
8368 return ResTy;
8369 }
8370
8371 // And if they're both bfloat (which isn't arithmetic), that's fine too.
8372 if (LHSTy->isBFloat16Type() && RHSTy->isBFloat16Type()) {
8373 return LHSTy;
8374 }
8375
8376 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
8377 // type.
8378 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
8379 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
8380 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
8381 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
8382 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
8383 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
8384 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
8385 }
8386
8387 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
8388 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
8389 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
8390 return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS);
8391 }
8392
8393 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
8394 // the type of the other operand."
8395 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy;
8396 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy;
8397
8398 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
8399 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
8400 QuestionLoc);
8401 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
8402 return QualType();
8403 if (!compositeType.isNull())
8404 return compositeType;
8405
8406
8407 // Handle block pointer types.
8408 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType())
8409 return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
8410 QuestionLoc);
8411
8412 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
8413 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType())
8414 return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
8415 QuestionLoc);
8416
8417 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that
8418 // null pointers have been filtered out by this point.
8419 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
8420 /*IsIntFirstExpr=*/true))
8421 return RHSTy;
8422 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
8423 /*IsIntFirstExpr=*/false))
8424 return LHSTy;
8425
8426 // Allow ?: operations in which both operands have the same
8427 // built-in sizeless type.
8428 if (LHSTy->isSizelessBuiltinType() && Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy))
8429 return LHSTy;
8430
8431 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
8432 // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most
8433 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
8434 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
8435 return QualType();
8436
8437 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
8438 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
8439 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
8440 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8441 return QualType();
8442}
8443
8444/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
8445/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
8446QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8447 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
8448 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
8449 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
8450
8451 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
8452 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
8453 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
8454 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
8455 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
8456 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
8457 return LHSTy;
8458 }
8459 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
8460 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
8461 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
8462 return RHSTy;
8463 }
8464 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
8465 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
8466 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
8467 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
8468 return LHSTy;
8469 }
8470 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
8471 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
8472 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
8473 return RHSTy;
8474 }
8475 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
8476 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
8477 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
8478 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
8479 return LHSTy;
8480 }
8481 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
8482 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
8483 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
8484 return RHSTy;
8485 }
8486 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
8487 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8488
8489 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
8490 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
8491 return LHSTy;
8492 }
8493 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8494 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8495 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
8496
8497 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
8498 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
8499 // type. This allows
8500 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
8501 // where B is a subclass of A.
8502 //
8503 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
8504 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
8505 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
8506 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
8507
8508 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
8509 // It could return the composite type.
8510 if (!(compositeType =
8511 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) {
8512 // Nothing more to do.
8513 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
8514 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
8515 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
8516 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
8517 } else if ((LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
8518 RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
8519 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT,
8520 true)) {
8521 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
8522 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
8523 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
8524 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
8525 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
8526 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
8527 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
8528 } else {
8529 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
8530 << LHSTy << RHSTy
8531 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8532 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
8533 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
8534 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
8535 return incompatTy;
8536 }
8537 // The object pointer types are compatible.
8538 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
8539 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
8540 return compositeType;
8541 }
8542 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
8543 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
8544 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
8545 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
8546 // so these types are not compatible.
8547 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
8548 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8549 LHS = RHS = true;
8550 return QualType();
8551 }
8552 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
8553 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
8554 QualType destPointee
8555 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
8556 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
8557 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
8558 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
8559 // Promote to void*.
8560 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
8561 return destType;
8562 }
8563 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
8564 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
8565 // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *',
8566 // so these types are not compatible.
8567 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy
8568 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
8569 LHS = RHS = true;
8570 return QualType();
8571 }
8572 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
8573 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
8574 QualType destPointee
8575 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
8576 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
8577 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
8578 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), destType, CK_NoOp);
8579 // Promote to void*.
8580 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), destType, CK_BitCast);
8581 return destType;
8582 }
8583 return QualType();
8584}
8585
8586/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps
8587/// ParenRange in parentheses.
8588static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
8589 const PartialDiagnostic &Note,
8590 SourceRange ParenRange) {
8591 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
8592 if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() &&
8593 EndLoc.isValid()) {
8594 Self.Diag(Loc, Note)
8595 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
8596 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
8597 } else {
8598 // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note.
8599 Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange;
8600 }
8601}
8602
8603static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
8604 return BinaryOperator::isAdditiveOp(Opc) ||
8605 BinaryOperator::isMultiplicativeOp(Opc) ||
8606 BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(Opc) || Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or;
8607 // This only checks for bitwise-or and bitwise-and, but not bitwise-xor and
8608 // not any of the logical operators. Bitwise-xor is commonly used as a
8609 // logical-xor because there is no logical-xor operator. The logical
8610 // operators, including uses of xor, have a high false positive rate for
8611 // precedence warnings.
8612}
8613
8614/// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
8615/// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
8616/// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side
8617/// expression.
8618static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
8619 Expr **RHSExprs) {
8620 // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis.
8621 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
8622 E = E->IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep();
8623 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
8624 if (auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)) {
8625 E = MTE->getSubExpr();
8626 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
8627 }
8628
8629 // Built-in binary operator.
8630 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8631 if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
8632 *Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
8633 *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS();
8634 return true;
8635 }
8636 }
8637
8638 // Overloaded operator.
8639 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
8640 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
8641 return false;
8642
8643 // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
8644 // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
8645 OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
8646 if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow ||
8647 OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus)
8648 return false;
8649
8650 BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
8651 if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
8652 *Opcode = OpKind;
8653 *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1);
8654 return true;
8655 }
8656 }
8657
8658 return false;
8659}
8660
8661/// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
8662/// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
8663/// commonly interpreted as boolean.
8664static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
8665 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8666
8667 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
8668 return true;
8669 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
8670 return OP->isComparisonOp() || OP->isLogicalOp();
8671 if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
8672 return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;
8673 if (E->getType()->isPointerType())
8674 return true;
8675 // FIXME: What about overloaded operator calls returning "unspecified boolean
8676 // type"s (commonly pointer-to-members)?
8677
8678 return false;
8679}
8680
8681/// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
8682/// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
8683/// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
8684/// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
8685static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
8686 SourceLocation OpLoc,
8687 Expr *Condition,
8688 Expr *LHSExpr,
8689 Expr *RHSExpr) {
8690 BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
8691 Expr *CondRHS;
8692
8693 if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
8694 return;
8695 if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
8696 return;
8697
8698 // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
8699 // hand side that looks boolean, so warn.
8700
8701 unsigned DiagID = BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(CondOpcode)
8702 ? diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_conditional
8703 : diag::warn_precedence_conditional;
8704
8705 Self.Diag(OpLoc, DiagID)
8706 << Condition->getSourceRange()
8707 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
8708
8709 SuggestParentheses(
8710 Self, OpLoc,
8711 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
8712 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode),
8713 SourceRange(Condition->getBeginLoc(), Condition->getEndLoc()));
8714
8715 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
8716 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first),
8717 SourceRange(CondRHS->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()));
8718}
8719
8720/// Compute the nullability of a conditional expression.
8721static QualType computeConditionalNullability(QualType ResTy, bool IsBin,
8722 QualType LHSTy, QualType RHSTy,
8723 ASTContext &Ctx) {
8724 if (!ResTy->isAnyPointerType())
8725 return ResTy;
8726
8727 auto GetNullability = [&Ctx](QualType Ty) {
8728 Optional<NullabilityKind> Kind = Ty->getNullability(Ctx);
8729 if (Kind) {
8730 // For our purposes, treat _Nullable_result as _Nullable.
8731 if (*Kind == NullabilityKind::NullableResult)
8732 return NullabilityKind::Nullable;
8733 return *Kind;
8734 }
8735 return NullabilityKind::Unspecified;
8736 };
8737
8738 auto LHSKind = GetNullability(LHSTy), RHSKind = GetNullability(RHSTy);
8739 NullabilityKind MergedKind;
8740
8741 // Compute nullability of a binary conditional expression.
8742 if (IsBin) {
8743 if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
8744 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::NonNull;
8745 else
8746 MergedKind = RHSKind;
8747 // Compute nullability of a normal conditional expression.
8748 } else {
8749 if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable ||
8750 RHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable)
8751 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Nullable;
8752 else if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
8753 MergedKind = RHSKind;
8754 else if (RHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
8755 MergedKind = LHSKind;
8756 else
8757 MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Unspecified;
8758 }
8759
8760 // Return if ResTy already has the correct nullability.
8761 if (GetNullability(ResTy) == MergedKind)
8762 return ResTy;
8763
8764 // Strip all nullability from ResTy.
8765 while (ResTy->getNullability(Ctx))
8766 ResTy = ResTy.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Ctx);
8767
8768 // Create a new AttributedType with the new nullability kind.
8769 auto NewAttr = AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(MergedKind);
8770 return Ctx.getAttributedType(NewAttr, ResTy, ResTy);
8771}
8772
8773/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
8774/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
8775ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
8776 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8777 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
8778 Expr *RHSExpr) {
8779 if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) {
8780 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes in the condition because it
8781 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
8782 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
8783 ExprResult CondResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(CondExpr);
8784 ExprResult LHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHSExpr);
8785 ExprResult RHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(RHSExpr);
8786
8787 if (!CondResult.isUsable())
8788 return ExprError();
8789
8790 if (LHSExpr) {
8791 if (!LHSResult.isUsable())
8792 return ExprError();
8793 }
8794
8795 if (!RHSResult.isUsable())
8796 return ExprError();
8797
8798 CondExpr = CondResult.get();
8799 LHSExpr = LHSResult.get();
8800 RHSExpr = RHSResult.get();
8801 }
8802
8803 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
8804 // was the condition.
8805 OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = nullptr;
8806 Expr *commonExpr = nullptr;
8807 if (!LHSExpr) {
8808 commonExpr = CondExpr;
8809 // Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't
8810 // try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such
8811 // as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax.
8812 if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) {
8813 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(commonExpr);
8814 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
8815 commonExpr = result.get();
8816 }
8817 // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except
8818 // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional.
8819 if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8820 && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent()
8821 && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind()
8822 && commonExpr->isGLValue()
8823 && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
8824 && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
8825 && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) {
8826 ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr);
8827 if (commonRes.isInvalid())
8828 return ExprError();
8829 commonExpr = commonRes.get();
8830 }
8831
8832 // If the common expression is a class or array prvalue, materialize it
8833 // so that we can safely refer to it multiple times.
8834 if (commonExpr->isPRValue() && (commonExpr->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8835 commonExpr->getType()->isArrayType())) {
8836 ExprResult MatExpr = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(commonExpr);
8837 if (MatExpr.isInvalid())
8838 return ExprError();
8839 commonExpr = MatExpr.get();
8840 }
8841
8842 opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(),
8843 commonExpr->getType(),
8844 commonExpr->getValueKind(),
8845 commonExpr->getObjectKind(),
8846 commonExpr);
8847 LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue;
8848 }
8849
8850 QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType();
8851 ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue;
8852 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
8853 ExprResult Cond = CondExpr, LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
8854 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS,
8855 VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
8856 if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() ||
8857 RHS.isInvalid())
8858 return ExprError();
8859
8860 DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
8861 RHS.get());
8862
8863 CheckBoolLikeConversion(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc);
8864
8865 result = computeConditionalNullability(result, commonExpr, LHSTy, RHSTy,
8866 Context);
8867
8868 if (!commonExpr)
8869 return new (Context)
8870 ConditionalOperator(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc, LHS.get(), ColonLoc,
8871 RHS.get(), result, VK, OK);
8872
8873 return new (Context) BinaryConditionalOperator(
8874 commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
8875 ColonLoc, result, VK, OK);
8876}
8877
8878// Check if we have a conversion between incompatible cmse function pointer
8879// types, that is, a conversion between a function pointer with the
8880// cmse_nonsecure_call attribute and one without.
8881static bool IsInvalidCmseNSCallConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType,
8882 QualType ToType) {
8883 if (const auto *ToFn =
8884 dyn_cast<FunctionType>(S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType))) {
8885 if (const auto *FromFn =
8886 dyn_cast<FunctionType>(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType))) {
8887 FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo();
8888 FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo();
8889
8890 return ToEInfo.getCmseNSCall() != FromEInfo.getCmseNSCall();
8891 }
8892 }
8893 return false;
8894}
8895
8896// checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
8897// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
8898// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
8899// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
8900// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
8901static Sema::AssignConvertType
8902checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
8903 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!")((void)0);
8904 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!")((void)0);
8905
8906 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
8907 const Type *lhptee, *rhptee;
8908 Qualifiers lhq, rhq;
8909 std::tie(lhptee, lhq) =
8910 cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
8911 std::tie(rhptee, rhq) =
8912 cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
8913
8914 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
8915
8916 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
8917 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
8918 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
8919
8920 // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay.
8921 if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() &&
8922 lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) {
8923 // Ignore lifetime for further calculation.
8924 lhq.removeObjCLifetime();
8925 rhq.removeObjCLifetime();
8926 }
8927
8928 if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) {
8929 // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal.
8930 if (!lhq.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(rhq))
8931 return Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
8932
8933 // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to
8934 // and from void*.
8935 else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()
8936 .compatiblyIncludes(
8937 rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime())
8938 && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType()))
8939 ; // keep old
8940
8941 // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal.
8942 else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime())
8943 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
8944
8945 // For GCC/MS compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated
8946 // as still compatible in C.
8947 else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
8948 }
8949
8950 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
8951 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
8952 // version of void...
8953 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
8954 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
8955 return ConvTy;
8956
8957 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
8958 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType())((void)0);
8959 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
8960 }
8961
8962 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
8963 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
8964 return ConvTy;
8965
8966 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
8967 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType())((void)0);
8968 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
8969 }
8970
8971 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
8972 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
8973 QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0);
8974 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) {
8975 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
8976 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
8977 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
8978 if (lhptee->isCharType())
8979 ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
8980 else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
8981 ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans);
8982
8983 if (rhptee->isCharType())
8984 rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
8985 else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
8986 rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans);
8987
8988 if (ltrans == rtrans) {
8989 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
8990 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
8991 // warning can be disabled.
8992 if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible)
8993 return ConvTy;
8994
8995 return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign;
8996 }
8997
8998 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
8999 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
9000 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
9001 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
9002 if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) {
9003 do {
9004 std::tie(lhptee, lhq) =
9005 cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
9006 std::tie(rhptee, rhq) =
9007 cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().split().asPair();
9008
9009 // Inconsistent address spaces at this point is invalid, even if the
9010 // address spaces would be compatible.
9011 // FIXME: This doesn't catch address space mismatches for pointers of
9012 // different nesting levels, like:
9013 // __local int *** a;
9014 // int ** b = a;
9015 // It's not clear how to actually determine when such pointers are
9016 // invalidly incompatible.
9017 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace())
9018 return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch;
9019
9020 } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee));
9021
9022 if (lhptee == rhptee)
9023 return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
9024 }
9025
9026 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
9027 if (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isFunctionPointerType())
9028 return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer;
9029 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
9030 }
9031 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9032 S.IsFunctionConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans))
9033 return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer;
9034 if (IsInvalidCmseNSCallConversion(S, ltrans, rtrans))
9035 return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer;
9036 return ConvTy;
9037}
9038
9039/// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
9040/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
9041/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
9042// types.
9043static Sema::AssignConvertType
9044checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
9045 QualType RHSType) {
9046 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!")((void)0);
9047 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!")((void)0);
9048
9049 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
9050
9051 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
9052 lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType();
9053 rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType();
9054
9055 // In C++, the types have to match exactly.
9056 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9057 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
9058
9059 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
9060
9061 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
9062 Qualifiers LQuals = lhptee.getLocalQualifiers();
9063 Qualifiers RQuals = rhptee.getLocalQualifiers();
9064 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9065 LQuals.removeAddressSpace();
9066 RQuals.removeAddressSpace();
9067 }
9068 if (LQuals != RQuals)
9069 ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
9070
9071 // FIXME: OpenCL doesn't define the exact compile time semantics for a block
9072 // assignment.
9073 // The current behavior is similar to C++ lambdas. A block might be
9074 // assigned to a variable iff its return type and parameters are compatible
9075 // (C99 6.2.7) with the corresponding return type and parameters of the LHS of
9076 // an assignment. Presumably it should behave in way that a function pointer
9077 // assignment does in C, so for each parameter and return type:
9078 // * CVR and address space of LHS should be a superset of CVR and address
9079 // space of RHS.
9080 // * unqualified types should be compatible.
9081 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9082 if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(
9083 S.Context.getQualifiedType(LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), LQuals),
9084 S.Context.getQualifiedType(RHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), RQuals)))
9085 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
9086 } else if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
9087 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
9088
9089 return ConvTy;
9090}
9091
9092/// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
9093/// for assignment compatibility.
9094static Sema::AssignConvertType
9095checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
9096 QualType RHSType) {
9097 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!")((void)0);
9098 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!")((void)0);
9099
9100 if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
9101 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
9102 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
9103 !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
9104 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
9105 return Sema::Compatible;
9106 }
9107 if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
9108 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
9109 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
9110 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
9111 return Sema::Compatible;
9112 }
9113 QualType lhptee = LHSType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9114 QualType rhptee = RHSType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9115
9116 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee) &&
9117 // make an exception for id<P>
9118 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
9119 return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
9120
9121 if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
9122 return Sema::Compatible;
9123 if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
9124 return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
9125 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
9126}
9127
9128Sema::AssignConvertType
9129Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
9130 QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
9131 // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what
9132 // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints
9133 // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't
9134 // usually happen on valid code.
9135 OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_PRValue);
9136 ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr;
9137 CastKind K;
9138
9139 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K, /*ConvertRHS=*/false);
9140}
9141
9142/// This helper function returns true if QT is a vector type that has element
9143/// type ElementType.
9144static bool isVector(QualType QT, QualType ElementType) {
9145 if (const VectorType *VT = QT->getAs<VectorType>())
9146 return VT->getElementType().getCanonicalType() == ElementType;
9147 return false;
9148}
9149
9150/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
9151/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
9152/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
9153///
9154/// int a, *pint;
9155/// short *pshort;
9156/// struct foo *pfoo;
9157///
9158/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
9159/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
9160/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
9161/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
9162///
9163/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
9164/// C99 spec dictates.
9165///
9166/// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible.
9167Sema::AssignConvertType
9168Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
9169 CastKind &Kind, bool ConvertRHS) {
9170 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9171 QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType;
9172
9173 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
9174 // them.
9175 LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
9176 RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
9177
9178 // Common case: no conversion required.
9179 if (LHSType == RHSType) {
9180 Kind = CK_NoOp;
9181 return Compatible;
9182 }
9183
9184 // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an
9185 // atomic qualification step.
9186 if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(LHSType)) {
9187 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
9188 CheckAssignmentConstraints(AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind);
9189 if (result != Compatible)
9190 return result;
9191 if (Kind != CK_NoOp && ConvertRHS)
9192 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), AtomicTy->getValueType(), Kind);
9193 Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic;
9194 return Compatible;
9195 }
9196
9197 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
9198 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
9199 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
9200 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
9201 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
9202 // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
9203 // type.
9204 if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
9205 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) {
9206 Kind = CK_LValueBitCast;
9207 return Compatible;
9208 }
9209 return Incompatible;
9210 }
9211
9212 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
9213 // to the same ExtVector type.
9214 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
9215 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType())
9216 return Incompatible;
9217 if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) {
9218 // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the element type.
9219 if (ConvertRHS)
9220 RHS = prepareVectorSplat(LHSType, RHS.get());
9221 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
9222 return Compatible;
9223 }
9224 }
9225
9226 // Conversions to or from vector type.
9227 if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) {
9228 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) {
9229 // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
9230 // vector type and vice versa
9231 if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
9232 Kind = CK_BitCast;
9233 return Compatible;
9234 }
9235
9236 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
9237 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
9238 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
9239 if (isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
9240 Kind = CK_BitCast;
9241 return IncompatibleVectors;
9242 }
9243 }
9244
9245 // When the RHS comes from another lax conversion (e.g. binops between
9246 // scalars and vectors) the result is canonicalized as a vector. When the
9247 // LHS is also a vector, the lax is allowed by the condition above. Handle
9248 // the case where LHS is a scalar.
9249 if (LHSType->isScalarType()) {
9250 const VectorType *VecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
9251 if (VecType && VecType->getNumElements() == 1 &&
9252 isLaxVectorConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
9253 ExprResult *VecExpr = &RHS;
9254 *VecExpr = ImpCastExprToType(VecExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
9255 Kind = CK_BitCast;
9256 return Compatible;
9257 }
9258 }
9259
9260 // Allow assignments between fixed-length and sizeless SVE vectors.
9261 if ((LHSType->isSizelessBuiltinType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) ||
9262 (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isSizelessBuiltinType()))
9263 if (Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(LHSType, RHSType) ||
9264 Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
9265 Kind = CK_BitCast;
9266 return Compatible;
9267 }
9268
9269 return Incompatible;
9270 }
9271
9272 // Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128 and long double where
9273 // such conversions currently can't be handled.
9274 if (unsupportedTypeConversion(*this, LHSType, RHSType))
9275 return Incompatible;
9276
9277 // Disallow assigning a _Complex to a real type in C++ mode since it simply
9278 // discards the imaginary part.
9279 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>() &&
9280 !LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>())
9281 return Incompatible;
9282
9283 // Arithmetic conversions.
9284 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() &&
9285 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) {
9286 if (ConvertRHS)
9287 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType);
9288 return Compatible;
9289 }
9290
9291 // Conversions to normal pointers.
9292 if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) {
9293 // U* -> T*
9294 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
9295 LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
9296 LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
9297 if (AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR)
9298 Kind = CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
9299 else if (Context.hasCvrSimilarType(RHSType, LHSType))
9300 Kind = CK_NoOp;
9301 else
9302 Kind = CK_BitCast;
9303 return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
9304 }
9305
9306 // int -> T*
9307 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
9308 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null?
9309 return IntToPointer;
9310 }
9311
9312 // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
9313 // with two exceptions:
9314 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
9315 // - conversions to void*
9316 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
9317 Kind = CK_BitCast;
9318 return Compatible;
9319 }
9320
9321 // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type
9322 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
9323 Context.hasSameType(LHSType,
9324 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
9325 Kind = CK_BitCast;
9326 return Compatible;
9327 }
9328
9329 Kind = CK_BitCast;
9330 return IncompatiblePointer;
9331 }
9332
9333 // U^ -> void*
9334 if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
9335 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
9336 LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
9337 LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
9338 ->getPointeeType()
9339 .getAddressSpace();
9340 Kind =
9341 AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
9342 return Compatible;
9343 }
9344 }
9345
9346 return Incompatible;
9347 }
9348
9349 // Conversions to block pointers.
9350 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) {
9351 // U^ -> T^
9352 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
9353 LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
9354 ->getPointeeType()
9355 .getAddressSpace();
9356 LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()
9357 ->getPointeeType()
9358 .getAddressSpace();
9359 Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
9360 return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
9361 }
9362
9363 // int or null -> T^
9364 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
9365 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
9366 return IntToBlockPointer;
9367 }
9368
9369 // id -> T^
9370 if (getLangOpts().ObjC && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) {
9371 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
9372 return Compatible;
9373 }
9374
9375 // void* -> T^
9376 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
9377 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
9378 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
9379 return Compatible;
9380 }
9381
9382 return Incompatible;
9383 }
9384
9385 // Conversions to Objective-C pointers.
9386 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) {
9387 // A* -> B*
9388 if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
9389 Kind = CK_BitCast;
9390 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
9391 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
9392 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
9393 result == Compatible &&
9394 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType))
9395 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
9396 return result;
9397 }
9398
9399 // int or null -> A*
9400 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
9401 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
9402 return IntToPointer;
9403 }
9404
9405 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
9406 // with two exceptions:
9407 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
9408 Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
9409
9410 // - conversions from 'void*'
9411 if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) {
9412 return Compatible;
9413 }
9414
9415 // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type
9416 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
9417 Context.hasSameType(RHSType,
9418 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
9419 return Compatible;
9420 }
9421
9422 return IncompatiblePointer;
9423 }
9424
9425 // Only under strict condition T^ is compatible with an Objective-C pointer.
9426 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
9427 LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) {
9428 if (ConvertRHS)
9429 maybeExtendBlockObject(RHS);
9430 Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
9431 return Compatible;
9432 }
9433
9434 return Incompatible;
9435 }
9436
9437 // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above.
9438 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
9439 // T* -> _Bool
9440 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
9441 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
9442 return Compatible;
9443 }
9444
9445 // T* -> int
9446 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
9447 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
9448 return PointerToInt;
9449 }
9450
9451 return Incompatible;
9452 }
9453
9454 // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above.
9455 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
9456 // T* -> _Bool
9457 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
9458 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
9459 return Compatible;
9460 }
9461
9462 // T* -> int
9463 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
9464 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
9465 return PointerToInt;
9466 }
9467
9468 return Incompatible;
9469 }
9470
9471 // struct A -> struct B
9472 if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) {
9473 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
9474 Kind = CK_NoOp;
9475 return Compatible;
9476 }
9477 }
9478
9479 if (LHSType->isSamplerT() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
9480 Kind = CK_IntToOCLSampler;
9481 return Compatible;
9482 }
9483
9484 return Incompatible;
9485}
9486
9487/// Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
9488/// used to initialize the transparent union.
9489static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C,
9490 ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType,
9491 FieldDecl *Field) {
9492 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
9493 // of the transparent union.
9494 Expr *E = EResult.get();
9495 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
9496 E, SourceLocation());
9497 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
9498 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
9499
9500 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
9501 // union type from this initializer list.
9502 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
9503 EResult = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
9504 VK_PRValue, Initializer, false);
9505}
9506
9507Sema::AssignConvertType
9508Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
9509 ExprResult &RHS) {
9510 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9511
9512 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
9513 // transparent_union GCC extension.
9514 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
9515 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
9516 return Incompatible;
9517
9518 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
9519 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
9520 FieldDecl *InitField = nullptr;
9521 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
9522 for (auto *it : UD->fields()) {
9523 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
9524 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
9525 // 1) void pointer
9526 // 2) null pointer constant
9527 if (RHSType->isPointerType())
9528 if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
9529 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast);
9530 InitField = it;
9531 break;
9532 }
9533
9534 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
9535 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
9536 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(),
9537 CK_NullToPointer);
9538 InitField = it;
9539 break;
9540 }
9541 }
9542
9543 CastKind Kind;
9544 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind)
9545 == Compatible) {
9546 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), Kind);
9547 InitField = it;
9548 break;
9549 }
9550 }
9551
9552 if (!InitField)
9553 return Incompatible;
9554
9555 ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField);
9556 return Compatible;
9557}
9558
9559Sema::AssignConvertType
9560Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &CallerRHS,
9561 bool Diagnose,
9562 bool DiagnoseCFAudited,
9563 bool ConvertRHS) {
9564 // We need to be able to tell the caller whether we diagnosed a problem, if
9565 // they ask us to issue diagnostics.
9566 assert((ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && "can't indicate whether we diagnosed")((void)0);
9567
9568 // If ConvertRHS is false, we want to leave the caller's RHS untouched. Sadly,
9569 // we can't avoid *all* modifications at the moment, so we need some somewhere
9570 // to put the updated value.
9571 ExprResult LocalRHS = CallerRHS;
9572 ExprResult &RHS = ConvertRHS ? CallerRHS : LocalRHS;
9573
9574 if (const auto *LHSPtrType = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
9575 if (const auto *RHSPtrType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
9576 if (RHSPtrType->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref) &&
9577 !LHSPtrType->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) {
9578 Diag(RHS.get()->getExprLoc(),
9579 diag::warn_noderef_to_dereferenceable_pointer)
9580 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9581 }
9582 }
9583 }
9584
9585 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9586 if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) {
9587 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
9588 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
9589 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
9590 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
9591 if (Diagnose) {
9592 RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
9593 AA_Assigning);
9594 } else {
9595 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
9596 TryImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
9597 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
9598 AllowedExplicit::None,
9599 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
9600 /*CStyle=*/false,
9601 /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);
9602 if (ICS.isFailure())
9603 return Incompatible;
9604 RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
9605 ICS, AA_Assigning);
9606 }
9607 if (RHS.isInvalid())
9608 return Incompatible;
9609 Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible;
9610 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
9611 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType, RHSType))
9612 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
9613 return result;
9614 }
9615
9616 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
9617 // structures.
9618 // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should
9619 // happen there, though.
9620 } else if (RHS.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
9621 // As a set of extensions to C, we support overloading on functions. These
9622 // functions need to be resolved here.
9623 DeclAccessPair DAP;
9624 if (FunctionDecl *FD = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(
9625 RHS.get(), LHSType, /*Complain=*/false, DAP))
9626 RHS = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(RHS.get(), DAP, FD);
9627 else
9628 return Incompatible;
9629 }
9630
9631 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
9632 // a null pointer constant.
9633 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() || LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
9634 LHSType->isBlockPointerType()) &&
9635 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
9636 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
9637 if (Diagnose || ConvertRHS) {
9638 CastKind Kind;
9639 CXXCastPath Path;
9640 CheckPointerConversion(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, Path,
9641 /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false, Diagnose);
9642 if (ConvertRHS)
9643 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind, VK_PRValue, &Path);
9644 }
9645 return Compatible;
9646 }
9647
9648 // OpenCL queue_t type assignment.
9649 if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(
9650 Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
9651 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
9652 return Compatible;
9653 }
9654
9655 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
9656 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
9657 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
9658 // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
9659 //
9660 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
9661 if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) {
9662 // FIXME: We potentially allocate here even if ConvertRHS is false.
9663 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get(), Diagnose);
9664 if (RHS.isInvalid())
9665 return Incompatible;
9666 }
9667 CastKind Kind;
9668 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
9669 CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind, ConvertRHS);
9670
9671 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
9672 // type of the assignment expression.
9673 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
9674 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
9675 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
9676 // does not have reference type.
9677 if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) {
9678 QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
9679 Expr *E = RHS.get();
9680
9681 // Check for various Objective-C errors. If we are not reporting
9682 // diagnostics and just checking for errors, e.g., during overload
9683 // resolution, return Incompatible to indicate the failure.
9684 if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
9685 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), Ty, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
9686 Diagnose, DiagnoseCFAudited) != ACR_okay) {
9687 if (!Diagnose)
9688 return Incompatible;
9689 }
9690 if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
9691 (CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(E->getBeginLoc(), LHSType,
9692 E->getType(), E, Diagnose) ||
9693 CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(LHSType, E, Diagnose))) {
9694 if (!Diagnose)
9695 return Incompatible;
9696 // Replace the expression with a corrected version and continue so we
9697 // can find further errors.
9698 RHS = E;
9699 return Compatible;
9700 }
9701
9702 if (ConvertRHS)
9703 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty, Kind);
9704 }
9705
9706 return result;
9707}
9708
9709namespace {
9710/// The original operand to an operator, prior to the application of the usual
9711/// arithmetic conversions and converting the arguments of a builtin operator
9712/// candidate.
9713struct OriginalOperand {
9714 explicit OriginalOperand(Expr *Op) : Orig(Op), Conversion(nullptr) {
9715 if (auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(Op))
9716 Op = MTE->getSubExpr();
9717 if (auto *BTE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Op))
9718 Op = BTE->getSubExpr();
9719 if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Op)) {
9720 Orig = ICE->getSubExprAsWritten();
9721 Conversion = ICE->getConversionFunction();
9722 }
9723 }
9724
9725 QualType getType() const { return Orig->getType(); }
9726
9727 Expr *Orig;
9728 NamedDecl *Conversion;
9729};
9730}
9731
9732QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
9733 ExprResult &RHS) {
9734 OriginalOperand OrigLHS(LHS.get()), OrigRHS(RHS.get());
9735
9736 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
9737 << OrigLHS.getType() << OrigRHS.getType()
9738 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9739
9740 // If a user-defined conversion was applied to either of the operands prior
9741 // to applying the built-in operator rules, tell the user about it.
9742 if (OrigLHS.Conversion) {
9743 Diag(OrigLHS.Conversion->getLocation(),
9744 diag::note_typecheck_invalid_operands_converted)
9745 << 0 << LHS.get()->getType();
9746 }
9747 if (OrigRHS.Conversion) {
9748 Diag(OrigRHS.Conversion->getLocation(),
9749 diag::note_typecheck_invalid_operands_converted)
9750 << 1 << RHS.get()->getType();
9751 }
9752
9753 return QualType();
9754}
9755
9756// Diagnose cases where a scalar was implicitly converted to a vector and
9757// diagnose the underlying types. Otherwise, diagnose the error
9758// as invalid vector logical operands for non-C++ cases.
9759QualType Sema::InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
9760 ExprResult &RHS) {
9761 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
9762 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
9763
9764 bool LHSNatVec = LHSType->isVectorType();
9765 bool RHSNatVec = RHSType->isVectorType();
9766
9767 if (!(LHSNatVec && RHSNatVec)) {
9768 Expr *Vector = LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get();
9769 Expr *NonVector = !LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get();
9770 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict)
9771 << 0 << Vector->getType() << NonVector->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType()
9772 << Vector->getSourceRange();
9773 return QualType();
9774 }
9775
9776 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict)
9777 << 1 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
9778 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
9779
9780 return QualType();
9781}
9782
9783/// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting
9784/// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat.
9785/// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar
9786/// rank; for C, Obj-C, and C++ we allow any real scalar conversion except
9787/// for float->int.
9788///
9789/// OpenCL V2.0 6.2.6.p2:
9790/// An error shall occur if any scalar operand type has greater rank
9791/// than the type of the vector element.
9792///
9793/// \param scalar - if non-null, actually perform the conversions
9794/// \return true if the operation fails (but without diagnosing the failure)
9795static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar,
9796 QualType scalarTy,
9797 QualType vectorEltTy,
9798 QualType vectorTy,
9799 unsigned &DiagID) {
9800 // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
9801 // if necessary.
9802 CastKind scalarCast = CK_NoOp;
9803
9804 if (vectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
9805 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType() ||
9806 (scalarTy->isIntegerType() &&
9807 S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0))) {
9808 DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type;
9809 return true;
9810 }
9811 if (!scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
9812 return true;
9813 scalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
9814 } else if (vectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
9815 if (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
9816 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
9817 S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(vectorEltTy, scalarTy) < 0) {
9818 DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type;
9819 return true;
9820 }
9821 scalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
9822 }
9823 else if (scalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context))
9824 scalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
9825 else
9826 return true;
9827 } else {
9828 return true;
9829 }
9830
9831 // Adjust scalar if desired.
9832 if (scalar) {
9833 if (scalarCast != CK_NoOp)
9834 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorEltTy, scalarCast);
9835 *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(scalar->get(), vectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
9836 }
9837 return false;
9838}
9839
9840/// Convert vector E to a vector with the same number of elements but different
9841/// element type.
9842static ExprResult convertVector(Expr *E, QualType ElementType, Sema &S) {
9843 const auto *VecTy = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
9844 assert(VecTy && "Expression E must be a vector")((void)0);
9845 QualType NewVecTy = S.Context.getVectorType(ElementType,
9846 VecTy->getNumElements(),
9847 VecTy->getVectorKind());
9848
9849 // Look through the implicit cast. Return the subexpression if its type is
9850 // NewVecTy.
9851 if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
9852 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType() == NewVecTy)
9853 return ICE->getSubExpr();
9854
9855 auto Cast = ElementType->isIntegerType() ? CK_IntegralCast : CK_FloatingCast;
9856 return S.ImpCastExprToType(E, NewVecTy, Cast);
9857}
9858
9859/// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to another integer type
9860/// IntTy without losing precision.
9861static bool canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int,
9862 QualType OtherIntTy) {
9863 QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
9864
9865 // Reject cases where the value of the Int is unknown as that would
9866 // possibly cause truncation, but accept cases where the scalar can be
9867 // demoted without loss of precision.
9868 Expr::EvalResult EVResult;
9869 bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, S.Context);
9870 int Order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(OtherIntTy, IntTy);
9871 bool IntSigned = IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
9872 bool OtherIntSigned = OtherIntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
9873
9874 if (CstInt) {
9875 // If the scalar is constant and is of a higher order and has more active
9876 // bits that the vector element type, reject it.
9877 llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt();
9878 unsigned NumBits = IntSigned
9879 ? (Result.isNegative() ? Result.getMinSignedBits()
9880 : Result.getActiveBits())
9881 : Result.getActiveBits();
9882 if (Order < 0 && S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy) < NumBits)
9883 return true;
9884
9885 // If the signedness of the scalar type and the vector element type
9886 // differs and the number of bits is greater than that of the vector
9887 // element reject it.
9888 return (IntSigned != OtherIntSigned &&
9889 NumBits > S.Context.getIntWidth(OtherIntTy));
9890 }
9891
9892 // Reject cases where the value of the scalar is not constant and it's
9893 // order is greater than that of the vector element type.
9894 return (Order < 0);
9895}
9896
9897/// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to floating point type
9898/// FloatTy without losing precision.
9899static bool canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int,
9900 QualType FloatTy) {
9901 QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
9902
9903 // Determine if the integer constant can be expressed as a floating point
9904 // number of the appropriate type.
9905 Expr::EvalResult EVResult;
9906 bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, S.Context);
9907
9908 uint64_t Bits = 0;
9909 if (CstInt) {
9910 // Reject constants that would be truncated if they were converted to
9911 // the floating point type. Test by simple to/from conversion.
9912 // FIXME: Ideally the conversion to an APFloat and from an APFloat
9913 // could be avoided if there was a convertFromAPInt method
9914 // which could signal back if implicit truncation occurred.
9915 llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt();
9916 llvm::APFloat Float(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy));
9917 Float.convertFromAPInt(Result, IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(),
9918 llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero);
9919 llvm::APSInt ConvertBack(S.Context.getIntWidth(IntTy),
9920 !IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation());
9921 bool Ignored = false;
9922 Float.convertToInteger(ConvertBack, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven,
9923 &Ignored);
9924 if (Result != ConvertBack)
9925 return true;
9926 } else {
9927 // Reject types that cannot be fully encoded into the mantissa of
9928 // the float.
9929 Bits = S.Context.getTypeSize(IntTy);
9930 unsigned FloatPrec = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(
9931 S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FloatTy));
9932 if (Bits > FloatPrec)
9933 return true;
9934 }
9935
9936 return false;
9937}
9938
9939/// Attempt to convert and splat Scalar into a vector whose types matches
9940/// Vector following GCC conversion rules. The rule is that implicit
9941/// conversion can occur when Scalar can be casted to match Vector's element
9942/// type without causing truncation of Scalar.
9943static bool tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *Scalar,
9944 ExprResult *Vector) {
9945 QualType ScalarTy = Scalar->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
9946 QualType VectorTy = Vector->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
9947 const VectorType *VT = VectorTy->getAs<VectorType>();
19
←
Assuming the object is not a 'VectorType'
→
20
←
'VT' initialized to a null pointer value
→
9948
9949 assert(!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) &&((void)0)
9950 "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!")((void)0);
9951
9952 QualType VectorEltTy = VT->getElementType();
21
←
Called C++ object pointer is null
9953
9954 // Reject cases where the vector element type or the scalar element type are
9955 // not integral or floating point types.
9956 if (!VectorEltTy->isArithmeticType() || !ScalarTy->isArithmeticType())
9957 return true;
9958
9959 // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it,
9960 // if necessary.
9961 CastKind ScalarCast = CK_NoOp;
9962
9963 // Accept cases where the vector elements are integers and the scalar is
9964 // an integer.
9965 // FIXME: Notionally if the scalar was a floating point value with a precise
9966 // integral representation, we could cast it to an appropriate integer
9967 // type and then perform the rest of the checks here. GCC will perform
9968 // this conversion in some cases as determined by the input language.
9969 // We should accept it on a language independent basis.
9970 if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) &&
9971 ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) &&
9972 S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy)) {
9973
9974 if (canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy))
9975 return true;
9976
9977 ScalarCast = CK_IntegralCast;
9978 } else if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(S.Context) &&
9979 ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
9980 if (S.Context.getTypeSize(VectorEltTy) == S.Context.getTypeSize(ScalarTy))
9981 ScalarCast = CK_FloatingToIntegral;
9982 else
9983 return true;
9984 } else if (VectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
9985 if (ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
9986
9987 // Reject cases where the scalar type is not a constant and has a higher
9988 // Order than the vector element type.
9989 llvm::APFloat Result(0.0);
9990
9991 // Determine whether this is a constant scalar. In the event that the
9992 // value is dependent (and thus cannot be evaluated by the constant
9993 // evaluator), skip the evaluation. This will then diagnose once the
9994 // expression is instantiated.
9995 bool CstScalar = Scalar->get()->isValueDependent() ||
9996 Scalar->get()->EvaluateAsFloat(Result, S.Context);
9997 int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(VectorEltTy, ScalarTy);
9998 if (!CstScalar && Order < 0)
9999 return true;
10000
10001 // If the scalar cannot be safely casted to the vector element type,
10002 // reject it.
10003 if (CstScalar) {
10004 bool Truncated = false;
10005 Result.convert(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(VectorEltTy),
10006 llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &Truncated);
10007 if (Truncated)
10008 return true;
10009 }
10010
10011 ScalarCast = CK_FloatingCast;
10012 } else if (ScalarTy->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
10013 if (canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(S, Scalar, VectorEltTy))
10014 return true;
10015
10016 ScalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating;
10017 } else
10018 return true;
10019 } else if (ScalarTy->isEnumeralType())
10020 return true;
10021
10022 // Adjust scalar if desired.
10023 if (Scalar) {
10024 if (ScalarCast != CK_NoOp)
10025 *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorEltTy, ScalarCast);
10026 *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(Scalar->get(), VectorTy, CK_VectorSplat);
10027 }
10028 return false;
10029}
10030
10031QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10032 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
10033 bool AllowBothBool,
10034 bool AllowBoolConversions) {
10035 if (!IsCompAssign) {
1
Assuming 'IsCompAssign' is true
→
2
←
Taking false branch
→
10036 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
10037 if (LHS.isInvalid())
10038 return QualType();
10039 }
10040 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
10041 if (RHS.isInvalid())
3
←
Assuming the condition is false
→
4
←
Taking false branch
→
10042 return QualType();
10043
10044 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
10045 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
10046 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10047 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
10048
10049 const VectorType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
5
←
Assuming the object is not a 'VectorType'
→
10050 const VectorType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
6
←
Assuming the object is not a 'VectorType'
→
10051 assert(LHSVecType || RHSVecType)((void)0);
10052
10053 if ((LHSVecType
6.1
'LHSVecType' is null
 && LHSVecType->getElementType()->isBFloat16Type()) ||
7
←
Taking false branch
→
10054 (RHSVecType
6.2
'RHSVecType' is null
 && RHSVecType->getElementType()->isBFloat16Type()))
10055 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10056
10057 // AltiVec-style "vector bool op vector bool" combinations are allowed
10058 // for some operators but not others.
10059 if (!AllowBothBool &&
8
←
Assuming 'AllowBothBool' is true
→
10060 LHSVecType && LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
10061 RHSVecType && RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
10062 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10063
10064 // If the vector types are identical, return.
10065 if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType))
9
←
Assuming the condition is false
→
10
←
Taking false branch
→
10066 return LHSType;
10067
10068 // If we have compatible AltiVec and GCC vector types, use the AltiVec type.
10069 if (LHSVecType
10.1
'LHSVecType' is null
 && RHSVecType &&
10070 Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
10071 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
10072 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
10073 return LHSType;
10074 }
10075
10076 if (!IsCompAssign)
10077 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
10078 return RHSType;
10079 }
10080
10081 // AllowBoolConversions says that bool and non-bool AltiVec vectors
10082 // can be mixed, with the result being the non-bool type. The non-bool
10083 // operand must have integer element type.
10084 if (AllowBoolConversions && LHSVecType && RHSVecType &&
11
←
Assuming 'AllowBoolConversions' is false
→
12
←
Taking false branch
→
10085 LHSVecType->getNumElements() == RHSVecType->getNumElements() &&
10086 (Context.getTypeSize(LHSVecType->getElementType()) ==
10087 Context.getTypeSize(RHSVecType->getElementType()))) {
10088 if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector &&
10089 LHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType() &&
10090 RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool) {
10091 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
10092 return LHSType;
10093 }
10094 if (!IsCompAssign &&
10095 LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
10096 RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector &&
10097 RHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
10098 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
10099 return RHSType;
10100 }
10101 }
10102
10103 // Expressions containing fixed-length and sizeless SVE vectors are invalid
10104 // since the ambiguity can affect the ABI.
10105 auto IsSveConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) {
10106 const VectorType *VecType = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>();
10107 return FirstType->isSizelessBuiltinType() && VecType &&
10108 (VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector ||
10109 VecType->getVectorKind() ==
10110 VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector);
10111 };
10112
10113 if (IsSveConversion(LHSType, RHSType) || IsSveConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
13
←
Taking false branch
→
10114 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sve_ambiguous) << LHSType << RHSType;
10115 return QualType();
10116 }
10117
10118 // Expressions containing GNU and SVE (fixed or sizeless) vectors are invalid
10119 // since the ambiguity can affect the ABI.
10120 auto IsSveGnuConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) {
10121 const VectorType *FirstVecType = FirstType->getAs<VectorType>();
10122 const VectorType *SecondVecType = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>();
10123
10124 if (FirstVecType && SecondVecType)
10125 return FirstVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
10126 (SecondVecType->getVectorKind() ==
10127 VectorType::SveFixedLengthDataVector ||
10128 SecondVecType->getVectorKind() ==
10129 VectorType::SveFixedLengthPredicateVector);
10130
10131 return FirstType->isSizelessBuiltinType() && SecondVecType &&
10132 SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector;
10133 };
10134
10135 if (IsSveGnuConversion(LHSType, RHSType) ||
14
←
Taking false branch
→
10136 IsSveGnuConversion(RHSType, LHSType)) {
10137 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sve_gnu_ambiguous) << LHSType << RHSType;
10138 return QualType();
10139 }
10140
10141 // If there's a vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to
10142 // the vector element type and splat.
10143 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable;
10144 if (!RHSVecType
14.1
'RHSVecType' is null
) {
15
←
Taking true branch
→
10145 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
16
←
Assuming 'LHSVecType' is not a 'ExtVectorType'
→
17
←
Taking false branch
→
10146 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, RHSType,
10147 LHSVecType->getElementType(), LHSType,
10148 DiagID))
10149 return LHSType;
10150 } else {
10151 if (!tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &RHS, &LHS))
18
←
Calling 'tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat'
→
10152 return LHSType;
10153 }
10154 }
10155 if (!LHSVecType) {
10156 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) {
10157 if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS),
10158 LHSType, RHSVecType->getElementType(),
10159 RHSType, DiagID))
10160 return RHSType;
10161 } else {
10162 if (LHS.get()->isLValue() ||
10163 !tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(*this, &LHS, &RHS))
10164 return RHSType;
10165 }
10166 }
10167
10168 // FIXME: The code below also handles conversion between vectors and
10169 // non-scalars, we should break this down into fine grained specific checks
10170 // and emit proper diagnostics.
10171 QualType VecType = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType;
10172 const VectorType *VT = LHSVecType ? LHSVecType : RHSVecType;
10173 QualType OtherType = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType;
10174 ExprResult *OtherExpr = LHSVecType ? &RHS : &LHS;
10175 if (isLaxVectorConversion(OtherType, VecType)) {
10176 // If we're allowing lax vector conversions, only the total (data) size
10177 // needs to be the same. For non compound assignment, if one of the types is
10178 // scalar, the result is always the vector type.
10179 if (!IsCompAssign) {
10180 *OtherExpr = ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr->get(), VecType, CK_BitCast);
10181 return VecType;
10182 // In a compound assignment, lhs += rhs, 'lhs' is a lvalue src, forbidding
10183 // any implicit cast. Here, the 'rhs' should be implicit casted to 'lhs'
10184 // type. Note that this is already done by non-compound assignments in
10185 // CheckAssignmentConstraints. If it's a scalar type, only bitcast for
10186 // <1 x T> -> T. The result is also a vector type.
10187 } else if (OtherType->isExtVectorType() || OtherType->isVectorType() ||
10188 (OtherType->isScalarType() && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) {
10189 ExprResult *RHSExpr = &RHS;
10190 *RHSExpr = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExpr->get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
10191 return VecType;
10192 }
10193 }
10194
10195 // Okay, the expression is invalid.
10196
10197 // If there's a non-vector, non-real operand, diagnose that.
10198 if ((!RHSVecType && !RHSType->isRealType()) ||
10199 (!LHSVecType && !LHSType->isRealType())) {
10200 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar)
10201 << LHSType << RHSType
10202 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
10203 return QualType();
10204 }
10205
10206 // OpenCL V1.1 6.2.6.p1:
10207 // If the operands are of more than one vector type, then an error shall
10208 // occur. Implicit conversions between vector types are not permitted, per
10209 // section 6.2.1.
10210 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
10211 RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType) &&
10212 LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType)) {
10213 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_implicit_vector_conversion) << LHSType
10214 << RHSType;
10215 return QualType();
10216 }
10217
10218
10219 // If there is a vector type that is not a ExtVector and a scalar, we reach
10220 // this point if scalar could not be converted to the vector's element type
10221 // without truncation.
10222 if ((RHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(RHSVecType)) ||
10223 (LHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVecType))) {
10224 QualType Scalar = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType;
10225 QualType Vector = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType;
10226 unsigned ScalarOrVector = LHSVecType && RHSVecType ? 1 : 0;
10227 Diag(Loc,
10228 diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_implict_truncation)
10229 << ScalarOrVector << Scalar << Vector;
10230
10231 return QualType();
10232 }
10233
10234 // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic.
10235 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
10236 << LHSType << RHSType
10237 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
10238 return QualType();
10239}
10240
10241// checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an
10242// expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an
10243// integer instead of a pointer.
10244static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10245 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) {
10246 // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant,
10247 // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively
10248 // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow.
10249 bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
10250 bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
10251
10252 QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType();
10253
10254 // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and
10255 // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about.
10256 if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() ||
10257 NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType())
10258 return;
10259
10260 // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter
10261 // what the other expression is.
10262 if (!IsCompare) {
10263 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
10264 << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
10265 << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
10266 return;
10267 }
10268
10269 // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer
10270 // if the other expression is a pointer.
10271 if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() ||
10272 NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType())
10273 return;
10274
10275 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation)
10276 << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType
10277 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
10278}
10279
10280static void DiagnoseDivisionSizeofPointerOrArray(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
10281 SourceLocation Loc) {
10282 const auto *LUE = dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(LHS);
10283 const auto *RUE = dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(RHS);
10284 if (!LUE || !RUE)
10285 return;
10286 if (LUE->getKind() != UETT_SizeOf || LUE->isArgumentType() ||
10287 RUE->getKind() != UETT_SizeOf)
10288 return;
10289
10290 const Expr *LHSArg = LUE->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens();
10291 QualType LHSTy = LHSArg->getType();
10292 QualType RHSTy;
10293
10294 if (RUE->isArgumentType())
10295 RHSTy = RUE->getArgumentType().getNonReferenceType();
10296 else
10297 RHSTy = RUE->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens()->getType();
10298
10299 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && !RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
10300 if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSTy->getPointeeType(), RHSTy))
10301 return;
10302
10303 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_division_sizeof_ptr) << LHS << LHS->getSourceRange();
10304 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSArg)) {
10305 if (const ValueDecl *LHSArgDecl = DRE->getDecl())
10306 S.Diag(LHSArgDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_pointer_declared_here)
10307 << LHSArgDecl;
10308 }
10309 } else if (const auto *ArrayTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(LHSTy)) {
10310 QualType ArrayElemTy = ArrayTy->getElementType();
10311 if (ArrayElemTy != S.Context.getBaseElementType(ArrayTy) ||
10312 ArrayElemTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType() ||
10313 RHSTy->isReferenceType() || ArrayElemTy->isCharType() ||
10314 S.Context.getTypeSize(ArrayElemTy) == S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSTy))
10315 return;
10316 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_division_sizeof_array)
10317 << LHSArg->getSourceRange() << ArrayElemTy << RHSTy;
10318 if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSArg)) {
10319 if (const ValueDecl *LHSArgDecl = DRE->getDecl())
10320 S.Diag(LHSArgDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_array_declared_here)
10321 << LHSArgDecl;
10322 }
10323
10324 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_precedence_silence) << RHS;
10325 }
10326}
10327
10328static void DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS,
10329 ExprResult &RHS,
10330 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsDiv) {
10331 // Check for division/remainder by zero.
10332 Expr::EvalResult RHSValue;
10333 if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
10334 RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, S.Context) &&
10335 RHSValue.Val.getInt() == 0)
10336 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
10337 S.PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_division_by_zero)
10338 << IsDiv << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
10339}
10340
10341QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10342 SourceLocation Loc,
10343 bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) {
10344 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false);
10345
10346 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
10347 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
10348 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
10349 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
10350 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
10351 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
10352 if (!IsDiv &&
10353 (LHSTy->isConstantMatrixType() || RHSTy->isConstantMatrixType()))
10354 return CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
10355 // For division, only matrix-by-scalar is supported. Other combinations with
10356 // matrix types are invalid.
10357 if (IsDiv && LHSTy->isConstantMatrixType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType())
10358 return CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
10359
10360 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(
10361 LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic);
10362 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
10363 return QualType();
10364
10365
10366 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType())
10367 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10368 if (IsDiv) {
10369 DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsDiv);
10370 DiagnoseDivisionSizeofPointerOrArray(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Loc);
10371 }
10372 return compType;
10373}
10374
10375QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
10376 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
10377 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false);
10378
10379 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
10380 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
10381 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
10382 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
10383 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
10384 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
10385 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
10386 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10387 }
10388
10389 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(
10390 LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic);
10391 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
10392 return QualType();
10393
10394 if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType())
10395 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10396 DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, false /* IsDiv */);
10397 return compType;
10398}
10399
10400/// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers.
10401static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10402 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10403 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10404 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
10405 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
10406 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10407 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10408}
10409
10410/// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer.
10411static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10412 Expr *Pointer) {
10413 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10414 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
10415 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
10416 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange();
10417}
10418
10419/// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a null pointer.
10420///
10421/// If \p IsGNUIdiom is true, the operation is using the 'p = (i8*)nullptr + n'
10422/// idiom, which we recognize as a GNU extension.
10423///
10424static void diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10425 Expr *Pointer, bool IsGNUIdiom) {
10426 if (IsGNUIdiom)
10427 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_gnu_null_ptr_arith)
10428 << Pointer->getSourceRange();
10429 else
10430 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_pointer_arith_null_ptr)
10431 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus << Pointer->getSourceRange();
10432}
10433
10434/// Diagnose invalid subraction on a null pointer.
10435///
10436static void diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10437 Expr *Pointer, bool BothNull) {
10438 // Null - null is valid in C++ [expr.add]p7
10439 if (BothNull && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10440 return;
10441
10442 // Is this s a macro from a system header?
10443 if (S.Diags.getSuppressSystemWarnings() && S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(Loc))
10444 return;
10445
10446 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_pointer_sub_null_ptr)
10447 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus << Pointer->getSourceRange();
10448}
10449
10450/// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers.
10451static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10452 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
10453 assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((void)0);
10454 assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((void)0);
10455 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10456 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
10457 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
10458 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
10459 // We only show the second type if it differs from the first.
10460 << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(),
10461 RHS->getType())
10462 << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
10463 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
10464}
10465
10466/// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer.
10467static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10468 Expr *Pointer) {
10469 assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((void)0);
10470 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
10471 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
10472 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
10473 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType()
10474 << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */
10475 << Pointer->getSourceRange();
10476}
10477
10478/// Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type
10479///
10480/// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type
10481static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10482 Expr *Operand) {
10483 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
10484 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
10485 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
10486
10487 assert(ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType())((void)0);
10488 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
10489 return S.RequireCompleteSizedType(
10490 Loc, PointeeTy,
10491 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_or_sizeless_type,
10492 Operand->getSourceRange());
10493}
10494
10495/// Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand.
10496///
10497/// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types
10498/// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed
10499/// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an
10500/// extension.
10501///
10502/// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
10503static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10504 Expr *Operand) {
10505 QualType ResType = Operand->getType();
10506 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
10507 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
10508
10509 if (!ResType->isAnyPointerType()) return true;
10510
10511 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
10512 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
10513 diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
10514 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10515 }
10516 if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
10517 diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
10518 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10519 }
10520
10521 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false;
10522
10523 return true;
10524}
10525
10526/// Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer
10527/// operands.
10528///
10529/// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much
10530/// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic
10531/// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS
10532/// are (potentially problematic) pointers.
10533///
10534/// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
10535static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10536 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10537 bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
10538 bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
10539 if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true;
10540
10541 QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy;
10542 if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
10543 if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
10544
10545 // if both are pointers check if operation is valid wrt address spaces
10546 if (isLHSPointer && isRHSPointer) {
10547 if (!LHSPointeeTy.isAddressSpaceOverlapping(RHSPointeeTy)) {
10548 S.Diag(Loc,
10549 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
10550 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << 1 /*arithmetic op*/
10551 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10552 return false;
10553 }
10554 }
10555
10556 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
10557 bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
10558 bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
10559 if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) {
10560 if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
10561 else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr);
10562 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10563
10564 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10565 }
10566
10567 bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
10568 bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
10569 if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) {
10570 if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
10571 else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc,
10572 RHSExpr);
10573 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
10574
10575 return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10576 }
10577
10578 if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr))
10579 return false;
10580 if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr))
10581 return false;
10582
10583 return true;
10584}
10585
10586/// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string
10587/// literal.
10588static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10589 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10590 StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
10591 Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr;
10592 if (!StrExpr) {
10593 StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
10594 IndexExpr = LHSExpr;
10595 }
10596
10597 bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr &&
10598 IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType();
10599 if (!IsStringPlusInt || IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
10600 return;
10601
10602 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc());
10603 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int)
10604 << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType();
10605
10606 // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str".
10607 if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) {
10608 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getEndLoc());
10609 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
10610 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), "&")
10611 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
10612 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
10613 } else
10614 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
10615}
10616
10617/// Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string.
10618static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
10619 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10620 const Expr *StringRefExpr = LHSExpr;
10621 const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr =
10622 dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
10623
10624 if (!CharExpr) {
10625 CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts());
10626 StringRefExpr = RHSExpr;
10627 }
10628
10629 if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr)
10630 return;
10631
10632 const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType();
10633
10634 // Return if not a PointerType.
10635 if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType())
10636 return;
10637
10638 // Return if not a CharacterType.
10639 if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType())
10640 return;
10641
10642 ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext();
10643 SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc());
10644
10645 const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType();
10646 if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() &&
10647 CharType->isIntegerType() &&
10648 llvm::isUIntN(Ctx.getCharWidth(), CharExpr->getValue())) {
10649 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
10650 << DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy;
10651 } else {
10652 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char)
10653 << DiagRange << CharExpr->getType();
10654 }
10655
10656 // Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str.
10657 if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) {
10658 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSExpr->getEndLoc());
10659 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence)
10660 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), "&")
10661 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[")
10662 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]");
10663 } else {
10664 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence);
10665 }
10666}
10667
10668/// Emit error when two pointers are incompatible.
10669static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
10670 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
10671 assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((void)0);
10672 assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((void)0);
10673 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
10674 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
10675 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
10676}
10677
10678// C99 6.5.6
10679QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10680 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
10681 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
10682 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false);
10683
10684 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
10685 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
10686 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(
10687 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy,
10688 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
10689 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
10690 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
10691 return compType;
10692 }
10693
10694 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType() ||
10695 RHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType()) {
10696 QualType compType =
10697 CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
10698 if (CompLHSTy)
10699 *CompLHSTy = compType;
10700 return compType;
10701 }
10702
10703 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(
10704 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic);
10705 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
10706 return QualType();
10707
10708 // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal".
10709 if (Opc == BO_Add) {
10710 diagnoseStringPlusInt(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
10711 diagnoseStringPlusChar(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
10712 }
10713
10714 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
10715 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
10716 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
10717 return compType;
10718 }
10719
10720 // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp;
10721 // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer.
10722 Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get();
10723
10724 bool isObjCPointer;
10725 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
10726 isObjCPointer = false;
10727 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
10728 isObjCPointer = true;
10729 } else {
10730 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
10731 if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) {
10732 isObjCPointer = false;
10733 } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
10734 isObjCPointer = true;
10735 } else {
10736 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10737 }
10738 }
10739 assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())((void)0);
10740
10741 if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType())
10742 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10743
10744 // Adding to a null pointer results in undefined behavior.
10745 if (PExp->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(
10746 Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
10747 // In C++ adding zero to a null pointer is defined.
10748 Expr::EvalResult KnownVal;
10749 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
10750 (!IExp->isValueDependent() &&
10751 (!IExp->EvaluateAsInt(KnownVal, Context) ||
10752 KnownVal.Val.getInt() != 0))) {
10753 // Check the conditions to see if this is the 'p = nullptr + n' idiom.
10754 bool IsGNUIdiom = BinaryOperator::isNullPointerArithmeticExtension(
10755 Context, BO_Add, PExp, IExp);
10756 diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, PExp, IsGNUIdiom);
10757 }
10758 }
10759
10760 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp))
10761 return QualType();
10762
10763 if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, PExp))
10764 return QualType();
10765
10766 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
10767 CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp);
10768
10769 if (CompLHSTy) {
10770 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
10771 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
10772 LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
10773 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
10774 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
10775 }
10776 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
10777 }
10778
10779 return PExp->getType();
10780}
10781
10782// C99 6.5.6
10783QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10784 SourceLocation Loc,
10785 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
10786 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false);
10787
10788 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
10789 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
10790 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(
10791 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy,
10792 /*AllowBothBool*/getLangOpts().AltiVec,
10793 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
10794 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
10795 return compType;
10796 }
10797
10798 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType() ||
10799 RHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType()) {
10800 QualType compType =
10801 CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
10802 if (CompLHSTy)
10803 *CompLHSTy = compType;
10804 return compType;
10805 }
10806
10807 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(
10808 LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic);
10809 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
10810 return QualType();
10811
10812 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
10813
10814 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
10815 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) {
10816 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
10817 return compType;
10818 }
10819
10820 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
10821 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
10822 QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType();
10823
10824 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
10825 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
10826 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
10827 return QualType();
10828
10829 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
10830 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
10831 // Subtracting from a null pointer should produce a warning.
10832 // The last argument to the diagnose call says this doesn't match the
10833 // GNU int-to-pointer idiom.
10834 if (LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
10835 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
10836 // In C++ adding zero to a null pointer is defined.
10837 Expr::EvalResult KnownVal;
10838 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
10839 (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
10840 (!RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(KnownVal, Context) ||
10841 KnownVal.Val.getInt() != 0))) {
10842 diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), false);
10843 }
10844 }
10845
10846 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
10847 return QualType();
10848
10849 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
10850 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/nullptr,
10851 /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true);
10852
10853 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
10854 return LHS.get()->getType();
10855 }
10856
10857 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
10858 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy
10859 = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
10860 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
10861
10862 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10863 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
10864 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
10865 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
10866 }
10867 } else {
10868 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
10869 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
10870 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
10871 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
10872 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
10873 return QualType();
10874 }
10875 }
10876
10877 if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc,
10878 LHS.get(), RHS.get()))
10879 return QualType();
10880
10881 bool LHSIsNullPtr = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(
10882 Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
10883 bool RHSIsNullPtr = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(
10884 Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
10885
10886 // Subtracting nullptr or from nullptr is suspect
10887 if (LHSIsNullPtr)
10888 diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHSIsNullPtr);
10889 if (RHSIsNullPtr)
10890 diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(*this, Loc, RHS.get(), LHSIsNullPtr);
10891
10892 // The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or
10893 // union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this
10894 // case subtraction does not make sense.
10895 if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
10896 CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(rpointee);
10897 if (ElementSize.isZero()) {
10898 Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types)
10899 << rpointee.getUnqualifiedType()
10900 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
10901 }
10902 }
10903
10904 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
10905 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
10906 }
10907 }
10908
10909 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
10910}
10911
10912static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) {
10913 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
10914 return ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
10915 return false;
10916}
10917
10918static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
10919 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
10920 QualType LHSType) {
10921 // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined),
10922 // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema.
10923 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
10924 return;
10925
10926 // Check right/shifter operand
10927 Expr::EvalResult RHSResult;
10928 if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
10929 !RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSResult, S.Context))
10930 return;
10931 llvm::APSInt Right = RHSResult.Val.getInt();
10932
10933 if (Right.isNegative()) {
10934 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
10935 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative)
10936 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
10937 return;
10938 }
10939
10940 QualType LHSExprType = LHS.get()->getType();
10941 uint64_t LeftSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSExprType);
10942 if (LHSExprType->isExtIntType())
10943 LeftSize = S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSExprType);
10944 else if (LHSExprType->isFixedPointType()) {
10945 auto FXSema = S.Context.getFixedPointSemantics(LHSExprType);
10946 LeftSize = FXSema.getWidth() - (unsigned)FXSema.hasUnsignedPadding();
10947 }
10948 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(), LeftSize);
10949 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) {
10950 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
10951 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth)
10952 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
10953 return;
10954 }
10955
10956 // FIXME: We probably need to handle fixed point types specially here.
10957 if (Opc != BO_Shl || LHSExprType->isFixedPointType())
10958 return;
10959
10960 // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which
10961 // according to C++ standards prior to C++2a has undefined behavior
10962 // ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned integers have defined behavior modulo one
10963 // more than the maximum value representable in the result type, so never
10964 // warn for those. (FIXME: Unsigned left-shift overflow in a constant
10965 // expression is still probably a bug.)
10966 Expr::EvalResult LHSResult;
10967 if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
10968 LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() ||
10969 !LHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(LHSResult, S.Context))
10970 return;
10971 llvm::APSInt Left = LHSResult.Val.getInt();
10972
10973 // If LHS does not have a signed type and non-negative value
10974 // then, the behavior is undefined before C++2a. Warn about it.
10975 if (Left.isNegative() && !S.getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined() &&
10976 !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) {
10977 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, LHS.get(),
10978 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_lhs_negative)
10979 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
10980 return;
10981 }
10982
10983 llvm::APInt ResultBits =
10984 static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits();
10985 if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits))
10986 return;
10987 llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue());
10988 Result = Result.shl(Right);
10989
10990 // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned
10991 // hexadecimal number.
10992 SmallString<40> HexResult;
10993 Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true);
10994
10995 // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual
10996 // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the
10997 // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be
10998 // turned off separately if needed.
10999 if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) {
11000 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit)
11001 << HexResult << LHSType
11002 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
11003 return;
11004 }
11005
11006 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth)
11007 << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType
11008 << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
11009 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
11010}
11011
11012/// Return the resulting type when a vector is shifted
11013/// by a scalar or vector shift amount.
11014static QualType checkVectorShift(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11015 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
11016 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says RHS can be a vector only if LHS is a vector.
11017 if ((S.LangOpts.OpenCL || S.LangOpts.ZVector) &&
11018 !LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
11019 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_shift_rhs_only_vector)
11020 << RHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getType()
11021 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
11022 return QualType();
11023 }
11024
11025 if (!IsCompAssign) {
11026 LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
11027 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
11028 }
11029
11030 RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
11031 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
11032
11033 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
11034 // Note that LHS might be a scalar because the routine calls not only in
11035 // OpenCL case.
11036 const VectorType *LHSVecTy = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
11037 QualType LHSEleType = LHSVecTy ? LHSVecTy->getElementType() : LHSType;
11038
11039 // Note that RHS might not be a vector.
11040 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
11041 const VectorType *RHSVecTy = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
11042 QualType RHSEleType = RHSVecTy ? RHSVecTy->getElementType() : RHSType;
11043
11044 // The operands need to be integers.
11045 if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
11046 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
11047 << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
11048 return QualType();
11049 }
11050
11051 if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) {
11052 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
11053 << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
11054 return QualType();
11055 }
11056
11057 if (!LHSVecTy) {
11058 assert(RHSVecTy)((void)0);
11059 if (IsCompAssign)
11060 return RHSType;
11061 if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) {
11062 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(),RHSEleType, CK_IntegralCast);
11063 LHSEleType = RHSEleType;
11064 }
11065 QualType VecTy =
11066 S.Context.getExtVectorType(LHSEleType, RHSVecTy->getNumElements());
11067 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat);
11068 LHSType = VecTy;
11069 } else if (RHSVecTy) {
11070 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says that for vector types, the operators
11071 // are applied component-wise. So if RHS is a vector, then ensure
11072 // that the number of elements is the same as LHS...
11073 if (RHSVecTy->getNumElements() != LHSVecTy->getNumElements()) {
11074 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal)
11075 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
11076 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
11077 return QualType();
11078 }
11079 if (!S.LangOpts.OpenCL && !S.LangOpts.ZVector) {
11080 const BuiltinType *LHSBT = LHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>();
11081 const BuiltinType *RHSBT = RHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>();
11082 if (LHSBT != RHSBT &&
11083 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSBT) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSBT)) {
11084 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_vector_element_sizes_not_equal)
11085 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
11086 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
11087 }
11088 }
11089 } else {
11090 // ...else expand RHS to match the number of elements in LHS.
11091 QualType VecTy =
11092 S.Context.getExtVectorType(RHSEleType, LHSVecTy->getNumElements());
11093 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), VecTy, CK_VectorSplat);
11094 }
11095
11096 return LHSType;
11097}
11098
11099// C99 6.5.7
11100QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11101 SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
11102 bool IsCompAssign) {
11103 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false);
11104
11105 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
11106 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
11107 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
11108 if (LangOpts.ZVector) {
11109 // The shift operators for the z vector extensions work basically
11110 // like general shifts, except that neither the LHS nor the RHS is
11111 // allowed to be a "vector bool".
11112 if (auto LHSVecType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
11113 if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
11114 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11115 if (auto RHSVecType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
11116 if (RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecBool)
11117 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11118 }
11119 return checkVectorShift(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
11120 }
11121
11122 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
11123 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
11124
11125 // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away
11126 // if this is a compound assignment.
11127 ExprResult OldLHS = LHS;
11128 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
11129 if (LHS.isInvalid())
11130 return QualType();
11131 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
11132 if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS;
11133
11134 // The RHS is simpler.
11135 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
11136 if (RHS.isInvalid())
11137 return QualType();
11138 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
11139
11140 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
11141 // Embedded-C 4.1.6.2.2: The LHS may also be fixed-point.
11142 if ((!LHSType->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() &&
11143 !LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) ||
11144 !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
11145 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11146
11147 // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than
11148 // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this.
11149 if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHSType) ||
11150 isScopedEnumerationType(RHSType)) {
11151 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11152 }
11153 // Sanity-check shift operands
11154 DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType);
11155
11156 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
11157 return LHSType;
11158}
11159
11160/// Diagnose bad pointer comparisons.
11161static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11162 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11163 bool IsError) {
11164 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers
11165 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
11166 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
11167 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
11168}
11169
11170/// Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type,
11171/// true otherwise.
11172static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11173 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) {
11174 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
11175 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
11176 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
11177 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
11178 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
11179 //
11180 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
11181 // comparisons of pointers.
11182
11183 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
11184 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
11185 assert(LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() ||((void)0)
11186 LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())((void)0);
11187
11188 QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11189 if (T.isNull()) {
11190 if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType()) &&
11191 (RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType()))
11192 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true);
11193 else
11194 S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11195 return true;
11196 }
11197
11198 return false;
11199}
11200
11201static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11202 ExprResult &LHS,
11203 ExprResult &RHS,
11204 bool IsError) {
11205 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
11206 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
11207 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
11208 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
11209}
11210
11211static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) {
11212 switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) {
11213 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
11214 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
11215 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
11216 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
11217 return true;
11218 default:
11219 // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal!
11220 return false;
11221 }
11222}
11223
11224static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) {
11225 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type =
11226 LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
11227
11228 // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out.
11229 if (!Type)
11230 return false;
11231
11232 // Get the LHS object's interface type.
11233 QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType();
11234
11235 // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out.
11236 if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11237 return false;
11238
11239 // Try to find the -isEqual: method.
11240 Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector();
11241 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(IsEqualSel,
11242 InterfaceType,
11243 /*IsInstance=*/true);
11244 if (!Method) {
11245 if (Type->isObjCIdType()) {
11246 // For 'id', just check the global pool.
11247 Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(IsEqualSel, SourceRange(),
11248 /*receiverId=*/true);
11249 } else {
11250 // Check protocols.
11251 Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(IsEqualSel, Type,
11252 /*IsInstance=*/true);
11253 }
11254 }
11255
11256 if (!Method)
11257 return false;
11258
11259 QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType();
11260 if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType())
11261 return false;
11262
11263 QualType R = Method->getReturnType();
11264 if (!R->isScalarType())
11265 return false;
11266
11267 return true;
11268}
11269
11270Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) {
11271 FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11272 switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) {
11273 default:
11274 break;
11275 case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
11276 // "string literal"
11277 return LK_String;
11278 case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
11279 // "array literal"
11280 return LK_Array;
11281 case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
11282 // "dictionary literal"
11283 return LK_Dictionary;
11284 case Stmt::BlockExprClass:
11285 return LK_Block;
11286 case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: {
11287 Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
11288 switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) {
11289 case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
11290 case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
11291 case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
11292 case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
11293 case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
11294 // "numeric literal"
11295 return LK_Numeric;
11296 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
11297 CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Inner)->getCastKind();
11298 // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts.
11299 if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast)
11300 return LK_Numeric;
11301 break;
11302 }
11303 default:
11304 break;
11305 }
11306 return LK_Boxed;
11307 }
11308 }
11309 return LK_None;
11310}
11311
11312static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11313 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11314 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){
11315 Expr *Literal;
11316 Expr *Other;
11317 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS)) {
11318 Literal = LHS.get();
11319 Other = RHS.get();
11320 } else {
11321 Literal = RHS.get();
11322 Other = LHS.get();
11323 }
11324
11325 // Don't warn on comparisons against nil.
11326 Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts();
11327 if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(S.getASTContext(),
11328 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
11329 return;
11330
11331 // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison.
11332 // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own
11333 // warning flag.
11334 Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(Literal);
11335 assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block)((void)0);
11336 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) {
11337 llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind")__builtin_unreachable();
11338 }
11339
11340 if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String)
11341 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison)
11342 << Literal->getSourceRange();
11343 else
11344 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison)
11345 << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange();
11346
11347 if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) &&
11348 hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS.get(), RHS.get())) {
11349 SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getBeginLoc();
11350 SourceLocation End = S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getEndLoc());
11351 CharSourceRange OpRange =
11352 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc));
11353
11354 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal)
11355 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![")
11356 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:")
11357 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]");
11358 }
11359}
11360
11361/// Warns on !x < y, !x & y where !(x < y), !(x & y) was probably intended.
11362static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
11363 ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
11364 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
11365 // Check that left hand side is !something.
11366 UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts());
11367 if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return;
11368
11369 // Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type.
11370 if (RHS.get()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return;
11371
11372 // Make sure that the something in !something is not bool.
11373 Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts();
11374 if (SubExpr->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return;
11375
11376 // Emit warning.
11377 bool IsBitwiseOp = Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor;
11378 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_check)
11379 << Loc << IsBitwiseOp;
11380
11381 // First note suggest !(x < y)
11382 SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getBeginLoc();
11383 SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getEndLoc();
11384 FirstClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(FirstClose);
11385 if (FirstClose.isInvalid())
11386 FirstOpen = SourceLocation();
11387 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix)
11388 << IsBitwiseOp
11389 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(")
11390 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")");
11391
11392 // Second note suggests (!x) < y
11393 SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getBeginLoc();
11394 SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getEndLoc();
11395 SecondClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondClose);
11396 if (SecondClose.isInvalid())
11397 SecondOpen = SourceLocation();
11398 S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens)
11399 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(")
11400 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")");
11401}
11402
11403// Returns true if E refers to a non-weak array.
11404static bool checkForArray(const Expr *E) {
11405 const ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
11406 if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
11407 D = DR->getDecl();
11408 } else if (const MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
11409 if (Mem->isImplicitAccess())
11410 D = Mem->getMemberDecl();
11411 }
11412 if (!D)
11413 return false;
11414 return D->getType()->isArrayType() && !D->isWeak();
11415}
11416
11417/// Diagnose some forms of syntactically-obvious tautological comparison.
11418static void diagnoseTautologicalComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
11419 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
11420 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
11421 Expr *LHSStripped = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11422 Expr *RHSStripped = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11423
11424 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
11425 QualType RHSType = RHS->getType();
11426 if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() ||
11427 (LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && !BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) ||
11428 S.inTemplateInstantiation())
11429 return;
11430
11431 // Comparisons between two array types are ill-formed for operator<=>, so
11432 // we shouldn't emit any additional warnings about it.
11433 if (Opc == BO_Cmp && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType())
11434 return;
11435
11436 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
11437 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
11438 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
11439 //
11440 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
11441 // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
11442 // comparisons within a template instantiation. The warnings should catch
11443 // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
11444 // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
11445 // result.
11446
11447 // Used for indexing into %select in warn_comparison_always
11448 enum {
11449 AlwaysConstant,
11450 AlwaysTrue,
11451 AlwaysFalse,
11452 AlwaysEqual, // std::strong_ordering::equal from operator<=>
11453 };
11454
11455 // C++2a [depr.array.comp]:
11456 // Equality and relational comparisons ([expr.eq], [expr.rel]) between two
11457 // operands of array type are deprecated.
11458 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && LHSStripped->getType()->isArrayType() &&
11459 RHSStripped->getType()->isArrayType()) {
11460 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_depr_array_comparison)
11461 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange()
11462 << LHSStripped->getType() << RHSStripped->getType();
11463 // Carry on to produce the tautological comparison warning, if this
11464 // expression is potentially-evaluated, we can resolve the array to a
11465 // non-weak declaration, and so on.
11466 }
11467
11468 if (!LHS->getBeginLoc().isMacroID() && !RHS->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) {
11469 if (Expr::isSameComparisonOperand(LHS, RHS)) {
11470 unsigned Result;
11471 switch (Opc) {
11472 case BO_EQ:
11473 case BO_LE:
11474 case BO_GE:
11475 Result = AlwaysTrue;
11476 break;
11477 case BO_NE:
11478 case BO_LT:
11479 case BO_GT:
11480 Result = AlwaysFalse;
11481 break;
11482 case BO_Cmp:
11483 Result = AlwaysEqual;
11484 break;
11485 default:
11486 Result = AlwaysConstant;
11487 break;
11488 }
11489 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
11490 S.PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
11491 << 0 /*self-comparison*/
11492 << Result);
11493 } else if (checkForArray(LHSStripped) && checkForArray(RHSStripped)) {
11494 // What is it always going to evaluate to?
11495 unsigned Result;
11496 switch (Opc) {
11497 case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
11498 Result = AlwaysFalse;
11499 break;
11500 case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
11501 Result = AlwaysTrue;
11502 break;
11503 default: // e.g. array1 <= array2
11504 // The best we can say is 'a constant'
11505 Result = AlwaysConstant;
11506 break;
11507 }
11508 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
11509 S.PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
11510 << 1 /*array comparison*/
11511 << Result);
11512 }
11513 }
11514
11515 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
11516 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
11517 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
11518 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
11519
11520 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
11521 // operand is null); the user probably wants string comparison function.
11522 Expr *LiteralString = nullptr;
11523 Expr *LiteralStringStripped = nullptr;
11524 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
11525 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
11526 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
11527 LiteralString = LHS;
11528 LiteralStringStripped = LHSStripped;
11529 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
11530 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
11531 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
11532 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
11533 LiteralString = RHS;
11534 LiteralStringStripped = RHSStripped;
11535 }
11536
11537 if (LiteralString) {
11538 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr,
11539 S.PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
11540 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LiteralStringStripped)
11541 << LiteralString->getSourceRange());
11542 }
11543}
11544
11545static ImplicitConversionKind castKindToImplicitConversionKind(CastKind CK) {
11546 switch (CK) {
11547 default: {
11548#ifndef NDEBUG1
11549 llvm::errs() << "unhandled cast kind: " << CastExpr::getCastKindName(CK)
11550 << "\n";
11551#endif
11552 llvm_unreachable("unhandled cast kind")__builtin_unreachable();
11553 }
11554 case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
11555 return ICK_Identity;
11556 case CK_LValueToRValue:
11557 return ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
11558 case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
11559 return ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
11560 case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
11561 return ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
11562 case CK_IntegralCast:
11563 return ICK_Integral_Conversion;
11564 case CK_FloatingCast:
11565 return ICK_Floating_Conversion;
11566 case CK_IntegralToFloating:
11567 case CK_FloatingToIntegral:
11568 return ICK_Floating_Integral;
11569 case CK_IntegralComplexCast:
11570 case CK_FloatingComplexCast:
11571 case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex:
11572 case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex:
11573 return ICK_Complex_Conversion;
11574 case CK_FloatingComplexToReal:
11575 case CK_FloatingRealToComplex:
11576 case CK_IntegralComplexToReal:
11577 case CK_IntegralRealToComplex:
11578 return ICK_Complex_Real;
11579 }
11580}
11581
11582static bool checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion(Sema &S, QualType ToType, Expr *E,
11583 QualType FromType,
11584 SourceLocation Loc) {
11585 // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion.
11586 StandardConversionSequence SCS;
11587 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
11588 SCS.setToType(0, FromType);
11589 SCS.setToType(1, ToType);
11590 if (const auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
11591 SCS.Second = castKindToImplicitConversionKind(ICE->getCastKind());
11592
11593 APValue PreNarrowingValue;
11594 QualType PreNarrowingType;
11595 switch (SCS.getNarrowingKind(S.Context, E, PreNarrowingValue,
11596 PreNarrowingType,
11597 /*IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion*/ true)) {
11598 case NK_Dependent_Narrowing:
11599 // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is
11600 // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing.
11601 case NK_Not_Narrowing:
11602 return false;
11603
11604 case NK_Constant_Narrowing:
11605 // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant
11606 // expression.
11607 S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_spaceship_argument_narrowing)
11608 << /*Constant*/ 1
11609 << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << ToType;
11610 return true;
11611
11612 case NK_Variable_Narrowing:
11613 // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant
11614 // expression.
11615 case NK_Type_Narrowing:
11616 S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_spaceship_argument_narrowing)
11617 << /*Constant*/ 0 << FromType << ToType;
11618 // TODO: It's not a constant expression, but what if the user intended it
11619 // to be? Can we produce notes to help them figure out why it isn't?
11620 return true;
11621 }
11622 llvm_unreachable("unhandled case in switch")__builtin_unreachable();
11623}
11624
11625static QualType checkArithmeticOrEnumeralThreeWayCompare(Sema &S,
11626 ExprResult &LHS,
11627 ExprResult &RHS,
11628 SourceLocation Loc) {
11629 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
11630 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
11631 // Dig out the original argument type and expression before implicit casts
11632 // were applied. These are the types/expressions we need to check the
11633 // [expr.spaceship] requirements against.
11634 ExprResult LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11635 ExprResult RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11636 QualType LHSStrippedType = LHSStripped.get()->getType();
11637 QualType RHSStrippedType = RHSStripped.get()->getType();
11638
11639 // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p3: If one of the operands is of type bool and the
11640 // other is not, the program is ill-formed.
11641 if (LHSStrippedType->isBooleanType() != RHSStrippedType->isBooleanType()) {
11642 S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHSStripped, RHSStripped);
11643 return QualType();
11644 }
11645
11646 // FIXME: Consider combining this with checkEnumArithmeticConversions.
11647 int NumEnumArgs = (int)LHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType() +
11648 RHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType();
11649 if (NumEnumArgs == 1) {
11650 bool LHSIsEnum = LHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType();
11651 QualType OtherTy = LHSIsEnum ? RHSStrippedType : LHSStrippedType;
11652 if (OtherTy->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
11653 S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHSStripped, RHSStripped);
11654 return QualType();
11655 }
11656 }
11657 if (NumEnumArgs == 2) {
11658 // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p5: If both operands have the same enumeration
11659 // type E, the operator yields the result of converting the operands
11660 // to the underlying type of E and applying <=> to the converted operands.
11661 if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType)) {
11662 S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11663 return QualType();
11664 }
11665 QualType IntType =
11666 LHSStrippedType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
11667 assert(IntType->isArithmeticType())((void)0);
11668
11669 // We can't use `CK_IntegralCast` when the underlying type is 'bool', so we
11670 // promote the boolean type, and all other promotable integer types, to
11671 // avoid this.
11672 if (IntType->isPromotableIntegerType())
11673 IntType = S.Context.getPromotedIntegerType(IntType);
11674
11675 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), IntType, CK_IntegralCast);
11676 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), IntType, CK_IntegralCast);
11677 LHSType = RHSType = IntType;
11678 }
11679
11680 // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p4: If both operands have arithmetic types, the
11681 // usual arithmetic conversions are applied to the operands.
11682 QualType Type =
11683 S.UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, Loc, Sema::ACK_Comparison);
11684 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
11685 return QualType();
11686 if (Type.isNull())
11687 return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11688
11689 Optional<ComparisonCategoryType> CCT =
11690 getComparisonCategoryForBuiltinCmp(Type);
11691 if (!CCT)
11692 return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11693
11694 bool HasNarrowing = checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion(
11695 S, Type, LHS.get(), LHSType, LHS.get()->getBeginLoc());
11696 HasNarrowing |= checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion(S, Type, RHS.get(), RHSType,
11697 RHS.get()->getBeginLoc());
11698 if (HasNarrowing)
11699 return QualType();
11700
11701 assert(!Type.isNull() && "composite type for <=> has not been set")((void)0);
11702
11703 return S.CheckComparisonCategoryType(
11704 *CCT, Loc, Sema::ComparisonCategoryUsage::OperatorInExpression);
11705}
11706
11707static QualType checkArithmeticOrEnumeralCompare(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
11708 ExprResult &RHS,
11709 SourceLocation Loc,
11710 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
11711 if (Opc == BO_Cmp)
11712 return checkArithmeticOrEnumeralThreeWayCompare(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
11713
11714 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
11715 QualType Type =
11716 S.UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, Loc, Sema::ACK_Comparison);
11717 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
11718 return QualType();
11719 if (Type.isNull())
11720 return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11721 assert(Type->isArithmeticType() || Type->isEnumeralType())((void)0);
11722
11723 if (Type->isAnyComplexType() && BinaryOperator::isRelationalOp(Opc))
11724 return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11725
11726 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
11727 if (Type->hasFloatingRepresentation() && BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc))
11728 S.CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
11729
11730 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
11731 return S.Context.getLogicalOperationType();
11732}
11733
11734void Sema::CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE) {
11735 if (!NullE.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
11736 return;
11737 int NullValue = PP.isMacroDefined("NULL") ? 0 : 1;
11738 if (!E.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
11739 E.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
11740 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) ==
11741 Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) {
11742 if (const auto *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E.get())) {
11743 if (CL->getValue() == 0)
11744 Diag(E.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_compare)
11745 << NullValue
11746 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(E.get()->getExprLoc(),
11747 NullValue ? "NULL" : "(void *)0");
11748 } else if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E.get())) {
11749 TypeSourceInfo *TI = CE->getTypeInfoAsWritten();
11750 QualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(TI->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
11751 if (T == Context.CharTy)
11752 Diag(E.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_compare)
11753 << NullValue
11754 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(E.get()->getExprLoc(),
11755 NullValue ? "NULL" : "(void *)0");
11756 }
11757 }
11758}
11759
11760// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
11761QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
11762 SourceLocation Loc,
11763 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
11764 bool IsRelational = BinaryOperator::isRelationalOp(Opc);
11765 bool IsThreeWay = Opc == BO_Cmp;
11766 bool IsOrdered = IsRelational || IsThreeWay;
11767 auto IsAnyPointerType = [](ExprResult E) {
11768 QualType Ty = E.get()->getType();
11769 return Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType();
11770 };
11771
11772 // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p6: If at least one of the operands is of pointer
11773 // type, array-to-pointer, ..., conversions are performed on both operands to
11774 // bring them to their composite type.
11775 // Otherwise, all comparisons expect an rvalue, so convert to rvalue before
11776 // any type-related checks.
11777 if (!IsThreeWay || IsAnyPointerType(LHS) || IsAnyPointerType(RHS)) {
11778 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
11779 if (LHS.isInvalid())
11780 return QualType();
11781 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
11782 if (RHS.isInvalid())
11783 return QualType();
11784 } else {
11785 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
11786 if (LHS.isInvalid())
11787 return QualType();
11788 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
11789 if (RHS.isInvalid())
11790 return QualType();
11791 }
11792
11793 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/true);
11794 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) {
11795 CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(LHS, RHS);
11796 CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(RHS, LHS);
11797 }
11798
11799 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
11800 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
11801 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
11802 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc);
11803
11804 diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc);
11805 diagnoseTautologicalComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc);
11806
11807 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
11808 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
11809 if ((LHSType->isArithmeticType() || LHSType->isEnumeralType()) &&
11810 (RHSType->isArithmeticType() || RHSType->isEnumeralType()))
11811 return checkArithmeticOrEnumeralCompare(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc);
11812
11813 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind LHSNullKind =
11814 LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
11815 const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind RHSNullKind =
11816 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
11817 bool LHSIsNull = LHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
11818 bool RHSIsNull = RHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
11819
11820 auto computeResultTy = [&]() {
11821 if (Opc != BO_Cmp)
11822 return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
11823 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)((void)0);
11824 assert(Context.hasSameType(LHS.get()->getType(), RHS.get()->getType()))((void)0);
11825
11826 QualType CompositeTy = LHS.get()->getType();
11827 assert(!CompositeTy->isReferenceType())((void)0);
11828
11829 Optional<ComparisonCategoryType> CCT =
11830 getComparisonCategoryForBuiltinCmp(CompositeTy);
11831 if (!CCT)
11832 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
11833
11834 if (CompositeTy->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) {
11835 // P0946R0: Comparisons between a null pointer constant and an object
11836 // pointer result in std::strong_equality, which is ill-formed under
11837 // P1959R0.
11838 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_three_way_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero)
11839 << (LHSIsNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
11840 : RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
11841 return QualType();
11842 }
11843
11844 return CheckComparisonCategoryType(
11845 *CCT, Loc, ComparisonCategoryUsage::OperatorInExpression);
11846 };
11847
11848 if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) {
11849 bool IsEquality = Opc == BO_EQ;
11850 if (RHSIsNull)
11851 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(LHS.get(), RHSNullKind, IsEquality,
11852 RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
11853 else
11854 DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(RHS.get(), LHSNullKind, IsEquality,
11855 LHS.get()->getSourceRange());
11856 }
11857
11858 if (IsOrdered && LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() &&
11859 RHSType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
11860 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
11861 bool IsError = Opc == BO_Cmp;
11862 auto DiagID =
11863 IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers
11864 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11865 ? diag::warn_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers
11866 : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers;
11867 Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
11868 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
11869 if (IsError)
11870 return QualType();
11871 }
11872
11873 if ((LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSIsNull) ||
11874 (RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSIsNull)) {
11875 // Skip normal pointer conversion checks in this case; we have better
11876 // diagnostics for this below.
11877 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11878 // Equality comparison of a function pointer to a void pointer is invalid,
11879 // but we allow it as an extension.
11880 // FIXME: If we really want to allow this, should it be part of composite
11881 // pointer type computation so it works in conditionals too?
11882 if (!IsOrdered &&
11883 ((LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) ||
11884 (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isVoidPointerType()))) {
11885 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
11886 // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
11887 // conformance with the C++ standard.
11888 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(
11889 *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ (bool)isSFINAEContext());
11890
11891 if (isSFINAEContext())
11892 return QualType();
11893
11894 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
11895 return computeResultTy();
11896 }
11897
11898 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
11899 // If at least one operand is a pointer [...] bring them to their
11900 // composite pointer type.
11901 // C++ [expr.spaceship]p6
11902 // If at least one of the operands is of pointer type, [...] bring them
11903 // to their composite pointer type.
11904 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
11905 // If both operands are pointers, [...] bring them to their composite
11906 // pointer type.
11907 // For <=>, the only valid non-pointer types are arrays and functions, and
11908 // we already decayed those, so this is really the same as the relational
11909 // comparison rule.
11910 if ((int)LHSType->isPointerType() + (int)RHSType->isPointerType() >=
11911 (IsOrdered ? 2 : 1) &&
11912 (!LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount || !(LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11913 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) {
11914 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
11915 return QualType();
11916 return computeResultTy();
11917 }
11918 } else if (LHSType->isPointerType() &&
11919 RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
11920 // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
11921 // when handling null pointer constants.
11922 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
11923 LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
11924 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
11925 RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
11926
11927 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
11928 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
11929 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
11930 if (IsRelational) {
11931 // Pointers both need to point to complete or incomplete types
11932 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType() !=
11933 RCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType()) &&
11934 !getLangOpts().C11) {
11935 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_compare_complete_incomplete_pointers)
11936 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()
11937 << LHSType << RHSType << LCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType()
11938 << RCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType();
11939 }
11940 }
11941 } else if (!IsRelational &&
11942 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
11943 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
11944 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
11945 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
11946 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
11947 /*isError*/false);
11948 } else {
11949 // Invalid
11950 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false);
11951 }
11952 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) {
11953 // Treat NULL constant as a special case in OpenCL.
11954 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
11955 if (!LCanPointeeTy.isAddressSpaceOverlapping(RCanPointeeTy)) {
11956 Diag(Loc,
11957 diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers)
11958 << LHSType << RHSType << 0 /* comparison */
11959 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
11960 }
11961 }
11962 LangAS AddrSpaceL = LCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
11963 LangAS AddrSpaceR = RCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace();
11964 CastKind Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion
11965 : CK_BitCast;
11966 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
11967 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, Kind);
11968 else
11969 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, Kind);
11970 }
11971 return computeResultTy();
11972 }
11973
11974 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11975 // C++ [expr.eq]p4:
11976 // Two operands of type std::nullptr_t or one operand of type
11977 // std::nullptr_t and the other a null pointer constant compare equal.
11978 if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull && RHSIsNull) {
11979 if (LHSType->isNullPtrType()) {
11980 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
11981 return computeResultTy();
11982 }
11983 if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) {
11984 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
11985 return computeResultTy();
11986 }
11987 }
11988
11989 // Comparison of Objective-C pointers and block pointers against nullptr_t.
11990 // These aren't covered by the composite pointer type rules.
11991 if (!IsOrdered && RHSType->isNullPtrType() &&
11992 (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())) {
11993 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
11994 return computeResultTy();
11995 }
11996 if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isNullPtrType() &&
11997 (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())) {
11998 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
11999 return computeResultTy();
12000 }
12001
12002 if (IsRelational &&
12003 ((LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) ||
12004 (RHSType->isNullPtrType() && LHSType->isPointerType()))) {
12005 // HACK: Relational comparison of nullptr_t against a pointer type is
12006 // invalid per DR583, but we allow it within std::less<> and friends,
12007 // since otherwise common uses of it break.
12008 // FIXME: Consider removing this hack once LWG fixes std::less<> and
12009 // friends to have std::nullptr_t overload candidates.
12010 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
12011 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC))
12012 DC = DC->getParent();
12013 if (auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC)) {
12014 if (CTSD->isInStdNamespace() &&
12015 llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(CTSD->getName())
12016 .Cases("less", "less_equal", "greater", "greater_equal", true)
12017 .Default(false)) {
12018 if (RHSType->isNullPtrType())
12019 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
12020 else
12021 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
12022 return computeResultTy();
12023 }
12024 }
12025 }
12026
12027 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
12028 // If at least one operand is a pointer to member, [...] bring them to
12029 // their composite pointer type.
12030 if (!IsOrdered &&
12031 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) {
12032 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
12033 return QualType();
12034 else
12035 return computeResultTy();
12036 }
12037 }
12038
12039 // Handle block pointer types.
12040 if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
12041 RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
12042 QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
12043 QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
12044
12045 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
12046 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
12047 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
12048 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
12049 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
12050 }
12051 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
12052 return computeResultTy();
12053 }
12054
12055 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
12056 if (!IsOrdered
12057 && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType())
12058 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
12059 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
12060 if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
12061 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
12062 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
12063 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
12064 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
12065 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
12066 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
12067 }
12068 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
12069 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
12070 RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
12071 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
12072 else
12073 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
12074 LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
12075 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
12076 return computeResultTy();
12077 }
12078
12079 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12080 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
12081 const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
12082 const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
12083 if (LPT || RPT) {
12084 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
12085 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
12086
12087 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
12088 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
12089 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
12090 /*isError*/false);
12091 }
12092 // FIXME: If LPtrToVoid, we should presumably convert the LHS rather than
12093 // the RHS, but we have test coverage for this behavior.
12094 // FIXME: Consider using convertPointersToCompositeType in C++.
12095 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
12096 Expr *E = LHS.get();
12097 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
12098 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), RHSType, E,
12099 CCK_ImplicitConversion);
12100 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, RHSType,
12101 RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
12102 }
12103 else {
12104 Expr *E = RHS.get();
12105 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
12106 CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), LHSType, E, CCK_ImplicitConversion,
12107 /*Diagnose=*/true,
12108 /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, Opc);
12109 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, LHSType,
12110 LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
12111 }
12112 return computeResultTy();
12113 }
12114 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
12115 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
12116 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType))
12117 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
12118 /*isError*/false);
12119 if (isObjCObjectLiteral(LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(RHS))
12120 diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc);
12121
12122 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
12123 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
12124 else
12125 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
12126 return computeResultTy();
12127 }
12128
12129 if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
12130 RHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context)) {
12131 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
12132 CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast);
12133 return computeResultTy();
12134 } else if (!IsOrdered &&
12135 LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(Context) &&
12136 RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
12137 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
12138 CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast);
12139 return computeResultTy();
12140 }
12141 }
12142 if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
12143 (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) {
12144 unsigned DiagID = 0;
12145 bool isError = false;
12146 if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) {
12147 // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers,
12148 // since users tend to want to compare addresses.
12149 } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
12150 (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) {
12151 if (IsOrdered) {
12152 isError = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
12153 DiagID =
12154 isError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero
12155 : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
12156 }
12157 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12158 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
12159 isError = true;
12160 } else if (IsOrdered)
12161 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
12162 else
12163 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
12164
12165 if (DiagID) {
12166 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
12167 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
12168 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
12169 if (isError)
12170 return QualType();
12171 }
12172
12173 if (LHSType->isIntegerType())
12174 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType,
12175 LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
12176 else
12177 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType,
12178 RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
12179 return computeResultTy();
12180 }
12181
12182 // Handle block pointers.
12183 if (!IsOrdered && RHSIsNull
12184 && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
12185 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
12186 return computeResultTy();
12187 }
12188 if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull
12189 && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
12190 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
12191 return computeResultTy();
12192 }
12193
12194 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
12195 if (LHSType->isClkEventT() && RHSType->isClkEventT()) {
12196 return computeResultTy();
12197 }
12198
12199 if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSType->isQueueT()) {
12200 return computeResultTy();
12201 }
12202
12203 if (LHSIsNull && RHSType->isQueueT()) {
12204 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
12205 return computeResultTy();
12206 }
12207
12208 if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSIsNull) {
12209 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
12210 return computeResultTy();
12211 }
12212 }
12213
12214 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12215}
12216
12217// Return a signed ext_vector_type that is of identical size and number of
12218// elements. For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical
12219// size and number of elements. In the non ext_vector_type case, search from
12220// the largest type to the smallest type to avoid cases where long long == long,
12221// where long gets picked over long long.
12222QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) {
12223 const VectorType *VTy = V->castAs<VectorType>();
12224 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
12225
12226 if (isa<ExtVectorType>(VTy)) {
12227 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy))
12228 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements());
12229 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
12230 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements());
12231 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
12232 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
12233 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
12234 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
12235 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&((void)0)
12236 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare")((void)0);
12237 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
12238 }
12239
12240 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy))
12241 return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
12242 VectorType::GenericVector);
12243 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
12244 return Context.getVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
12245 VectorType::GenericVector);
12246 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
12247 return Context.getVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
12248 VectorType::GenericVector);
12249 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy))
12250 return Context.getVectorType(Context.ShortTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
12251 VectorType::GenericVector);
12252 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) &&((void)0)
12253 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare")((void)0);
12254 return Context.getVectorType(Context.CharTy, VTy->getNumElements(),
12255 VectorType::GenericVector);
12256}
12257
12258/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
12259/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
12260/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
12261/// types.
12262QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
12263 SourceLocation Loc,
12264 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
12265 if (Opc == BO_Cmp) {
12266 Diag(Loc, diag::err_three_way_vector_comparison);
12267 return QualType();
12268 }
12269
12270 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
12271 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
12272 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
12273 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
12274 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
12275 if (vType.isNull())
12276 return vType;
12277
12278 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
12279
12280 // Determine the return type of a vector compare. By default clang will return
12281 // a scalar for all vector compares except vector bool and vector pixel.
12282 // With the gcc compiler we will always return a vector type and with the xl
12283 // compiler we will always return a scalar type. This switch allows choosing
12284 // which behavior is prefered.
12285 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec) {
12286 switch (getLangOpts().getAltivecSrcCompat()) {
12287 case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::Mixed:
12288 // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e.
12289 // bool for C++, int for C
12290 if (vType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() ==
12291 VectorType::AltiVecVector)
12292 return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
12293 else
12294 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_altivec_src_compat);
12295 break;
12296 case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::GCC:
12297 // For GCC we always return the vector type.
12298 break;
12299 case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::XL:
12300 return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
12301 break;
12302 }
12303 }
12304
12305 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
12306 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
12307 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
12308 diagnoseTautologicalComparison(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc);
12309
12310 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
12311 if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) &&
12312 LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
12313 assert(RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation())((void)0);
12314 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
12315 }
12316
12317 // Return a signed type for the vector.
12318 return GetSignedVectorType(vType);
12319}
12320
12321static void diagnoseXorMisusedAsPow(Sema &S, const ExprResult &XorLHS,
12322 const ExprResult &XorRHS,
12323 const SourceLocation Loc) {
12324 // Do not diagnose macros.
12325 if (Loc.isMacroID())
12326 return;
12327
12328 // Do not diagnose if both LHS and RHS are macros.
12329 if (XorLHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID() &&
12330 XorRHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
12331 return;
12332
12333 bool Negative = false;
12334 bool ExplicitPlus = false;
12335 const auto *LHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(XorLHS.get());
12336 const auto *RHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(XorRHS.get());
12337
12338 if (!LHSInt)
12339 return;
12340 if (!RHSInt) {
12341 // Check negative literals.
12342 if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(XorRHS.get())) {
12343 UnaryOperatorKind Opc = UO->getOpcode();
12344 if (Opc != UO_Minus && Opc != UO_Plus)
12345 return;
12346 RHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(UO->getSubExpr());
12347 if (!RHSInt)
12348 return;
12349 Negative = (Opc == UO_Minus);
12350 ExplicitPlus = !Negative;
12351 } else {
12352 return;
12353 }
12354 }
12355
12356 const llvm::APInt &LeftSideValue = LHSInt->getValue();
12357 llvm::APInt RightSideValue = RHSInt->getValue();
12358 if (LeftSideValue != 2 && LeftSideValue != 10)
12359 return;
12360
12361 if (LeftSideValue.getBitWidth() != RightSideValue.getBitWidth())
12362 return;
12363
12364 CharSourceRange ExprRange = CharSourceRange::getCharRange(
12365 LHSInt->getBeginLoc(), S.getLocForEndOfToken(RHSInt->getLocation()));
12366 llvm::StringRef ExprStr =
12367 Lexer::getSourceText(ExprRange, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts());
12368
12369 CharSourceRange XorRange =
12370 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Loc, S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc));
12371 llvm::StringRef XorStr =
12372 Lexer::getSourceText(XorRange, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts());
12373 // Do not diagnose if xor keyword/macro is used.
12374 if (XorStr == "xor")
12375 return;
12376
12377 std::string LHSStr = std::string(Lexer::getSourceText(
12378 CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(LHSInt->getSourceRange()),
12379 S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()));
12380 std::string RHSStr = std::string(Lexer::getSourceText(
12381 CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(RHSInt->getSourceRange()),
12382 S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()));
12383
12384 if (Negative) {
12385 RightSideValue = -RightSideValue;
12386 RHSStr = "-" + RHSStr;
12387 } else if (ExplicitPlus) {
12388 RHSStr = "+" + RHSStr;
12389 }
12390
12391 StringRef LHSStrRef = LHSStr;
12392 StringRef RHSStrRef = RHSStr;
12393 // Do not diagnose literals with digit separators, binary, hexadecimal, octal
12394 // literals.
12395 if (LHSStrRef.startswith("0b") || LHSStrRef.startswith("0B") ||
12396 RHSStrRef.startswith("0b") || RHSStrRef.startswith("0B") ||
12397 LHSStrRef.startswith("0x") || LHSStrRef.startswith("0X") ||
12398 RHSStrRef.startswith("0x") || RHSStrRef.startswith("0X") ||
12399 (LHSStrRef.size() > 1 && LHSStrRef.startswith("0")) ||
12400 (RHSStrRef.size() > 1 && RHSStrRef.startswith("0")) ||
12401 LHSStrRef.find('\'') != StringRef::npos ||
12402 RHSStrRef.find('\'') != StringRef::npos)
12403 return;
12404
12405 bool SuggestXor =
12406 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getPreprocessor().isMacroDefined("xor");
12407 const llvm::APInt XorValue = LeftSideValue ^ RightSideValue;
12408 int64_t RightSideIntValue = RightSideValue.getSExtValue();
12409 if (LeftSideValue == 2 && RightSideIntValue >= 0) {
12410 std::string SuggestedExpr = "1 << " + RHSStr;
12411 bool Overflow = false;
12412 llvm::APInt One = (LeftSideValue - 1);
12413 llvm::APInt PowValue = One.sshl_ov(RightSideValue, Overflow);
12414 if (Overflow) {
12415 if (RightSideIntValue < 64)
12416 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base)
12417 << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << ("1LL << " + RHSStr)
12418 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ExprRange, "1LL << " + RHSStr);
12419 else if (RightSideIntValue == 64)
12420 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow)
12421 << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true);
12422 else
12423 return;
12424 } else {
12425 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base_extra)
12426 << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << SuggestedExpr
12427 << toString(PowValue, 10, true)
12428 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
12429 ExprRange, (RightSideIntValue == 0) ? "1" : SuggestedExpr);
12430 }
12431
12432 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_xor_used_as_pow_silence)
12433 << ("0x2 ^ " + RHSStr) << SuggestXor;
12434 } else if (LeftSideValue == 10) {
12435 std::string SuggestedValue = "1e" + std::to_string(RightSideIntValue);
12436 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base)
12437 << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << SuggestedValue
12438 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ExprRange, SuggestedValue);
12439 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_xor_used_as_pow_silence)
12440 << ("0xA ^ " + RHSStr) << SuggestXor;
12441 }
12442}
12443
12444QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
12445 SourceLocation Loc) {
12446 // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or
12447 // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type.
12448 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, false,
12449 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
12450 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
12451 if (vType.isNull())
12452 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12453 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
12454 !getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && vType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
12455 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12456 // FIXME: The check for C++ here is for GCC compatibility. GCC rejects the
12457 // usage of the logical operators && and || with vectors in C. This
12458 // check could be notionally dropped.
12459 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12460 !(isa<ExtVectorType>(vType->getAs<VectorType>())))
12461 return InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12462
12463 return GetSignedVectorType(LHS.get()->getType());
12464}
12465
12466QualType Sema::CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
12467 SourceLocation Loc,
12468 bool IsCompAssign) {
12469 if (!IsCompAssign) {
12470 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
12471 if (LHS.isInvalid())
12472 return QualType();
12473 }
12474 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
12475 if (RHS.isInvalid())
12476 return QualType();
12477
12478 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
12479 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
12480 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
12481 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
12482
12483 const MatrixType *LHSMatType = LHSType->getAs<MatrixType>();
12484 const MatrixType *RHSMatType = RHSType->getAs<MatrixType>();
12485 assert((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix")((void)0);
12486
12487 if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType))
12488 return LHSType;
12489
12490 // Type conversion may change LHS/RHS. Keep copies to the original results, in
12491 // case we have to return InvalidOperands.
12492 ExprResult OriginalLHS = LHS;
12493 ExprResult OriginalRHS = RHS;
12494 if (LHSMatType && !RHSMatType) {
12495 RHS = tryConvertExprToType(RHS.get(), LHSMatType->getElementType());
12496 if (!RHS.isInvalid())
12497 return LHSType;
12498
12499 return InvalidOperands(Loc, OriginalLHS, OriginalRHS);
12500 }
12501
12502 if (!LHSMatType && RHSMatType) {
12503 LHS = tryConvertExprToType(LHS.get(), RHSMatType->getElementType());
12504 if (!LHS.isInvalid())
12505 return RHSType;
12506 return InvalidOperands(Loc, OriginalLHS, OriginalRHS);
12507 }
12508
12509 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12510}
12511
12512QualType Sema::CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
12513 SourceLocation Loc,
12514 bool IsCompAssign) {
12515 if (!IsCompAssign) {
12516 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
12517 if (LHS.isInvalid())
12518 return QualType();
12519 }
12520 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
12521 if (RHS.isInvalid())
12522 return QualType();
12523
12524 auto *LHSMatType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>();
12525 auto *RHSMatType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>();
12526 assert((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix")((void)0);
12527
12528 if (LHSMatType && RHSMatType) {
12529 if (LHSMatType->getNumColumns() != RHSMatType->getNumRows())
12530 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12531
12532 if (!Context.hasSameType(LHSMatType->getElementType(),
12533 RHSMatType->getElementType()))
12534 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12535
12536 return Context.getConstantMatrixType(LHSMatType->getElementType(),
12537 LHSMatType->getNumRows(),
12538 RHSMatType->getNumColumns());
12539 }
12540 return CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
12541}
12542
12543inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
12544 SourceLocation Loc,
12545 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
12546 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false);
12547
12548 bool IsCompAssign =
12549 Opc == BO_AndAssign || Opc == BO_OrAssign || Opc == BO_XorAssign;
12550
12551 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
12552 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
12553 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
12554 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
12555 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign,
12556 /*AllowBothBool*/true,
12557 /*AllowBoolConversions*/getLangOpts().ZVector);
12558 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12559 }
12560
12561 if (Opc == BO_And)
12562 diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc);
12563
12564 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation() ||
12565 RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation())
12566 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12567
12568 ExprResult LHSResult = LHS, RHSResult = RHS;
12569 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(
12570 LHSResult, RHSResult, Loc, IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_BitwiseOp);
12571 if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid())
12572 return QualType();
12573 LHS = LHSResult.get();
12574 RHS = RHSResult.get();
12575
12576 if (Opc == BO_Xor)
12577 diagnoseXorMisusedAsPow(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc);
12578
12579 if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
12580 return compType;
12581 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12582}
12583
12584// C99 6.5.[13,14]
12585inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
12586 SourceLocation Loc,
12587 BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
12588 // Check vector operands differently.
12589 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
12590 return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc);
12591
12592 bool EnumConstantInBoolContext = false;
12593 for (const ExprResult &HS : {LHS, RHS}) {
12594 if (const auto *DREHS = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(HS.get())) {
12595 const auto *ECDHS = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DREHS->getDecl());
12596 if (ECDHS && ECDHS->getInitVal() != 0 && ECDHS->getInitVal() != 1)
12597 EnumConstantInBoolContext = true;
12598 }
12599 }
12600
12601 if (EnumConstantInBoolContext)
12602 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_enum_constant_in_bool_context);
12603
12604 // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
12605 // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
12606 // is a constant.
12607 if (!EnumConstantInBoolContext && LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
12608 !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
12609 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
12610 // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations.
12611 !Loc.isMacroID() && !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
12612 // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
12613 // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
12614 // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
12615 // Parens on the RHS are ignored.
12616 Expr::EvalResult EVResult;
12617 if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(EVResult, Context)) {
12618 llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt();
12619 if ((getLangOpts().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
12620 !RHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) ||
12621 (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) {
12622 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
12623 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()
12624 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||");
12625 // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version
12626 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator)
12627 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|")
12628 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(
12629 Loc, getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)),
12630 Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
12631 if (Opc == BO_LAnd)
12632 // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()"
12633 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant)
12634 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
12635 SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getEndLoc()),
12636 RHS.get()->getEndLoc()));
12637 }
12638 }
12639 }
12640
12641 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12642 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do
12643 // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types.
12644 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
12645 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
12646 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() ||
12647 RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType())
12648 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12649 }
12650
12651 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get());
12652 if (LHS.isInvalid())
12653 return QualType();
12654
12655 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.get());
12656 if (RHS.isInvalid())
12657 return QualType();
12658
12659 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() ||
12660 !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType())
12661 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12662
12663 return Context.IntTy;
12664 }
12665
12666 // The following is safe because we only use this method for
12667 // non-overloadable operands.
12668
12669 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
12670 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
12671 // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
12672 ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get());
12673 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
12674 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12675 LHS = LHSRes;
12676
12677 ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get());
12678 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
12679 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
12680 RHS = RHSRes;
12681
12682 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
12683 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
12684 // The result is a bool.
12685 return Context.BoolTy;
12686}
12687
12688static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
12689 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
12690 if (!ME) return false;
12691 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) return false;
12692 ObjCMessageExpr *Base = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(
12693 ME->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
12694 if (!Base) return false;
12695 return Base->getMethodDecl() != nullptr;
12696}
12697
12698/// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a
12699/// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become
12700/// 'const' due to being captured within a block?
12701enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda };
12702static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
12703 assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified())((void)0);
12704 E = E->IgnoreParens();
12705
12706 // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope.
12707 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
12708 if (!DRE) return NCCK_None;
12709 if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return NCCK_None;
12710
12711 // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'.
12712 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12713 if (!var) return NCCK_None;
12714 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None;
12715 assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?")((void)0);
12716
12717 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
12718 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = nullptr;
12719 // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda.
12720 while (DC) {
12721 // For init-capture, it is possible that the variable belongs to the
12722 // template pattern of the current context.
12723 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
12724 if (var->isInitCapture() &&
12725 FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern() == var->getDeclContext())
12726 break;
12727 if (DC == var->getDeclContext())
12728 break;
12729 Prev = DC;
12730 DC = DC->getParent();
12731 }
12732 // Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far.
12733 if (!var->isInitCapture())
12734 DC = Prev;
12735 return (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda);
12736}
12737
12738static bool IsTypeModifiable(QualType Ty, bool IsDereference) {
12739 Ty = Ty.getNonReferenceType();
12740 if (IsDereference && Ty->isPointerType())
12741 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
12742 return !Ty.isConstQualified();
12743}
12744
12745// Update err_typecheck_assign_const and note_typecheck_assign_const
12746// when this enum is changed.
12747enum {
12748 ConstFunction,
12749 ConstVariable,
12750 ConstMember,
12751 ConstMethod,
12752 NestedConstMember,
12753 ConstUnknown, // Keep as last element
12754};
12755
12756/// Emit the "read-only variable not assignable" error and print notes to give
12757/// more information about why the variable is not assignable, such as pointing
12758/// to the declaration of a const variable, showing that a method is const, or
12759/// that the function is returning a const reference.
12760static void DiagnoseConstAssignment(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
12761 SourceLocation Loc) {
12762 SourceRange ExprRange = E->getSourceRange();
12763
12764 // Only emit one error on the first const found. All other consts will emit
12765 // a note to the error.
12766 bool DiagnosticEmitted = false;
12767
12768 // Track if the current expression is the result of a dereference, and if the
12769 // next checked expression is the result of a dereference.
12770 bool IsDereference = false;
12771 bool NextIsDereference = false;
12772
12773 // Loop to process MemberExpr chains.
12774 while (true) {
12775 IsDereference = NextIsDereference;
12776
12777 E = E->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12778 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
12779 NextIsDereference = ME->isArrow();
12780 const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl();
12781 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
12782 // Mutable fields can be modified even if the class is const.
12783 if (Field->isMutable()) {
12784 assert(DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted.")((void)0);
12785 break;
12786 }
12787
12788 if (!IsTypeModifiable(Field->getType(), IsDereference)) {
12789 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
12790 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
12791 << ExprRange << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field
12792 << Field->getType();
12793 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
12794 }
12795 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
12796 << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field << Field->getType()
12797 << Field->getSourceRange();
12798 }
12799 E = ME->getBase();
12800 continue;
12801 } else if (const VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
12802 if (VDecl->getType().isConstQualified()) {
12803 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
12804 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
12805 << ExprRange << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl
12806 << VDecl->getType();
12807 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
12808 }
12809 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
12810 << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl << VDecl->getType()
12811 << VDecl->getSourceRange();
12812 }
12813 // Static fields do not inherit constness from parents.
12814 break;
12815 }
12816 break; // End MemberExpr
12817 } else if (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE =
12818 dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) {
12819 E = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12820 continue;
12821 } else if (const ExtVectorElementExpr *EVE =
12822 dyn_cast<ExtVectorElementExpr>(E)) {
12823 E = EVE->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
12824 continue;
12825 }
12826 break;
12827 }
12828
12829 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
12830 // Function calls
12831 const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
12832 if (FD && !IsTypeModifiable(FD->getReturnType(), IsDereference)) {
12833 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
12834 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
12835 << ConstFunction << FD;
12836 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
12837 }
12838 S.Diag(FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
12839 diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
12840 << ConstFunction << FD << FD->getReturnType()
12841 << FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
12842 }
12843 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
12844 // Point to variable declaration.
12845 if (const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl()) {
12846 if (!IsTypeModifiable(VD->getType(), IsDereference)) {
12847 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
12848 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
12849 << ExprRange << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType();
12850 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
12851 }
12852 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
12853 << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType() << VD->getSourceRange();
12854 }
12855 }
12856 } else if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
12857 if (const DeclContext *DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext()) {
12858 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
12859 if (MD->isConst()) {
12860 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
12861 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange
12862 << ConstMethod << MD;
12863 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
12864 }
12865 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
12866 << ConstMethod << MD << MD->getSourceRange();
12867 }
12868 }
12869 }
12870 }
12871
12872 if (DiagnosticEmitted)
12873 return;
12874
12875 // Can't determine a more specific message, so display the generic error.
12876 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange << ConstUnknown;
12877}
12878
12879enum OriginalExprKind {
12880 OEK_Variable,
12881 OEK_Member,
12882 OEK_LValue
12883};
12884
12885static void DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(Sema &S, const ValueDecl *VD,
12886 const RecordType *Ty,
12887 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
12888 OriginalExprKind OEK,
12889 bool &DiagnosticEmitted) {
12890 std::vector<const RecordType *> RecordTypeList;
12891 RecordTypeList.push_back(Ty);
12892 unsigned NextToCheckIndex = 0;
12893 // We walk the record hierarchy breadth-first to ensure that we print
12894 // diagnostics in field nesting order.
12895 while (RecordTypeList.size() > NextToCheckIndex) {
12896 bool IsNested = NextToCheckIndex > 0;
12897 for (const FieldDecl *Field :
12898 RecordTypeList[NextToCheckIndex]->getDecl()->fields()) {
12899 // First, check every field for constness.
12900 QualType FieldTy = Field->getType();
12901 if (FieldTy.isConstQualified()) {
12902 if (!DiagnosticEmitted) {
12903 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const)
12904 << Range << NestedConstMember << OEK << VD
12905 << IsNested << Field;
12906 DiagnosticEmitted = true;
12907 }
12908 S.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const)
12909 << NestedConstMember << IsNested << Field
12910 << FieldTy << Field->getSourceRange();
12911 }
12912
12913 // Then we append it to the list to check next in order.
12914 FieldTy = FieldTy.getCanonicalType();
12915 if (const auto *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12916 if (llvm::find(RecordTypeList, FieldRecTy) == RecordTypeList.end())
12917 RecordTypeList.push_back(FieldRecTy);
12918 }
12919 }
12920 ++NextToCheckIndex;
12921 }
12922}
12923
12924/// Emit an error for the case where a record we are trying to assign to has a
12925/// const-qualified field somewhere in its hierarchy.
12926static void DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
12927 SourceLocation Loc) {
12928 QualType Ty = E->getType();
12929 assert(Ty->isRecordType() && "lvalue was not record?")((void)0);
12930 SourceRange Range = E->getSourceRange();
12931 const RecordType *RTy = Ty.getCanonicalType()->getAs<RecordType>();
12932 bool DiagEmitted = false;
12933
12934 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
12935 DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, ME->getMemberDecl(), RTy, Loc,
12936 Range, OEK_Member, DiagEmitted);
12937 else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
12938 DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, DRE->getDecl(), RTy, Loc,
12939 Range, OEK_Variable, DiagEmitted);
12940 else
12941 DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, nullptr, RTy, Loc,
12942 Range, OEK_LValue, DiagEmitted);
12943 if (!DiagEmitted)
12944 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
12945}
12946
12947/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
12948/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
12949static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
12950 assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject))((void)0);
12951
12952 S.CheckShadowingDeclModification(E, Loc);
12953
12954 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
12955 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
12956 &Loc);
12957 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S))
12958 IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression;
12959 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
12960 return false;
12961
12962 unsigned DiagID = 0;
12963 bool NeedType = false;
12964 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
12965 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified:
12966 // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object
12967 // from an enclosing function or block.
12968 if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) {
12969 if (NCCK == NCCK_Block)
12970 DiagID = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
12971 else
12972 DiagID = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
12973 break;
12974 }
12975
12976 // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we
12977 // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables.
12978 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
12979 DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
12980 if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) {
12981 VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl());
12982
12983 // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the
12984 // user actually wrote 'const'.
12985 if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() &&
12986 (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() ||
12987 !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) {
12988 // There are three pseudo-strong cases:
12989 // - self
12990 ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl();
12991 if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl()) {
12992 DiagID = method->isClassMethod()
12993 ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method
12994 : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self;
12995
12996 // - Objective-C externally_retained attribute.
12997 } else if (var->hasAttr<ObjCExternallyRetainedAttr>() ||
12998 isa<ParmVarDecl>(var)) {
12999 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_externally_retained;
13000
13001 // - fast enumeration variables
13002 } else {
13003 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration;
13004 }
13005
13006 SourceRange Assign;
13007 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
13008 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
13009 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
13010 // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool
13011 // can do its job.
13012 return false;
13013 }
13014 }
13015 }
13016
13017 // If none of the special cases above are triggered, then this is a
13018 // simple const assignment.
13019 if (DiagID == 0) {
13020 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
13021 return true;
13022 }
13023
13024 break;
13025 case Expr::MLV_ConstAddrSpace:
13026 DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc);
13027 return true;
13028 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualifiedField:
13029 DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, E, Loc);
13030 return true;
13031 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
13032 case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary:
13033 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
13034 NeedType = true;
13035 break;
13036 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
13037 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
13038 NeedType = true;
13039 break;
13040 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
13041 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
13042 break;
13043 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
13044 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid")__builtin_unreachable();
13045 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
13046 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
13047 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
13048 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
13049 break;
13050 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
13051 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
13052 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
13053 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E);
13054 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
13055 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
13056 break;
13057 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
13058 llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently")__builtin_unreachable();
13059 case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression:
13060 DiagID = diag::err_readonly_message_assignment;
13061 break;
13062 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
13063 DiagID = diag::err_no_subobject_property_setting;
13064 break;
13065 }
13066
13067 SourceRange Assign;
13068 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
13069 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
13070 if (NeedType)
13071 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
13072 else
13073 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
13074 return true;
13075}
13076
13077static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
13078 SourceLocation Loc,
13079 Sema &Sema) {
13080 if (Sema.inTemplateInstantiation())
13081 return;
13082 if (Sema.isUnevaluatedContext())
13083 return;
13084 if (Loc.isInvalid() || Loc.isMacroID())
13085 return;
13086 if (LHSExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID() || RHSExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID())
13087 return;
13088
13089 // C / C++ fields
13090 MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
13091 MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
13092 if (ML && MR) {
13093 if (!(isa<CXXThisExpr>(ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(MR->getBase())))
13094 return;
13095 const ValueDecl *LHSDecl =
13096 cast<ValueDecl>(ML->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
13097 const ValueDecl *RHSDecl =
13098 cast<ValueDecl>(MR->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
13099 if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl)
13100 return;
13101 if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13102 return;
13103 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
13104 if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
13105 return;
13106
13107 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0;
13108 }
13109
13110 // Objective-C instance variables
13111 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
13112 ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
13113 if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) {
13114 DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
13115 DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts());
13116 if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl())
13117 Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1;
13118 }
13119}
13120
13121// C99 6.5.16.1
13122QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS,
13123 SourceLocation Loc,
13124 QualType CompoundType) {
13125 assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject))((void)0);
13126
13127 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
13128 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this))
13129 return QualType();
13130
13131 QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType();
13132 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() :
13133 CompoundType;
13134 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1 p2:
13135 // The half data type can only be used to declare a pointer to a buffer that
13136 // contains half values
13137 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
13138 !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", getLangOpts()) &&
13139 LHSType->isHalfType()) {
13140 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) << 1
13141 << LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
13142 return QualType();
13143 }
13144
13145 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
13146 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
13147 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get();
13148
13149 CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSCheck, Loc, *this);
13150
13151 QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
13152 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
13153 if (RHS.isInvalid())
13154 return QualType();
13155 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
13156 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
13157 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
13158 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
13159 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
13160 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
13161 ConvTy = Compatible;
13162
13163 if (ConvTy == Compatible &&
13164 LHSType->isObjCObjectType())
13165 Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment)
13166 << LHSType;
13167
13168 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
13169 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
13170 // instead of "x += 4".
13171 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
13172 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
13173 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
13174 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) &&
13175 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
13176 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
13177 Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
13178 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
13179 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
13180 Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc() &&
13181 UO->getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc().isFileID()) {
13182 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
13183 << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-")
13184 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
13185 }
13186 }
13187
13188 if (ConvTy == Compatible) {
13189 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
13190 // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but
13191 // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is
13192 // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference!
13193 const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
13194 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InnerLHS);
13195 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
13196 checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get());
13197 }
13198
13199 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
13200 LHSType.isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) {
13201 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
13202 // Although this code can still have problems:
13203 // id x = self.weakProp;
13204 // id y = self.weakProp;
13205 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
13206 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
13207 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
13208 // For ObjCWeak only, we do not warn if the assign is to a non-weak
13209 // variable, which will be valid for the current autorelease scope.
13210 if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
13211 RHS.get()->getBeginLoc()))
13212 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(RHS.get());
13213
13214 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) {
13215 checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get());
13216 }
13217 }
13218 } else {
13219 // Compound assignment "x += y"
13220 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType);
13221 }
13222
13223 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
13224 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
13225 return QualType();
13226
13227 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr);
13228
13229 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && LHSType.isVolatileQualified()) {
13230 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
13231 // C++2a [expr.ass]p5:
13232 // A simple-assignment whose left operand is of a volatile-qualified
13233 // type is deprecated unless the assignment is either a discarded-value
13234 // expression or an unevaluated operand
13235 ExprEvalContexts.back().VolatileAssignmentLHSs.push_back(LHSExpr);
13236 } else {
13237 // C++2a [expr.ass]p6:
13238 // [Compound-assignment] expressions are deprecated if E1 has
13239 // volatile-qualified type
13240 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_compound_assign_volatile) << LHSType;
13241 }
13242 }
13243
13244 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
13245 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
13246 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
13247 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
13248 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
13249 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
13250 // operand.
13251 return (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13252 ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType());
13253}
13254
13255// Only ignore explicit casts to void.
13256static bool IgnoreCommaOperand(const Expr *E) {
13257 E = E->IgnoreParens();
13258
13259 if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E)) {
13260 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ToVoid) {
13261 return true;
13262 }
13263
13264 // static_cast<void> on a dependent type will not show up as CK_ToVoid.
13265 if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_Dependent && E->getType()->isVoidType() &&
13266 CE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isDependentType()) {
13267 return true;
13268 }
13269 }
13270
13271 return false;
13272}
13273
13274// Look for instances where it is likely the comma operator is confused with
13275// another operator. There is an explicit list of acceptable expressions for
13276// the left hand side of the comma operator, otherwise emit a warning.
13277void Sema::DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
13278 // No warnings in macros
13279 if (Loc.isMacroID())
13280 return;
13281
13282 // Don't warn in template instantiations.
13283 if (inTemplateInstantiation())
13284 return;
13285
13286 // Scope isn't fine-grained enough to explicitly list the specific cases, so
13287 // instead, skip more than needed, then call back into here with the
13288 // CommaVisitor in SemaStmt.cpp.
13289 // The listed locations are the initialization and increment portions
13290 // of a for loop. The additional checks are on the condition of
13291 // if statements, do/while loops, and for loops.
13292 // Differences in scope flags for C89 mode requires the extra logic.
13293 const unsigned ForIncrementFlags =
13294 getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
13295 ? Scope::ControlScope | Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope
13296 : Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope;
13297 const unsigned ForInitFlags = Scope::ControlScope | Scope::DeclScope;
13298 const unsigned ScopeFlags = getCurScope()->getFlags();
13299 if ((ScopeFlags & ForIncrementFlags) == ForIncrementFlags ||
13300 (ScopeFlags & ForInitFlags) == ForInitFlags)
13301 return;
13302
13303 // If there are multiple comma operators used together, get the RHS of the
13304 // of the comma operator as the LHS.
13305 while (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHS)) {
13306 if (BO->getOpcode() != BO_Comma)
13307 break;
13308 LHS = BO->getRHS();
13309 }
13310
13311 // Only allow some expressions on LHS to not warn.
13312 if (IgnoreCommaOperand(LHS))
13313 return;
13314
13315 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comma_operator);
13316 Diag(LHS->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_cast_to_void)
13317 << LHS->getSourceRange()
13318 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS->getBeginLoc(),
13319 LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? "static_cast<void>("
13320 : "(void)(")
13321 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(LHS->getEndLoc()),
13322 ")");
13323}
13324
13325// C99 6.5.17
13326static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
13327 SourceLocation Loc) {
13328 LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
13329 RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
13330 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
13331 return QualType();
13332
13333 // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its
13334 // operands, but not unary promotions.
13335 // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
13336
13337 // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the
13338 // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS.
13339 LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.get());
13340 if (LHS.isInvalid())
13341 return QualType();
13342
13343 S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get());
13344
13345 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13346 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
13347 if (RHS.isInvalid())
13348 return QualType();
13349 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType())
13350 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(),
13351 diag::err_incomplete_type);
13352 }
13353
13354 if (!S.getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_comma_operator, Loc))
13355 S.DiagnoseCommaOperator(LHS.get(), Loc);
13356
13357 return RHS.get()->getType();
13358}
13359
13360/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
13361/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
13362static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op,
13363 ExprValueKind &VK,
13364 ExprObjectKind &OK,
13365 SourceLocation OpLoc,
13366 bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) {
13367 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
13368 return S.Context.DependentTy;
13369
13370 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
13371 // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic
13372 // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of
13373 // checking.
13374 if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>())
13375 ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType();
13376
13377 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression")((void)0);
13378
13379 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
13380 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
13381 if (!IsInc) {
13382 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
13383 return QualType();
13384 }
13385 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
13386 S.Diag(OpLoc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_increment_bool
13387 : diag::warn_increment_bool)
13388 << Op->getSourceRange();
13389 } else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) {
13390 // Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode
13391 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType;
13392 return QualType();
13393 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
13394 // OK!
13395 } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) {
13396 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
13397 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op))
13398 return QualType();
13399 } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
13400 // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden.
13401 // Otherwise, we just need a complete type.
13402 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, OpLoc, Op) ||
13403 checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, OpLoc, Op))
13404 return QualType();
13405 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
13406 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
13407 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
13408 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
13409 } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) {
13410 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
13411 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
13412 return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OK, OpLoc,
13413 IsInc, IsPrefix);
13414 } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) {
13415 // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 )
13416 } else if (S.getLangOpts().ZVector && ResType->isVectorType() &&
13417 (ResType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() !=
13418 VectorType::AltiVecBool)) {
13419 // The z vector extensions allow ++ and -- for non-bool vectors.
13420 } else if(S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() &&
13421 ResType->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) {
13422 // OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types.
13423 } else {
13424 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
13425 << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
13426 return QualType();
13427 }
13428 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
13429 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
13430 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S))
13431 return QualType();
13432 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && ResType.isVolatileQualified()) {
13433 // C++2a [expr.pre.inc]p1, [expr.post.inc]p1:
13434 // An operand with volatile-qualified type is deprecated
13435 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_deprecated_increment_decrement_volatile)
13436 << IsInc << ResType;
13437 }
13438 // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
13439 // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
13440 // operand.
13441 if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13442 VK = VK_LValue;
13443 OK = Op->getObjectKind();
13444 return ResType;
13445 } else {
13446 VK = VK_PRValue;
13447 return ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
13448 }
13449}
13450
13451
13452/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
13453/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
13454/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
13455/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
13456/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
13457/// - &(x) => x
13458/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
13459/// - &s.xx => s
13460/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
13461/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
13462/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
13463/// - & __real__ x -> x
13464///
13465/// FIXME: We don't recurse to the RHS of a comma, nor handle pointers to
13466/// members.
13467static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
13468 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
13469 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
13470 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
13471 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
13472 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
13473 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
13474 // irrelevant.
13475 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
13476 return nullptr;
13477 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
13478 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
13479 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
13480 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
13481 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
13482 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
13483 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
13484 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
13485 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
13486 }
13487 return nullptr;
13488 }
13489 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
13490 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
13491
13492 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
13493 case UO_Real:
13494 case UO_Imag:
13495 case UO_Extension:
13496 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
13497 default:
13498 return nullptr;
13499 }
13500 }
13501 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
13502 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
13503 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
13504 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
13505 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
13506 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
13507 case Stmt::CXXUuidofExprClass:
13508 return cast<CXXUuidofExpr>(E)->getGuidDecl();
13509 default:
13510 return nullptr;
13511 }
13512}
13513
13514namespace {
13515enum {
13516 AO_Bit_Field = 0,
13517 AO_Vector_Element = 1,
13518 AO_Property_Expansion = 2,
13519 AO_Register_Variable = 3,
13520 AO_Matrix_Element = 4,
13521 AO_No_Error = 5
13522};
13523}
13524/// Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations.
13525///
13526/// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken.
13527static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
13528 Expr *E, unsigned Type) {
13529 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange();
13530}
13531
13532/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
13533/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
13534/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
13535/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
13536/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
13537/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
13538/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
13539QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
13540 if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){
13541 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
13542 Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
13543 if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(E)) {
13544 assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)((void)0);
13545 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function)
13546 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
13547 return QualType();
13548 }
13549
13550 OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(E);
13551 if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Ovl))
13552 if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Ovl)) {
13553 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
13554 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
13555 return QualType();
13556 }
13557
13558 return Context.OverloadTy;
13559 }
13560
13561 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny)
13562 return Context.UnknownAnyTy;
13563
13564 if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) {
13565 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
13566 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
13567 return QualType();
13568 }
13569
13570 OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(OrigOp.get());
13571 if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType();
13572 }
13573
13574 if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent())
13575 return Context.DependentTy;
13576
13577 assert(!OrigOp.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType())((void)0);
13578
13579 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
13580 Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens();
13581
13582 // In OpenCL captures for blocks called as lambda functions
13583 // are located in the private address space. Blocks used in
13584 // enqueue_kernel can be located in a different address space
13585 // depending on a vendor implementation. Thus preventing
13586 // taking an address of the capture to avoid invalid AS casts.
13587 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
13588 auto* VarRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
13589 if (VarRef && VarRef->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) {
13590 Diag(op->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_address_capture);
13591 return QualType();
13592 }
13593 }
13594
13595 if (getLangOpts().C99) {
13596 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
13597 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
13598 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
13599 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
13600 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
13601 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
13602 }
13603 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
13604 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
13605 }
13606 ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
13607
13608 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
13609 if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true,
13610 op->getBeginLoc()))
13611 return QualType();
13612
13613 Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Context);
13614 unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error;
13615
13616 if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) {
13617 bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext();
13618 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary
13619 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary)
13620 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
13621 if (sfinae)
13622 return QualType();
13623 // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address.
13624 OrigOp = op =
13625 CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(op->getType(), OrigOp.get(), true);
13626 } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) {
13627 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
13628 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) {
13629 // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer.
13630 // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo.
13631
13632 // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up.
13633 if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) {
13634 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
13635 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
13636 return QualType();
13637 }
13638 DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
13639 CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13640
13641 // The id-expression was parenthesized.
13642 if (OrigOp.get() != DRE) {
13643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function)
13644 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange();
13645
13646 // The method was named without a qualifier.
13647 } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) {
13648 if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty())
13649 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
13650 << op->getSourceRange();
13651 else {
13652 SmallString<32> Str;
13653 StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::").toStringRef(Str);
13654 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
13655 << op->getSourceRange()
13656 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(op->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual);
13657 }
13658 }
13659
13660 // Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2.
13661 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
13662 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) << op->getSourceRange();
13663
13664 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
13665 op->getType(), Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
13666 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
13667 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
13668 (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy);
13669 return MPTy;
13670 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
13671 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
13672 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
13673 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
13674 // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references.
13675 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(op)) {
13676 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
13677 } else {
13678 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
13679 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
13680 return QualType();
13681 }
13682 }
13683 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
13684 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
13685 AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field;
13686 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) {
13687 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
13688 AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element;
13689 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_MatrixComponent) {
13690 // The operand cannot be an element of a matrix.
13691 AddressOfError = AO_Matrix_Element;
13692 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
13693 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
13694 // with the register storage-class specifier.
13695 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
13696 // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
13697 // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
13698 if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register &&
13699 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13700 AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable;
13701 }
13702 } else if (isa<MSPropertyDecl>(dcl)) {
13703 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
13704 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
13705 return Context.OverloadTy;
13706 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) {
13707 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
13708 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
13709 // scope qualifier for the class.
13710 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
13711 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
13712 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
13713 if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
13714 Diag(OpLoc,
13715 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
13716 << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType();
13717 return QualType();
13718 }
13719
13720 while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
13721 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
13722
13723 QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType(
13724 op->getType(),
13725 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
13726 // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
13727 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
13728 (void)isCompleteType(OpLoc, MPTy);
13729 return MPTy;
13730 }
13731 }
13732 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl) &&
13733 !isa<BindingDecl>(dcl) && !isa<MSGuidDecl>(dcl))
13734 llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type")__builtin_unreachable();
13735 }
13736
13737 if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) {
13738 diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(*this, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError);
13739 return QualType();
13740 }
13741
13742 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
13743 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
13744 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
13745 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
13746 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
13747 }
13748
13749 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
13750 if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
13751 return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
13752
13753 CheckAddressOfPackedMember(op);
13754
13755 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
13756}
13757
13758static void RecordModifiableNonNullParam(Sema &S, const Expr *Exp) {
13759 const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Exp);
13760 if (!DRE)
13761 return;
13762 const Decl *D = DRE->getDecl();
13763 if (!D)
13764 return;
13765 const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D);
13766 if (!Param)
13767 return;
13768 if (const FunctionDecl* FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext()))
13769 if (!FD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() && !Param->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>())
13770 return;
13771 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FD = S.getCurFunction())
13772 if (!FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(Param))
13773 FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.insert(Param);
13774}
13775
13776/// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
13777static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
13778 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
13779 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
13780 return S.Context.DependentTy;
13781
13782 ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
13783 if (ConvResult.isInvalid())
13784 return QualType();
13785 Op = ConvResult.get();
13786 QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
13787 QualType Result;
13788
13789 if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
13790 QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
13791 S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
13792 Op->getSourceRange());
13793 }
13794
13795 if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
13796 {
13797 Result = PT->getPointeeType();
13798 }
13799 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
13800 OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
13801 Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
13802 else {
13803 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
13804 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
13805 if (PR.get() != Op)
13806 return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.get(), VK, OpLoc);
13807 }
13808
13809 if (Result.isNull()) {
13810 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
13811 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
13812 return QualType();
13813 }
13814
13815 // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if Result
13816 // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about
13817 // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
13818 // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes. In C++, indirection is not valid
13819 // for pointers to 'void' but is fine for any other pointer type:
13820 //
13821 // C++ [expr.unary.op]p1:
13822 // [...] the expression to which [the unary * operator] is applied shall
13823 // be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type
13824 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result->isVoidType())
13825 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer)
13826 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
13827
13828 // Dereferences are usually l-values...
13829 VK = VK_LValue;
13830
13831 // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C.
13832 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType())
13833 VK = VK_PRValue;
13834
13835 return Result;
13836}
13837
13838BinaryOperatorKind Sema::ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind) {
13839 BinaryOperatorKind Opc;
13840 switch (Kind) {
13841 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!")__builtin_unreachable();
13842 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break;
13843 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break;
13844 case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break;
13845 case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break;
13846 case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break;
13847 case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break;
13848 case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break;
13849 case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break;
13850 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break;
13851 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break;
13852 case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break;
13853 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break;
13854 case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break;
13855 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break;
13856 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break;
13857 case tok::spaceship: Opc = BO_Cmp; break;
13858 case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break;
13859 case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break;
13860 case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break;
13861 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break;
13862 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break;
13863 case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break;
13864 case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break;
13865 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break;
13866 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break;
13867 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break;
13868 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break;
13869 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break;
13870 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break;
13871 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break;
13872 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break;
13873 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break;
13874 case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break;
13875 }
13876 return Opc;
13877}
13878
13879static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
13880 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
13881 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
13882 switch (Kind) {
13883 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!")__builtin_unreachable();
13884 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break;
13885 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break;
13886 case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break;
13887 case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break;
13888 case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break;
13889 case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break;
13890 case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break;
13891 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break;
13892 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break;
13893 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break;
13894 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break;
13895 }
13896 return Opc;
13897}
13898
13899/// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself.
13900/// This warning suppressed in the event of macro expansions.
13901static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
13902 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsBuiltin) {
13903 if (S.inTemplateInstantiation())
13904 return;
13905 if (S.isUnevaluatedContext())
13906 return;
13907 if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID())
13908 return;
13909 LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
13910 RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
13911 const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
13912 const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
13913 if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef ||
13914 LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() ||
13915 RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID())
13916 return;
13917 const ValueDecl *LHSDecl =
13918 cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
13919 const ValueDecl *RHSDecl =
13920 cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
13921 if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl)
13922 return;
13923 if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
13924 return;
13925 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
13926 if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
13927 return;
13928
13929 S.Diag(OpLoc, IsBuiltin ? diag::warn_self_assignment_builtin
13930 : diag::warn_self_assignment_overloaded)
13931 << LHSDeclRef->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
13932 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
13933}
13934
13935/// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This
13936/// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer.
13937static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R,
13938 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
13939 if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC)
13940 return;
13941
13942 const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = nullptr, *OtherExpr = nullptr;
13943 const Expr *LHS = L.get();
13944 const Expr *RHS = R.get();
13945
13946 if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
13947 ObjCPointerExpr = LHS;
13948 OtherExpr = RHS;
13949 }
13950 else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
13951 ObjCPointerExpr = RHS;
13952 OtherExpr = LHS;
13953 }
13954
13955 // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false
13956 // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly
13957 // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which
13958 // code should generally never do.
13959 if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
13960 unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking;
13961 // Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX.
13962 const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
13963 // Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which
13964 // can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value.
13965 // Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase.
13966 if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Ex)) {
13967 Selector S = ME->getSelector();
13968 StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(0);
13969 if (SelArg0.startswith("performSelector"))
13970 Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector;
13971 }
13972
13973 S.Diag(OpLoc, Diag)
13974 << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
13975 }
13976}
13977
13978static NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
13979 if (!E)
13980 return nullptr;
13981 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
13982 return DRE->getDecl();
13983 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
13984 return ME->getMemberDecl();
13985 if (auto *IRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
13986 return IRE->getDecl();
13987 return nullptr;
13988}
13989
13990// This helper function promotes a binary operator's operands (which are of a
13991// half vector type) to a vector of floats and then truncates the result to
13992// a vector of either half or short.
13993static ExprResult convertHalfVecBinOp(Sema &S, ExprResult LHS, ExprResult RHS,
13994 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType ResultTy,
13995 ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK,
13996 bool IsCompAssign, SourceLocation OpLoc,
13997 FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures) {
13998 auto &Context = S.getASTContext();
13999 assert((isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) ||((void)0)
14000 isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) &&((void)0)
14001 "Result must be a vector of half or short")((void)0);
14002 assert(isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) &&((void)0)
14003 isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) &&((void)0)
14004 "both operands expected to be a half vector")((void)0);
14005
14006 RHS = convertVector(RHS.get(), Context.FloatTy, S);
14007 QualType BinOpResTy = RHS.get()->getType();
14008
14009 // If Opc is a comparison, ResultType is a vector of shorts. In that case,
14010 // change BinOpResTy to a vector of ints.
14011 if (isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy))
14012 BinOpResTy = S.GetSignedVectorType(BinOpResTy);
14013
14014 if (IsCompAssign)
14015 return CompoundAssignOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc,
14016 ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures,
14017 BinOpResTy, BinOpResTy);
14018
14019 LHS = convertVector(LHS.get(), Context.FloatTy, S);
14020 auto *BO = BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc,
14021 BinOpResTy, VK, OK, OpLoc, FPFeatures);
14022 return convertVector(BO, ResultTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(), S);
14023}
14024
14025static std::pair<ExprResult, ExprResult>
14026CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr,
14027 Expr *RHSExpr) {
14028 ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
14029 if (!S.Context.isDependenceAllowed()) {
14030 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
14031 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
14032 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
14033 LHS = S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(LHS);
14034 RHS = S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
14035 RHS, /*InitDecl=*/nullptr, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/false,
14036 [Opc, LHS](Expr *E) {
14037 if (Opc != BO_Assign)
14038 return ExprResult(E);
14039 // Avoid correcting the RHS to the same Expr as the LHS.
14040 Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E);
14041 return (D && D == getDeclFromExpr(LHS.get())) ? ExprError() : E;
14042 });
14043 }
14044 return std::make_pair(LHS, RHS);
14045}
14046
14047/// Returns true if conversion between vectors of halfs and vectors of floats
14048/// is needed.
14049static bool needsConversionOfHalfVec(bool OpRequiresConversion, ASTContext &Ctx,
14050 Expr *E0, Expr *E1 = nullptr) {
14051 if (!OpRequiresConversion || Ctx.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType ||
14052 Ctx.getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics())
14053 return false;
14054
14055 auto HasVectorOfHalfType = [&Ctx](Expr *E) {
14056 QualType Ty = E->IgnoreImplicit()->getType();
14057
14058 // Don't promote half precision neon vectors like float16x4_t in arm_neon.h
14059 // to vectors of floats. Although the element type of the vectors is __fp16,
14060 // the vectors shouldn't be treated as storage-only types. See the
14061 // discussion here: https://reviews.llvm.org/rG825235c140e7
14062 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
14063 if (VT->getVectorKind() == VectorType::NeonVector)
14064 return false;
14065 return VT->getElementType().getCanonicalType() == Ctx.HalfTy;
14066 }
14067 return false;
14068 };
14069
14070 return HasVectorOfHalfType(E0) && (!E1 || HasVectorOfHalfType(E1));
14071}
14072
14073/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
14074/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
14075/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
14076ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
14077 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
14078 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
14079 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(RHSExpr)) {
14080 // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment,
14081 // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for
14082 // non-assignment operators.
14083 // C++11 5.17p9:
14084 // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning
14085 // of x = {} is x = T().
14086 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
14087 RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc());
14088 InitializedEntity Entity =
14089 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LHSExpr->getType());
14090 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
14091 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr);
14092 if (Init.isInvalid())
14093 return Init;
14094 RHSExpr = Init.get();
14095 }
14096
14097 ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr;
14098 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
14099 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
14100 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
14101 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
14102 ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue;
14103 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
14104 bool ConvertHalfVec = false;
14105
14106 std::tie(LHS, RHS) = CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(*this, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14107 if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable())
14108 return ExprError();
14109
14110 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
14111 QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType();
14112 QualType RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType();
14113 // OpenCLC v2.0 s6.13.11.1 allows atomic variables to be initialized by
14114 // the ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro.
14115 if (LHSTy->isAtomicType() || RHSTy->isAtomicType()) {
14116 SourceRange SR(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc());
14117 if (BO_Assign == Opc)
14118 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_opencl_atomic_init) << 0 << SR;
14119 else
14120 ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS);
14121 return ExprError();
14122 }
14123
14124 // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used
14125 // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here.
14126 if (LHSTy->isImageType() || RHSTy->isImageType() ||
14127 LHSTy->isSamplerT() || RHSTy->isSamplerT() ||
14128 LHSTy->isPipeType() || RHSTy->isPipeType() ||
14129 LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
14130 ResultTy = InvalidOperands(OpLoc, LHS, RHS);
14131 return ExprError();
14132 }
14133 }
14134
14135 switch (Opc) {
14136 case BO_Assign:
14137 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType());
14138 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14139 LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
14140 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
14141 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
14142 }
14143 if (!ResultTy.isNull()) {
14144 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc, true);
14145 DiagnoseSelfMove(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
14146
14147 // Avoid copying a block to the heap if the block is assigned to a local
14148 // auto variable that is declared in the same scope as the block. This
14149 // optimization is unsafe if the local variable is declared in an outer
14150 // scope. For example:
14151 //
14152 // BlockTy b;
14153 // {
14154 // b = ^{...};
14155 // }
14156 // // It is unsafe to invoke the block here if it wasn't copied to the
14157 // // heap.
14158 // b();
14159
14160 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens()))
14161 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParens()))
14162 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
14163 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && getCurScope()->isDeclScope(VD))
14164 BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap();
14165
14166 if (LHS.get()->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
14167 checkNonTrivialCUnion(LHS.get()->getType(), LHS.get()->getExprLoc(),
14168 NTCUC_Assignment, NTCUK_Copy);
14169 }
14170 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, LHS.get());
14171 break;
14172 case BO_PtrMemD:
14173 case BO_PtrMemI:
14174 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc,
14175 Opc == BO_PtrMemI);
14176 break;
14177 case BO_Mul:
14178 case BO_Div:
14179 ConvertHalfVec = true;
14180 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false,
14181 Opc == BO_Div);
14182 break;
14183 case BO_Rem:
14184 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
14185 break;
14186 case BO_Add:
14187 ConvertHalfVec = true;
14188 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
14189 break;
14190 case BO_Sub:
14191 ConvertHalfVec = true;
14192 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
14193 break;
14194 case BO_Shl:
14195 case BO_Shr:
14196 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
14197 break;
14198 case BO_LE:
14199 case BO_LT:
14200 case BO_GE:
14201 case BO_GT:
14202 ConvertHalfVec = true;
14203 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
14204 break;
14205 case BO_EQ:
14206 case BO_NE:
14207 ConvertHalfVec = true;
14208 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
14209 break;
14210 case BO_Cmp:
14211 ConvertHalfVec = true;
14212 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
14213 assert(ResultTy.isNull() || ResultTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())((void)0);
14214 break;
14215 case BO_And:
14216 checkObjCPointerIntrospection(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
14217 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
14218 case BO_Xor:
14219 case BO_Or:
14220 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
14221 break;
14222 case BO_LAnd:
14223 case BO_LOr:
14224 ConvertHalfVec = true;
14225 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
14226 break;
14227 case BO_MulAssign:
14228 case BO_DivAssign:
14229 ConvertHalfVec = true;
14230 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true,
14231 Opc == BO_DivAssign);
14232 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
14233 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
14234 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
14235 break;
14236 case BO_RemAssign:
14237 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
14238 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
14239 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
14240 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
14241 break;
14242 case BO_AddAssign:
14243 ConvertHalfVec = true;
14244 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, &CompLHSTy);
14245 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
14246 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
14247 break;
14248 case BO_SubAssign:
14249 ConvertHalfVec = true;
14250 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
14251 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
14252 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
14253 break;
14254 case BO_ShlAssign:
14255 case BO_ShrAssign:
14256 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
14257 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
14258 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
14259 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
14260 break;
14261 case BO_AndAssign:
14262 case BO_OrAssign: // fallthrough
14263 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc, true);
14264 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]];
14265 case BO_XorAssign:
14266 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
14267 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
14268 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
14269 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
14270 break;
14271 case BO_Comma:
14272 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
14273 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) {
14274 VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
14275 OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind();
14276 }
14277 break;
14278 }
14279 if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
14280 return ExprError();
14281
14282 // Some of the binary operations require promoting operands of half vector to
14283 // float vectors and truncating the result back to half vector. For now, we do
14284 // this only when HalfArgsAndReturn is set (that is, when the target is arm or
14285 // arm64).
14286 assert(((void)0)
14287 (Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) ==((void)0)
14288 isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) &&((void)0)
14289 "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are")((void)0);
14290 ConvertHalfVec =
14291 needsConversionOfHalfVec(ConvertHalfVec, Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
14292
14293 // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator
14294 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get());
14295 CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get());
14296
14297 if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
14298 NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(TUScope,
14299 &Context.Idents.get("object_setClass"),
14300 SourceLocation(), LookupOrdinaryName);
14301 if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(LHS.get())) {
14302 SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = getLocForEndOfToken(RHS.get()->getEndLoc());
14303 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign)
14304 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(),
14305 "object_setClass(")
14306 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc),
14307 ",")
14308 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")");
14309 }
14310 else
14311 Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign);
14312 }
14313 else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE =
14314 dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
14315 DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(*this, OIRE, OpLoc, RHS.get());
14316
14317 // Opc is not a compound assignment if CompResultTy is null.
14318 if (CompResultTy.isNull()) {
14319 if (ConvertHalfVec)
14320 return convertHalfVecBinOp(*this, LHS, RHS, Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, false,
14321 OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides());
14322 return BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy,
14323 VK, OK, OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides());
14324 }
14325
14326 // Handle compound assignments.
14327 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() !=
14328 OK_ObjCProperty) {
14329 VK = VK_LValue;
14330 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
14331 }
14332
14333 // The LHS is not converted to the result type for fixed-point compound
14334 // assignment as the common type is computed on demand. Reset the CompLHSTy
14335 // to the LHS type we would have gotten after unary conversions.
14336 if (CompResultTy->isFixedPointType())
14337 CompLHSTy = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.get()).get()->getType();
14338
14339 if (ConvertHalfVec)
14340 return convertHalfVecBinOp(*this, LHS, RHS, Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, true,
14341 OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides());
14342
14343 return CompoundAssignOperator::Create(
14344 Context, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc,
14345 CurFPFeatureOverrides(), CompLHSTy, CompResultTy);
14346}
14347
14348/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
14349/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
14350/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
14351/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
14352static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
14353 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
14354 Expr *RHSExpr) {
14355 BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr);
14356 BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr);
14357
14358 // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator and the other isn't.
14359 bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp();
14360 bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp();
14361 if (isLeftComp == isRightComp)
14362 return;
14363
14364 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
14365 // Don't diagnose this.
14366 bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
14367 bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp();
14368 if (isLeftBitwise || isRightBitwise)
14369 return;
14370
14371 SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp
14372 ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), OpLoc)
14373 : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getEndLoc());
14374 StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr();
14375 SourceRange ParensRange =
14376 isLeftComp
14377 ? SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc())
14378 : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getEndLoc());
14379
14380 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
14381 << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr;
14382 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
14383 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr,
14384 (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange());
14385 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
14386 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
14387 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
14388 ParensRange);
14389}
14390
14391/// It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one.
14392/// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression
14393/// in parentheses.
14394static void
14395EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
14396 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
14397 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd)((void)0);
14398 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or)
14399 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
14400 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
14401 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
14402 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
14403 Bop->getSourceRange());
14404}
14405
14406/// Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
14407/// 'true'.
14408static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
14409 bool Res;
14410 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
14411 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res;
14412}
14413
14414/// Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
14415/// 'false'.
14416static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
14417 bool Res;
14418 return !E->isValueDependent() &&
14419 E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res;
14420}
14421
14422/// Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr.
14423static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
14424 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
14425 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) {
14426 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
14427 // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
14428 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr))
14429 return;
14430 // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
14431 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS()))
14432 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
14433 } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
14434 if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) {
14435 // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for
14436 // "a || b && 1", but warn now.
14437 if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS()))
14438 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop);
14439 }
14440 }
14441 }
14442}
14443
14444/// Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr.
14445static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
14446 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
14447 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) {
14448 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
14449 // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
14450 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr))
14451 return;
14452 // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
14453 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS()))
14454 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
14455 }
14456 }
14457}
14458
14459/// Look for bitwise op in the left or right hand of a bitwise op with
14460/// lower precedence and emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
14461/// the '&' expression in parentheses.
14462static void DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
14463 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *SubExpr) {
14464 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
14465 if (Bop->isBitwiseOp() && Bop->getOpcode() < Opc) {
14466 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_op_in_bitwise_op)
14467 << Bop->getOpcodeStr() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
14468 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
14469 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
14470 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
14471 << Bop->getOpcodeStr(),
14472 Bop->getSourceRange());
14473 }
14474 }
14475}
14476
14477static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
14478 Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) {
14479 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SubExpr)) {
14480 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
14481 StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr();
14482 S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift)
14483 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op;
14484 SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
14485 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op,
14486 Bop->getSourceRange());
14487 }
14488 }
14489}
14490
14491static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
14492 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
14493 CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(LHSExpr);
14494 if (!OCE)
14495 return;
14496
14497 FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee();
14498 if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator())
14499 return;
14500
14501 OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
14502 if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater)
14503 return;
14504
14505 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison)
14506 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange()
14507 << (Kind == OO_LessLess);
14508 SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(),
14509 S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence)
14510 << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>"),
14511 OCE->getSourceRange());
14512 SuggestParentheses(
14513 S, OpLoc, S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first),
14514 SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()));
14515}
14516
14517/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
14518/// precedence.
14519static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
14520 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
14521 Expr *RHSExpr){
14522 // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
14523 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
14524 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14525
14526 // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3"
14527 if ((Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor) &&
14528 !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
14529 DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr);
14530 DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Self, Opc, OpLoc, RHSExpr);
14531 }
14532
14533 // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
14534 // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe.
14535 if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
14536 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14537 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14538 }
14539
14540 if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Self.getASTContext()))
14541 || Opc == BO_Shr) {
14542 StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc);
14543 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, Shift);
14544 DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr, Shift);
14545 }
14546
14547 // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as:
14548 // cout << 5 == 4;
14549 if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc))
14550 DiagnoseShiftCompare(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14551}
14552
14553// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
14554ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
14555 tok::TokenKind Kind,
14556 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
14557 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
14558 assert(LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression")((void)0);
14559 assert(RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression")((void)0);
14560
14561 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
14562 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14563
14564 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14565}
14566
14567void Sema::LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
14568 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
14569 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
14570 if (OverOp != OO_None && OverOp != OO_Equal)
14571 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Functions);
14572
14573 // In C++20 onwards, we may have a second operator to look up.
14574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) {
14575 if (OverloadedOperatorKind ExtraOp = getRewrittenOverloadedOperator(OverOp))
14576 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(ExtraOp, S, Functions);
14577 }
14578}
14579
14580/// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope.
14581static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc,
14582 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
14583 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
14584 switch (Opc) {
14585 case BO_Assign:
14586 case BO_DivAssign:
14587 case BO_RemAssign:
14588 case BO_SubAssign:
14589 case BO_AndAssign:
14590 case BO_OrAssign:
14591 case BO_XorAssign:
14592 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(S, LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false);
14593 CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, S);
14594 break;
14595 default:
14596 break;
14597 }
14598
14599 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this point.
14600 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
14601 S.LookupBinOp(Sc, OpLoc, Opc, Functions);
14602
14603 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
14604 // binary operation.
14605 return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHS, RHS);
14606}
14607
14608ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
14609 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
14610 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
14611 ExprResult LHS, RHS;
14612 std::tie(LHS, RHS) = CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(*this, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14613 if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable())
14614 return ExprError();
14615 LHSExpr = LHS.get();
14616 RHSExpr = RHS.get();
14617
14618 // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment
14619 // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if
14620 // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent),
14621 // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get
14622 // any placeholder types out of the way.
14623
14624 // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS.
14625 if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
14626 // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis.
14627 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
14628 BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc))
14629 return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14630
14631 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
14632 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
14633 // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder,
14634 // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that
14635 // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note
14636 // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never
14637 // instantiates to having an overloadable type.
14638 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
14639 if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14640 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
14641
14642 if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
14643 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
14644 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14645 }
14646
14647 // If we're instantiating "a.x < b" or "A::x < b" and 'x' names a function
14648 // template, diagnose the missing 'template' keyword instead of diagnosing
14649 // an invalid use of a bound member function.
14650 //
14651 // Note that "A::x < b" might be valid if 'b' has an overloadable type due
14652 // to C++1z [over.over]/1.4, but we already checked for that case above.
14653 if (Opc == BO_LT && inTemplateInstantiation() &&
14654 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember ||
14655 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload)) {
14656 auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(LHSExpr);
14657 if (OE && !OE->hasTemplateKeyword() && !OE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() &&
14658 std::any_of(OE->decls_begin(), OE->decls_end(), [](NamedDecl *ND) {
14659 return isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND);
14660 })) {
14661 Diag(OE->getQualifier() ? OE->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc()
14662 : OE->getNameLoc(),
14663 diag::err_template_kw_missing)
14664 << OE->getName().getAsString() << "";
14665 return ExprError();
14666 }
14667 }
14668
14669 ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHSExpr);
14670 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14671 LHSExpr = LHS.get();
14672 }
14673
14674 // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS.
14675 if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
14676 // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type
14677 // being assigned to.
14678 if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) {
14679 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
14680 (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() ||
14681 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()))
14682 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14683
14684 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14685 }
14686
14687 // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable.
14688 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload &&
14689 LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
14690 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14691
14692 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHSExpr);
14693 if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
14694 RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get();
14695 }
14696
14697 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14698 // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an
14699 // overloaded op.
14700 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())
14701 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14702
14703 // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an
14704 // overloadable type.
14705 if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
14706 RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())
14707 return BuildOverloadedBinOp(*this, S, OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14708 }
14709
14710 if (getLangOpts().RecoveryAST &&
14711 (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())) {
14712 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)((void)0);
14713 assert((LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr->containsErrors()) &&((void)0)
14714 "Should only occur in error-recovery path.")((void)0);
14715 if (BinaryOperator::isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc))
14716 // C [6.15.16] p3:
14717 // An assignment expression has the value of the left operand after the
14718 // assignment, but is not an lvalue.
14719 return CompoundAssignOperator::Create(
14720 Context, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, Opc,
14721 LHSExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary,
14722 OpLoc, CurFPFeatureOverrides());
14723 QualType ResultType;
14724 switch (Opc) {
14725 case BO_Assign:
14726 ResultType = LHSExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
14727 break;
14728 case BO_LT:
14729 case BO_GT:
14730 case BO_LE:
14731 case BO_GE:
14732 case BO_EQ:
14733 case BO_NE:
14734 case BO_LAnd:
14735 case BO_LOr:
14736 // These operators have a fixed result type regardless of operands.
14737 ResultType = Context.IntTy;
14738 break;
14739 case BO_Comma:
14740 ResultType = RHSExpr->getType();
14741 break;
14742 default:
14743 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
14744 break;
14745 }
14746 return BinaryOperator::Create(Context, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, Opc, ResultType,
14747 VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary, OpLoc,
14748 CurFPFeatureOverrides());
14749 }
14750
14751 // Build a built-in binary operation.
14752 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
14753}
14754
14755static bool isOverflowingIntegerType(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) {
14756 if (T.isNull() || T->isDependentType())
14757 return false;
14758
14759 if (!T->isPromotableIntegerType())
14760 return true;
14761
14762 return Ctx.getIntWidth(T) >= Ctx.getIntWidth(Ctx.IntTy);
14763}
14764
14765ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
14766 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
14767 Expr *InputExpr) {
14768 ExprResult Input = InputExpr;
14769 ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue;
14770 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
14771 QualType resultType;
14772 bool CanOverflow = false;
14773
14774 bool ConvertHalfVec = false;
14775 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
14776 QualType Ty = InputExpr->getType();
14777 // The only legal unary operation for atomics is '&'.
14778 if ((Opc != UO_AddrOf && Ty->isAtomicType()) ||
14779 // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used
14780 // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here.
14781 (Ty->isImageType() || Ty->isSamplerT() || Ty->isPipeType()
14782 || Ty->isBlockPointerType())) {
14783 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
14784 << InputExpr->getType()
14785 << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
14786 }
14787 }
14788
14789 switch (Opc) {
14790 case UO_PreInc:
14791 case UO_PreDec:
14792 case UO_PostInc:
14793 case UO_PostDec:
14794 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OK,
14795 OpLoc,
14796 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
14797 Opc == UO_PostInc,
14798 Opc == UO_PreInc ||
14799 Opc == UO_PreDec);
14800 CanOverflow = isOverflowingIntegerType(Context, resultType);
14801 break;
14802 case UO_AddrOf:
14803 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
14804 CheckAddressOfNoDeref(InputExpr);
14805 RecordModifiableNonNullParam(*this, InputExpr);
14806 break;
14807 case UO_Deref: {
14808 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
14809 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14810 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc);
14811 break;
14812 }
14813 case UO_Plus:
14814 case UO_Minus:
14815 CanOverflow = Opc == UO_Minus &&
14816 isOverflowingIntegerType(Context, Input.get()->getType());
14817 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
14818 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14819 // Unary plus and minus require promoting an operand of half vector to a
14820 // float vector and truncating the result back to a half vector. For now, we
14821 // do this only when HalfArgsAndReturns is set (that is, when the target is
14822 // arm or arm64).
14823 ConvertHalfVec = needsConversionOfHalfVec(true, Context, Input.get());
14824
14825 // If the operand is a half vector, promote it to a float vector.
14826 if (ConvertHalfVec)
14827 Input = convertVector(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, *this);
14828 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
14829 if (resultType->isDependentType())
14830 break;
14831 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
14832 break;
14833 else if (resultType->isVectorType() &&
14834 // The z vector extensions don't allow + or - with bool vectors.
14835 (!Context.getLangOpts().ZVector ||
14836 resultType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() !=
14837 VectorType::AltiVecBool))
14838 break;
14839 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
14840 Opc == UO_Plus &&
14841 resultType->isPointerType())
14842 break;
14843
14844 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
14845 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
14846
14847 case UO_Not: // bitwise complement
14848 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.get());
14849 if (Input.isInvalid())
14850 return ExprError();
14851 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
14852 if (resultType->isDependentType())
14853 break;
14854 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
14855 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
14856 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
14857 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
14858 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange();
14859 else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
14860 break;
14861 else if (resultType->isExtVectorType() && Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
14862 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate
14863 // on vector float types.
14864 QualType T = resultType->castAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
14865 if (!T->isIntegerType())
14866 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
14867 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
14868 } else {
14869 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
14870 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
14871 }
14872 break;
14873
14874 case UO_LNot: // logical negation
14875 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
14876 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.get());
14877 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14878 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
14879
14880 // Though we still have to promote half FP to float...
14881 if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) {
14882 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
14883 resultType = Context.FloatTy;
14884 }
14885
14886 if (resultType->isDependentType())
14887 break;
14888 if (resultType->isScalarType() && !isScopedEnumerationType(resultType)) {
14889 // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough;
14890 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14891 // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9:
14892 // operand contextually converted to bool.
14893 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.get(), Context.BoolTy,
14894 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType));
14895 } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
14896 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) {
14897 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
14898 // operate on scalar float types.
14899 if (!resultType->isIntegerType() && !resultType->isPointerType())
14900 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
14901 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
14902 }
14903 } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) {
14904 if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
14905 Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
14906 !Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
14907 // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not
14908 // operate on vector float types.
14909 QualType T = resultType->castAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
14910 if (!T->isIntegerType())
14911 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
14912 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
14913 }
14914 // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type.
14915 resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType);
14916 break;
14917 } else if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && resultType->isVectorType()) {
14918 const VectorType *VTy = resultType->castAs<VectorType>();
14919 if (VTy->getVectorKind() != VectorType::GenericVector)
14920 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
14921 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
14922
14923 // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type.
14924 resultType = GetSignedVectorType(resultType);
14925 break;
14926 } else {
14927 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
14928 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
14929 }
14930
14931 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
14932 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
14933 resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
14934 break;
14935 case UO_Real:
14936 case UO_Imag:
14937 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real);
14938 // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary
14939 // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values.
14940 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
14941 if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
14942 if (Input.get()->isGLValue() &&
14943 Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)
14944 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
14945 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
14946 // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not.
14947 Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(Input.get());
14948 }
14949 break;
14950 case UO_Extension:
14951 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
14952 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
14953 OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind();
14954 break;
14955 case UO_Coawait:
14956 // It's unnecessary to represent the pass-through operator co_await in the
14957 // AST; just return the input expression instead.
14958 assert(!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() &&((void)0)
14959 "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before "((void)0)
14960 "building operator co_await")((void)0);
14961 return Input;
14962 }
14963 if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid())
14964 return ExprError();
14965
14966 // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator,
14967 // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially
14968 // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize]
14969 // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard).
14970 if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref)
14971 CheckArrayAccess(Input.get());
14972
14973 auto *UO =
14974 UnaryOperator::Create(Context, Input.get(), Opc, resultType, VK, OK,
14975 OpLoc, CanOverflow, CurFPFeatureOverrides());
14976
14977 if (Opc == UO_Deref && UO->getType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref) &&
14978 !isa<ArrayType>(UO->getType().getDesugaredType(Context)) &&
14979 !isUnevaluatedContext())
14980 ExprEvalContexts.back().PossibleDerefs.insert(UO);
14981
14982 // Convert the result back to a half vector.
14983 if (ConvertHalfVec)
14984 return convertVector(UO, Context.HalfTy, *this);
14985 return UO;
14986}
14987
14988/// Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member
14989/// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member
14990/// with the address-of operator.
14991bool Sema::isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) {
14992 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
14993 if (!DRE->getQualifier())
14994 return false;
14995
14996 ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
14997 if (!VD->isCXXClassMember())
14998 return false;
14999
15000 if (isa<FieldDecl>(VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
15001 return true;
15002 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD))
15003 return Method->isInstance();
15004
15005 return false;
15006 }
15007
15008 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
15009 if (!ULE->getQualifier())
15010 return false;
15011
15012 for (NamedDecl *D : ULE->decls()) {
15013 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
15014 if (Method->isInstance())
15015 return true;
15016 } else {
15017 // Overload set does not contain methods.
15018 break;
15019 }
15020 }
15021
15022 return false;
15023 }
15024
15025 return false;
15026}
15027
15028ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
15029 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) {
15030 // First things first: handle placeholders so that the
15031 // overloaded-operator check considers the right type.
15032 if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
15033 // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references.
15034 if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject &&
15035 UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Opc))
15036 return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
15037
15038 // extension is always a builtin operator.
15039 if (Opc == UO_Extension)
15040 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
15041
15042 // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder.
15043 // The builtin code knows what to do.
15044 if (Opc == UO_AddrOf &&
15045 (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload ||
15046 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny ||
15047 pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember))
15048 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
15049
15050 // Anything else needs to be handled now.
15051 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input);
15052 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
15053 Input = Result.get();
15054 }
15055
15056 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
15057 UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None &&
15058 !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(Input))) {
15059 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this point.
15060 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
15061 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
15062 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
15063 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Functions);
15064
15065 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
15066 }
15067
15068 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
15069}
15070
15071// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
15072ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
15073 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
15074 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
15075}
15076
15077/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
15078ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
15079 LabelDecl *TheDecl) {
15080 TheDecl->markUsed(Context);
15081 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
15082 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl,
15083 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
15084}
15085
15086void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() {
15087 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
15088}
15089
15090void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() {
15091 // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a
15092 // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything.
15093
15094 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
15095 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
15096}
15097
15098ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
15099 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
15100 return BuildStmtExpr(LPLoc, SubStmt, RPLoc, getTemplateDepth(S));
15101}
15102
15103ExprResult Sema::BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
15104 SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth) {
15105 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!")((void)0);
15106 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
15107
15108 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
15109 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
15110 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&((void)0)
15111 "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!")((void)0);
15112 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
15113
15114 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
15115 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
15116 // More semantic analysis is needed.
15117
15118 // If there are sub-stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
15119 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
15120 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
15121 bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false;
15122 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
15123 // For GCC compatibility we get the last Stmt excluding trailing NullStmts.
15124 if (const auto *LastStmt =
15125 dyn_cast<ValueStmt>(Compound->getStmtExprResult())) {
15126 if (const Expr *Value = LastStmt->getExprStmt()) {
15127 StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true;
15128 Ty = Value->getType();
15129 }
15130 }
15131 }
15132
15133 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
15134 // expressions are not lvalues.
15135 Expr *ResStmtExpr =
15136 new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc, TemplateDepth);
15137 if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp)
15138 return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr);
15139 return ResStmtExpr;
15140}
15141
15142ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult ER) {
15143 if (ER.isInvalid())
15144 return ExprError();
15145
15146 // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not
15147 // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type.
15148 ER = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(ER.get());
15149 if (ER.isInvalid())
15150 return ExprError();
15151 Expr *E = ER.get();
15152
15153 if (E->isTypeDependent())
15154 return E;
15155
15156 // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice
15157 // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case
15158 // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result
15159 // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the
15160 // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with
15161 // a bind.
15162 auto *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
15163 if (Cast && Cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject)
15164 return Cast->getSubExpr();
15165
15166 // FIXME: Provide a better location for the initialization.
15167 return PerformCopyInitialization(
15168 InitializedEntity::InitializeStmtExprResult(
15169 E->getBeginLoc(), E->getType().getUnqualifiedType()),
15170 SourceLocation(), E);
15171}
15172
15173ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
15174 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
15175 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
15176 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
15177 QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
15178 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
15179 SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
15180
15181 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
15182 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
15183 // a struct/union/class.
15184 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
15185 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
15186 << ArgTy << TypeRange);
15187
15188 // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
15189 // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
15190 if (!Dependent
15191 && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
15192 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange))
15193 return ExprError();
15194
15195 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
15196 QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
15197 SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
15198 SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
15199 for (const OffsetOfComponent &OC : Components) {
15200 if (OC.isBrackets) {
15201 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
15202 if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
15203 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
15204 if(!AT)
15205 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
15206 << CurrentType);
15207 CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
15208 } else
15209 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
15210
15211 ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E));
15212 if (IdxRval.isInvalid())
15213 return ExprError();
15214 Expr *Idx = IdxRval.get();
15215
15216 // The expression must be an integral expression.
15217 // FIXME: An integral constant expression?
15218 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
15219 !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
15220 return ExprError(
15221 Diag(Idx->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
15222 << Idx->getSourceRange());
15223
15224 // Record this array index.
15225 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
15226 Exprs.push_back(Idx);
15227 continue;
15228 }
15229
15230 // Offset of a field.
15231 if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
15232 // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
15233 // type. Just record the identifier of the field.
15234 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
15235 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
15236 continue;
15237 }
15238
15239 // We need to have a complete type to look into.
15240 if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
15241 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
15242 return ExprError();
15243
15244 // Look for the designated field.
15245 const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
15246 if (!RC)
15247 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
15248 << CurrentType);
15249 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
15250
15251 // C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
15252 // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
15253 // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
15254 // (clause 9).
15255 // C++11 [support.types]p4:
15256 // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are
15257 // undefined.
15258 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
15259 bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD();
15260 unsigned DiagID =
15261 LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::ext_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type
15262 : diag::ext_offsetof_non_pod_type;
15263
15264 if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
15265 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, nullptr,
15266 PDiag(DiagID)
15267 << SourceRange(Components[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
15268 << CurrentType))
15269 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
15270 }
15271
15272 // Look for the field.
15273 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
15274 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
15275 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
15276 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = nullptr;
15277 if (!MemberDecl) {
15278 if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>()))
15279 MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField();
15280 }
15281
15282 if (!MemberDecl)
15283 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
15284 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
15285 OC.LocEnd));
15286
15287 // C99 7.17p3:
15288 // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
15289 //
15290 // We diagnose this as an error.
15291 if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) {
15292 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
15293 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
15294 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
15295 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
15296 return ExprError();
15297 }
15298
15299 RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
15300 if (IndirectMemberDecl)
15301 Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext());
15302
15303 // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
15304 // the base class indirections.
15305 CXXBasePaths Paths;
15306 if (IsDerivedFrom(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent),
15307 Paths)) {
15308 if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
15309 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base)
15310 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
15311 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
15312 return ExprError();
15313 }
15314
15315 CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
15316 for (const CXXBasePathElement &B : Path)
15317 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B.Base));
15318 }
15319
15320 if (IndirectMemberDecl) {
15321 for (auto *FI : IndirectMemberDecl->chain()) {
15322 assert(isa<FieldDecl>(FI))((void)0);
15323 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart,
15324 cast<FieldDecl>(FI), OC.LocEnd));
15325 }
15326 } else
15327 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));
15328
15329 CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
15330 }
15331
15332 return OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc, TInfo,
15333 Comps, Exprs, RParenLoc);
15334}
15335
15336ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
15337 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
15338 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
15339 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
15340 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
15341 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
15342
15343 TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
15344 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo);
15345 if (ArgTy.isNull())
15346 return ExprError();
15347
15348 if (!ArgTInfo)
15349 ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);
15350
15351 return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, Components, RParenLoc);
15352}
15353
15354
15355ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
15356 Expr *CondExpr,
15357 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
15358 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
15359 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)")((void)0);
15360
15361 ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue;
15362 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
15363 QualType resType;
15364 bool CondIsTrue = false;
15365 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
15366 resType = Context.DependentTy;
15367 } else {
15368 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
15369 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
15370 ExprResult CondICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(
15371 CondExpr, &condEval, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant);
15372 if (CondICE.isInvalid())
15373 return ExprError();
15374 CondExpr = CondICE.get();
15375 CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue();
15376
15377 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LHSExpr.
15378 Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr;
15379
15380 resType = ActiveExpr->getType();
15381 VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind();
15382 OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind();
15383 }
15384
15385 return new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
15386 resType, VK, OK, RPLoc, CondIsTrue);
15387}
15388
15389//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15390// Clang Extensions.
15391//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15392
15393/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
15394void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
15395 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
15396
15397 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
15398 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
15399 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
15400 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
15401 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Block->getDeclContext());
15402 if (MCtx) {
15403 unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(Block);
15404 Block->setBlockMangling(ManglingNumber, ManglingContextDecl);
15405 }
15406 }
15407
15408 PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block);
15409 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
15410 if (CurScope)
15411 PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block);
15412 else
15413 CurContext = Block;
15414
15415 getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true;
15416
15417 // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any
15418 // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression.
15419 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
15420 ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
15421}
15422
15423void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
15424 Scope *CurScope) {
15425 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr &&((void)0)
15426 "block-id should have no identifier!")((void)0);
15427 assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral)((void)0);
15428 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
15429
15430 TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
15431 QualType T = Sig->getType();
15432
15433 // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would,
15434 // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs.
15435 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(CaretLoc, Sig, UPPC_Block)) {
15436 // Drop the parameters.
15437 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
15438 EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
15439 EPI.TypeQuals.addConst();
15440 T = Context.getFunctionType(Context.DependentTy, None, EPI);
15441 Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
15442 }
15443
15444 // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block
15445 // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType
15446 // unless the function was written with a typedef.
15447 assert(T->isFunctionType() &&((void)0)
15448 "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature")((void)0);
15449
15450 // Look for an explicit signature in that function type.
15451 FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature;
15452
15453 if ((ExplicitSignature = Sig->getTypeLoc()
15454 .getAsAdjusted<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) {
15455
15456 // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by
15457 // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the
15458 // written signature.
15459 if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() ==
15460 ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) {
15461 // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of
15462 // TypeSourceInfos.
15463 TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getReturnLoc();
15464 unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize();
15465 Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size);
15466 Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size);
15467
15468 ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc();
15469 }
15470 }
15471
15472 CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
15473 CurBlock->FunctionType = T;
15474
15475 const auto *Fn = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
15476 QualType RetTy = Fn->getReturnType();
15477 bool isVariadic =
15478 (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic());
15479
15480 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);
15481
15482 // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
15483 // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like:
15484 // ^ * { ... }
15485 // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
15486 if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) {
15487 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
15488 CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false);
15489 CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false;
15490 }
15491
15492 // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
15493 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
15494 if (ExplicitSignature) {
15495 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
15496 ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getParam(I);
15497 if (Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr && !Param->isImplicit() &&
15498 !Param->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15499 // Diagnose this as an extension in C17 and earlier.
15500 if (!getLangOpts().C2x)
15501 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::ext_parameter_name_omitted_c2x);
15502 }
15503 Params.push_back(Param);
15504 }
15505
15506 // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
15507 // ^ fntype { ... }
15508 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
15509 for (const auto &I : Fn->param_types()) {
15510 ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(
15511 CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo.getBeginLoc(), I);
15512 Params.push_back(Param);
15513 }
15514 }
15515
15516 // Set the parameters on the block decl.
15517 if (!Params.empty()) {
15518 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params);
15519 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters(),
15520 /*CheckParameterNames=*/false);
15521 }
15522
15523 // Finally we can process decl attributes.
15524 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
15525
15526 // Put the parameter variables in scope.
15527 for (auto AI : CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters()) {
15528 AI->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
15529
15530 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
15531 if (AI->getIdentifier()) {
15532 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, AI);
15533
15534 PushOnScopeChains(AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
15535 }
15536 }
15537}
15538
15539/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
15540/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
15541void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
15542 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
15543 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
15544 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
15545
15546 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
15547 PopDeclContext();
15548 PopFunctionScopeInfo();
15549}
15550
15551/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
15552/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
15553ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
15554 Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
15555 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
15556 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
15557 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable) << LangOpts.OpenCL;
15558
15559 // Leave the expression-evaluation context.
15560 if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
15561 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
15562 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() &&((void)0)
15563 "cleanups within block not correctly bound!")((void)0);
15564 PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
15565
15566 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
15567 BlockDecl *BD = BSI->TheDecl;
15568
15569 if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType)
15570 deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI);
15571
15572 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
15573 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
15574 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
15575
15576 bool NoReturn = BD->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
15577 QualType BlockTy;
15578
15579 // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
15580 if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
15581 const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->castAs<FunctionType>();
15582
15583 FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
15584 if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);
15585
15586 // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
15587 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
15588 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
15589 EPI.ExtInfo = Ext;
15590 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
15591
15592 // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
15593 // preserve its sugar structure.
15594 } else if (FTy->getReturnType() == RetTy &&
15595 (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
15596 BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;
15597
15598 // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
15599 } else {
15600 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
15601 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
15602 EPI.TypeQuals = Qualifiers();
15603 EPI.ExtInfo = Ext;
15604 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
15605 }
15606
15607 // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
15608 } else {
15609 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
15610 EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn);
15611 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, None, EPI);
15612 }
15613
15614 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BD->parameters());
15615 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
15616
15617 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
15618 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
15619 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
15620 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
15621
15622 BD->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
15623
15624 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
15625 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(BD);
15626
15627 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again
15628 // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around
15629 // to deduce an implicit return type.
15630 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() &&
15631 !BD->isDependentContext())
15632 computeNRVO(Body, BSI);
15633
15634 if (RetTy.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
15635 RetTy.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
15636 checkNonTrivialCUnion(RetTy, BD->getCaretLocation(), NTCUC_FunctionReturn,
15637 NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
15638
15639 PopDeclContext();
15640
15641 // Set the captured variables on the block.
15642 SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures;
15643 for (Capture &Cap : BSI->Captures) {
15644 if (Cap.isInvalid() || Cap.isThisCapture())
15645 continue;
15646
15647 VarDecl *Var = Cap.getVariable();
15648 Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr;
15649 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Cap.isCopyCapture()) {
15650 if (const RecordType *Record =
15651 Cap.getCaptureType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
15652 // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it.
15653 // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have
15654 // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are
15655 // an exception because it's technically only the call site that
15656 // actually requires the destructor.
15657 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
15658 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
15659
15660 // Enter a separate potentially-evaluated context while building block
15661 // initializers to isolate their cleanups from those of the block
15662 // itself.
15663 // FIXME: Is this appropriate even when the block itself occurs in an
15664 // unevaluated operand?
15665 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext(
15666 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
15667
15668 SourceLocation Loc = Cap.getLocation();
15669
15670 ExprResult Result = BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
15671 CXXScopeSpec(), DeclarationNameInfo(Var->getDeclName(), Loc), Var);
15672
15673 // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from
15674 // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true
15675 // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap.
15676 if (!Result.isInvalid() &&
15677 !Result.get()->getType().isConstQualified()) {
15678 Result = ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(),
15679 Result.get()->getType().withConst(),
15680 CK_NoOp, VK_LValue);
15681 }
15682
15683 if (!Result.isInvalid()) {
15684 Result = PerformCopyInitialization(
15685 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(Var->getLocation(),
15686 Cap.getCaptureType()),
15687 Loc, Result.get());
15688 }
15689
15690 // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization
15691 // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from
15692 // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary.
15693 if (!Result.isInvalid() &&
15694 !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Result.get())->getConstructor()
15695 ->isTrivial()) {
15696 Result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Result);
15697 CopyExpr = Result.get();
15698 }
15699 }
15700 }
15701
15702 BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Var, Cap.isBlockCapture(), Cap.isNested(),
15703 CopyExpr);
15704 Captures.push_back(NewCap);
15705 }
15706 BD->setCaptures(Context, Captures, BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0);
15707
15708 // Pop the block scope now but keep it alive to the end of this function.
15709 AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
15710 PoppedFunctionScopePtr ScopeRAII = PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, BD, BlockTy);
15711
15712 BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BD, BlockTy);
15713
15714 // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at
15715 // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context:
15716 if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) {
15717 // First, this expression has a new cleanup object.
15718 ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Result->getBlockDecl());
15719 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
15720
15721 // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured
15722 // variables needs destruction.
15723 for (const auto &CI : Result->getBlockDecl()->captures()) {
15724 const VarDecl *var = CI.getVariable();
15725 if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) {
15726 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
15727 break;
15728 }
15729 }
15730 }
15731
15732 if (getCurFunction())
15733 getCurFunction()->addBlock(BD);
15734
15735 return Result;
15736}
15737
15738ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
15739 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
15740 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
15741 GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
15742 return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc);
15743}
15744
15745ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
15746 Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
15747 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
15748 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
15749 bool IsMS = false;
15750
15751 // CUDA device code does not support varargs.
15752 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) {
15753 if (const FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) {
15754 CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(F);
15755 if (T == CFT_Global || T == CFT_Device || T == CFT_HostDevice)
15756 return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device));
15757 }
15758 }
15759
15760 // NVPTX does not support va_arg expression.
15761 if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&
15762 Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isNVPTX())
15763 targetDiag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device);
15764
15765 // It might be a __builtin_ms_va_list. (But don't ever mark a va_arg()
15766 // as Microsoft ABI on an actual Microsoft platform, where
15767 // __builtin_ms_va_list and __builtin_va_list are the same.)
15768 if (!E->isTypeDependent() && Context.getTargetInfo().hasBuiltinMSVaList() &&
15769 Context.getTargetInfo().getBuiltinVaListKind() != TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList) {
15770 QualType MSVaListType = Context.getBuiltinMSVaListType();
15771 if (Context.hasSameType(MSVaListType, E->getType())) {
15772 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
15773 return ExprError();
15774 IsMS = true;
15775 }
15776 }
15777
15778 // Get the va_list type
15779 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
15780 if (!IsMS) {
15781 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
15782 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
15783 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
15784 // a pointer for va_arg.
15785 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
15786 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
15787 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
15788 if (Result.isInvalid())
15789 return ExprError();
15790 E = Result.get();
15791 } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15792 // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode,
15793 // check the argument using reference binding.
15794 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
15795 Context, Context.getLValueReferenceType(VaListType), false);
15796 ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), E);
15797 if (Init.isInvalid())
15798 return ExprError();
15799 E = Init.getAs<Expr>();
15800 } else {
15801 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
15802 // it is modified by va_arg.
15803 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
15804 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
15805 return ExprError();
15806 }
15807 }
15808
15809 if (!IsMS && !E->isTypeDependent() &&
15810 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType()))
15811 return ExprError(
15812 Diag(E->getBeginLoc(),
15813 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
15814 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
15815
15816 if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) {
15817 if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(),
15818 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete,
15819 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
15820 return ExprError();
15821
15822 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
15823 TInfo->getType(),
15824 diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract,
15825 TInfo->getTypeLoc()))
15826 return ExprError();
15827
15828 if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
15829 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
15830 TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()
15831 ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified
15832 : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod)
15833 << TInfo->getType()
15834 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
15835 }
15836
15837 // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted
15838 // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior).
15839 QualType PromoteType;
15840 if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
15841 PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType());
15842 // [cstdarg.syn]p1 defers the C++ behavior to what the C standard says,
15843 // and C2x 7.16.1.1p2 says, in part:
15844 // If type is not compatible with the type of the actual next argument
15845 // (as promoted according to the default argument promotions), the
15846 // behavior is undefined, except for the following cases:
15847 // - both types are pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of
15848 // compatible types;
15849 // - one type is a signed integer type, the other type is the
15850 // corresponding unsigned integer type, and the value is
15851 // representable in both types;
15852 // - one type is pointer to qualified or unqualified void and the
15853 // other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified character type.
15854 // Given that type compatibility is the primary requirement (ignoring
15855 // qualifications), you would think we could call typesAreCompatible()
15856 // directly to test this. However, in C++, that checks for *same type*,
15857 // which causes false positives when passing an enumeration type to
15858 // va_arg. Instead, get the underlying type of the enumeration and pass
15859 // that.
15860 QualType UnderlyingType = TInfo->getType();
15861 if (const auto *ET = UnderlyingType->getAs<EnumType>())
15862 UnderlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
15863 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, UnderlyingType,
15864 /*CompareUnqualified*/ true))
15865 PromoteType = QualType();
15866
15867 // If the types are still not compatible, we need to test whether the
15868 // promoted type and the underlying type are the same except for
15869 // signedness. Ask the AST for the correctly corresponding type and see
15870 // if that's compatible.
15871 if (!PromoteType.isNull() &&
15872 PromoteType->isUnsignedIntegerType() !=
15873 UnderlyingType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
15874 UnderlyingType =
15875 UnderlyingType->isUnsignedIntegerType()
15876 ? Context.getCorrespondingSignedType(UnderlyingType)
15877 : Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(UnderlyingType);
15878 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, UnderlyingType,
15879 /*CompareUnqualified*/ true))
15880 PromoteType = QualType();
15881 }
15882 }
15883 if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
15884 PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy;
15885 if (!PromoteType.isNull())
15886 DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E,
15887 PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible)
15888 << TInfo->getType()
15889 << PromoteType
15890 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange());
15891 }
15892
15893 QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
15894 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T, IsMS);
15895}
15896
15897ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
15898 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
15899 // pointers on the target.
15900 QualType Ty;
15901 unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0);
15902 if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth())
15903 Ty = Context.IntTy;
15904 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())
15905 Ty = Context.LongTy;
15906 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth())
15907 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
15908 else {
15909 llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!")__builtin_unreachable();
15910 }
15911
15912 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
15913}
15914
15915ExprResult Sema::ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind,
15916 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
15917 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
15918 return BuildSourceLocExpr(Kind, BuiltinLoc, RPLoc, CurContext);
15919}
15920
15921ExprResult Sema::BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind,
15922 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
15923 SourceLocation RPLoc,
15924 DeclContext *ParentContext) {
15925 return new (Context)
15926 SourceLocExpr(Context, Kind, BuiltinLoc, RPLoc, ParentContext);
15927}
15928
15929bool Sema::CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(QualType DstType, Expr *&Exp,
15930 bool Diagnose) {
15931 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC)
15932 return false;
15933
15934 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
15935 if (!PT)
15936 return false;
15937 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
15938
15939 // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be
15940 // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is
15941 // important for making this trigger for property assignments.
15942 Expr *SrcExpr = Exp->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
15943 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SrcExpr))
15944 if (OV->getSourceExpr())
15945 SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
15946
15947 if (auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr)) {
15948 if (!PT->isObjCIdType() &&
15949 !(ID && ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString")))
15950 return false;
15951 if (!SL->isAscii())
15952 return false;
15953
15954 if (Diagnose) {
15955 Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix)
15956 << /*string*/0 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getBeginLoc(), "@");
15957 Exp = BuildObjCStringLiteral(SL->getBeginLoc(), SL).get();
15958 }
15959 return true;
15960 }
15961
15962 if ((isa<IntegerLiteral>(SrcExpr) || isa<CharacterLiteral>(SrcExpr) ||
15963 isa<FloatingLiteral>(SrcExpr) || isa<ObjCBoolLiteralExpr>(SrcExpr) ||
15964 isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(SrcExpr)) &&
15965 !SrcExpr->isNullPointerConstant(
15966 getASTContext(), Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) {
15967 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSNumber"))
15968 return false;
15969 if (Diagnose) {
15970 Diag(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix)
15971 << /*number*/1
15972 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), "@");
15973 Expr *NumLit =
15974 BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), SrcExpr).get();
15975 if (NumLit)
15976 Exp = NumLit;
15977 }
15978 return true;
15979 }
15980
15981 return false;
15982}
15983
15984static bool maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(Sema &S, QualType DstType,
15985 const Expr *SrcExpr) {
15986 if (!DstType->isFunctionPointerType() ||
15987 !SrcExpr->getType()->isFunctionType())
15988 return false;
15989
15990 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
15991 if (!DRE)
15992 return false;
15993
15994 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
15995 if (!FD)
15996 return false;
15997
15998 return !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD,
15999 /*Complain=*/true,
16000 SrcExpr->getBeginLoc());
16001}
16002
16003bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
16004 SourceLocation Loc,
16005 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
16006 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
16007 bool *Complained) {
16008 if (Complained)
16009 *Complained = false;
16010
16011 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
16012 bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
16013 bool isInvalid = false;
16014 unsigned DiagKind = 0;
16015 ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints;
16016 bool MayHaveConvFixit = false;
16017 bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false;
16018 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr;
16019 const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr;
16020
16021 switch (ConvTy) {
16022 case Compatible:
16023 DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr);
16024 return false;
16025
16026 case PointerToInt:
16027 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16028 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
16029 isInvalid = true;
16030 } else {
16031 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
16032 }
16033 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
16034 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
16035 break;
16036 case IntToPointer:
16037 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16038 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
16039 isInvalid = true;
16040 } else {
16041 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
16042 }
16043 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
16044 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
16045 break;
16046 case IncompatibleFunctionPointer:
16047 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16048 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer;
16049 isInvalid = true;
16050 } else {
16051 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer;
16052 }
16053 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
16054 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
16055 break;
16056 case IncompatiblePointer:
16057 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited) {
16058 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
16059 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16060 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
16061 isInvalid = true;
16062 } else {
16063 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
16064 }
16065 CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
16066 SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
16067 if (!CheckInferredResultType) {
16068 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
16069 } else if (CheckInferredResultType) {
16070 SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType();
16071 DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType();
16072 }
16073 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
16074 break;
16075 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
16076 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16077 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
16078 isInvalid = true;
16079 } else {
16080 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
16081 }
16082 break;
16083 case FunctionVoidPointer:
16084 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16085 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
16086 isInvalid = true;
16087 } else {
16088 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
16089 }
16090 break;
16091 case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: {
16092 // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary.
16093 if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType);
16094
16095 isInvalid = true;
16096
16097 Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
16098 Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
16099 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) {
16100 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space;
16101 break;
16102
16103 } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) {
16104 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership;
16105 break;
16106 }
16107
16108 llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!")__builtin_unreachable();
16109 // fallthrough
16110 }
16111 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
16112 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
16113 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
16114 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
16115 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
16116 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
16117 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
16118 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
16119 // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for
16120 // C++ semantics.
16121 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
16122 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
16123 return false;
16124 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16125 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
16126 isInvalid = true;
16127 } else {
16128 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
16129 }
16130
16131 break;
16132 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
16133 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16134 isInvalid = true;
16135 DiagKind = diag::err_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
16136 } else {
16137 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
16138 }
16139 break;
16140 case IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch:
16141 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_nested_address_space;
16142 isInvalid = true;
16143 break;
16144 case IntToBlockPointer:
16145 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
16146 isInvalid = true;
16147 break;
16148 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
16149 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
16150 isInvalid = true;
16151 break;
16152 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: {
16153 if (SrcType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
16154 const ObjCObjectPointerType *srcOPT =
16155 SrcType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
16156 for (auto *srcProto : srcOPT->quals()) {
16157 PDecl = srcProto;
16158 break;
16159 }
16160 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
16161 DstType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
16162 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
16163 }
16164 else if (DstType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
16165 const ObjCObjectPointerType *dstOPT =
16166 DstType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
16167 for (auto *dstProto : dstOPT->quals()) {
16168 PDecl = dstProto;
16169 break;
16170 }
16171 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
16172 SrcType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType())
16173 IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
16174 }
16175 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16176 DiagKind = diag::err_incompatible_qualified_id;
16177 isInvalid = true;
16178 } else {
16179 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
16180 }
16181 break;
16182 }
16183 case IncompatibleVectors:
16184 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16185 DiagKind = diag::err_incompatible_vectors;
16186 isInvalid = true;
16187 } else {
16188 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
16189 }
16190 break;
16191 case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef:
16192 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign;
16193 isInvalid = true;
16194 break;
16195 case Incompatible:
16196 if (maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(*this, DstType, SrcExpr)) {
16197 if (Complained)
16198 *Complained = true;
16199 return true;
16200 }
16201
16202 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
16203 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
16204 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
16205 isInvalid = true;
16206 MayHaveFunctionDiff = true;
16207 break;
16208 }
16209
16210 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
16211 switch (Action) {
16212 case AA_Assigning:
16213 case AA_Initializing:
16214 // The destination type comes first.
16215 FirstType = DstType;
16216 SecondType = SrcType;
16217 break;
16218
16219 case AA_Returning:
16220 case AA_Passing:
16221 case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
16222 case AA_Converting:
16223 case AA_Sending:
16224 case AA_Casting:
16225 // The source type comes first.
16226 FirstType = SrcType;
16227 SecondType = DstType;
16228 break;
16229 }
16230
16231 PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind);
16232 if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited)
16233 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << AA_Passing << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
16234 else
16235 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
16236
16237 if (DiagKind == diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign ||
16238 DiagKind == diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign) {
16239 auto isPlainChar = [](const clang::Type *Type) {
16240 return Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
16241 Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U);
16242 };
16243 FDiag << (isPlainChar(FirstType->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()) ||
16244 isPlainChar(SecondType->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()));
16245 }
16246
16247 // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
16248 if (!ConvHints.isNull()) {
16249 for (FixItHint &H : ConvHints.Hints)
16250 FDiag << H;
16251 }
16252
16253 if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); }
16254
16255 if (MayHaveFunctionDiff)
16256 HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(FDiag, SecondType, FirstType);
16257
16258 Diag(Loc, FDiag);
16259 if ((DiagKind == diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id ||
16260 DiagKind == diag::err_incompatible_qualified_id) &&
16261 PDecl && IFace && !IFace->hasDefinition())
16262 Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::note_incomplete_class_and_qualified_id)
16263 << IFace << PDecl;
16264
16265 if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy)
16266 NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr).Expression,
16267 FirstType, /*TakingAddress=*/true);
16268
16269 if (CheckInferredResultType)
16270 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);
16271
16272 if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer)
16273 EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(DstType);
16274
16275 if (Complained)
16276 *Complained = true;
16277 return isInvalid;
16278}
16279
16280ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
16281 llvm::APSInt *Result,
16282 AllowFoldKind CanFold) {
16283 class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
16284 public:
16285 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
16286 QualType T) override {
16287 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral)
16288 << T << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
16289 }
16290 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) override {
16291 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
16292 }
16293 } Diagnoser;
16294
16295 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, CanFold);
16296}
16297
16298ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
16299 llvm::APSInt *Result,
16300 unsigned DiagID,
16301 AllowFoldKind CanFold) {
16302 class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser {
16303 unsigned DiagID;
16304
16305 public:
16306 IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID)
16307 : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { }
16308
16309 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) override {
16310 return S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
16311 }
16312 } Diagnoser(DiagID);
16313
16314 return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, CanFold);
16315}
16316
16317Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder
16318Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
16319 QualType T) {
16320 return diagnoseNotICE(S, Loc);
16321}
16322
16323Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder
16324Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
16325 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus;
16326}
16327
16328ExprResult
16329Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
16330 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
16331 AllowFoldKind CanFold) {
16332 SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getBeginLoc();
16333
16334 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
16335 // C++11 [expr.const]p5:
16336 // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an
16337 // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall
16338 // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or
16339 // unscoped enumeration type
16340 ExprResult Converted;
16341 class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
16342 VerifyICEDiagnoser &BaseDiagnoser;
16343 public:
16344 CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(VerifyICEDiagnoser &BaseDiagnoser)
16345 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/ false,
16346 BaseDiagnoser.Suppress, true),
16347 BaseDiagnoser(BaseDiagnoser) {}
16348
16349 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
16350 QualType T) override {
16351 return BaseDiagnoser.diagnoseNotICEType(S, Loc, T);
16352 }
16353
16354 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
16355 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
16356 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T;
16357 }
16358
16359 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
16360 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
16361 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
16362 }
16363
16364 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
16365 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
16366 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
16367 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
16368 }
16369
16370 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
16371 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
16372 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
16373 }
16374
16375 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
16376 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
16377 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here)
16378 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
16379 }
16380
16381 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
16382 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
16383 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted")__builtin_unreachable();
16384 }
16385 } ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser);
16386
16387 Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(DiagLoc, E,
16388 ConvertDiagnoser);
16389 if (Converted.isInvalid())
16390 return Converted;
16391 E = Converted.get();
16392 if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
16393 return ExprError();
16394 } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
16395 // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type.
16396 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress)
16397 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICEType(*this, DiagLoc, E->getType())
16398 << E->getSourceRange();
16399 return ExprError();
16400 }
16401
16402 ExprResult RValueExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
16403 if (RValueExpr.isInvalid())
16404 return ExprError();
16405
16406 E = RValueExpr.get();
16407
16408 // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice
16409 // in the non-ICE case.
16410 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
16411 if (Result)
16412 *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow(Context);
16413 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(E))
16414 E = Result ? ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E, APValue(*Result))
16415 : ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E);
16416 return E;
16417 }
16418
16419 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
16420 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
16421 EvalResult.Diag = &Notes;
16422
16423 // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's
16424 // not a constant expression as a side-effect.
16425 bool Folded =
16426 E->EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult, Context, /*isConstantContext*/ true) &&
16427 EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects;
16428
16429 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(E))
16430 E = ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E, EvalResult.Val);
16431
16432 // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression
16433 // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then
16434 // this is a constant expression.
16435 if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) {
16436 if (Result)
16437 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
16438 return E;
16439 }
16440
16441 // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point
16442 // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially
16443 // redundant note.
16444 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
16445 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
16446 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
16447 Notes.clear();
16448 }
16449
16450 if (!Folded || !CanFold) {
16451 if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) {
16452 Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(*this, DiagLoc) << E->getSourceRange();
16453 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes)
16454 Diag(Note.first, Note.second);
16455 }
16456
16457 return ExprError();
16458 }
16459
16460 Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(*this, DiagLoc) << E->getSourceRange();
16461 for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes)
16462 Diag(Note.first, Note.second);
16463
16464 if (Result)
16465 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
16466 return E;
16467}
16468
16469namespace {
16470 // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively
16471 // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated.
16472 class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> {
16473 typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform;
16474
16475 public:
16476 TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { }
16477
16478 // Make sure we redo semantic analysis
16479 bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; }
16480 bool ReplacingOriginal() { return true; }
16481
16482 // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which
16483 // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming
16484 // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST.
16485 // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this
16486 // case?
16487 //
16488 // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls.
16489 ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
16490 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) &&
16491 !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext())
16492 return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(),
16493 diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
16494 << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange();
16495
16496 return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E);
16497 }
16498
16499 // Exception: filter out member pointer formation
16500 ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
16501 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType())
16502 return E;
16503
16504 return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E);
16505 }
16506
16507 // The body of a lambda-expression is in a separate expression evaluation
16508 // context so never needs to be transformed.
16509 // FIXME: Ideally we wouldn't transform the closure type either, and would
16510 // just recreate the capture expressions and lambda expression.
16511 StmtResult TransformLambdaBody(LambdaExpr *E, Stmt *Body) {
16512 return SkipLambdaBody(E, Body);
16513 }
16514 };
16515}
16516
16517ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) {
16518 assert(isUnevaluatedContext() &&((void)0)
16519 "Should only transform unevaluated expressions")((void)0);
16520 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context =
16521 ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context;
16522 if (isUnevaluatedContext())
16523 return E;
16524 return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E);
16525}
16526
16527void
16528Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
16529 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
16530 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext) {
16531 ExprEvalContexts.emplace_back(NewContext, ExprCleanupObjects.size(), Cleanup,
16532 LambdaContextDecl, ExprContext);
16533 Cleanup.reset();
16534 if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty())
16535 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
16536}
16537
16538void
16539Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
16540 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
16541 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext) {
16542 Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl;
16543 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, ClosureContextDecl, ExprContext);
16544}
16545
16546namespace {
16547
16548const DeclRefExpr *CheckPossibleDeref(Sema &S, const Expr *PossibleDeref) {
16549 PossibleDeref = PossibleDeref->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
16550 if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(PossibleDeref)) {
16551 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
16552 return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getSubExpr());
16553 } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(PossibleDeref)) {
16554 return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getBase());
16555 } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(PossibleDeref)) {
16556 return CheckPossibleDeref(S, E->getBase());
16557 } else if (const auto E = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(PossibleDeref)) {
16558 QualType Inner;
16559 QualType Ty = E->getType();
16560 if (const auto *Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
16561 Inner = Ptr->getPointeeType();
16562 else if (const auto *Arr = S.Context.getAsArrayType(Ty))
16563 Inner = Arr->getElementType();
16564 else
16565 return nullptr;
16566
16567 if (Inner->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref))
16568 return E;
16569 }
16570 return nullptr;
16571}
16572
16573} // namespace
16574
16575void Sema::WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec) {
16576 for (const Expr *E : Rec.PossibleDerefs) {
16577 const DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = CheckPossibleDeref(*this, E);
16578 if (DeclRef) {
16579 const ValueDecl *Decl = DeclRef->getDecl();
16580 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_dereference_of_noderef_type)
16581 << Decl->getName() << E->getSourceRange();
16582 Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Decl->getName();
16583 } else {
16584 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_dereference_of_noderef_type_no_decl)
16585 << E->getSourceRange();
16586 }
16587 }
16588 Rec.PossibleDerefs.clear();
16589}
16590
16591/// Check whether E, which is either a discarded-value expression or an
16592/// unevaluated operand, is a simple-assignment to a volatlie-qualified lvalue,
16593/// and if so, remove it from the list of volatile-qualified assignments that
16594/// we are going to warn are deprecated.
16595void Sema::CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E) {
16596 if (!E->getType().isVolatileQualified() || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
16597 return;
16598
16599 // Note: ignoring parens here is not justified by the standard rules, but
16600 // ignoring parentheses seems like a more reasonable approach, and this only
16601 // drives a deprecation warning so doesn't affect conformance.
16602 if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
16603 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) {
16604 auto &LHSs = ExprEvalContexts.back().VolatileAssignmentLHSs;
16605 LHSs.erase(std::remove(LHSs.begin(), LHSs.end(), BO->getLHS()),
16606 LHSs.end());
16607 }
16608 }
16609}
16610
16611ExprResult Sema::CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl) {
16612 if (!E.isUsable() || !Decl || !Decl->isConsteval() || isConstantEvaluated() ||
16613 RebuildingImmediateInvocation)
16614 return E;
16615
16616 /// Opportunistically remove the callee from ReferencesToConsteval if we can.
16617 /// It's OK if this fails; we'll also remove this in
16618 /// HandleImmediateInvocations, but catching it here allows us to avoid
16619 /// walking the AST looking for it in simple cases.
16620 if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E.get()->IgnoreImplicit()))
16621 if (auto *DeclRef =
16622 dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Call->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit()))
16623 ExprEvalContexts.back().ReferenceToConsteval.erase(DeclRef);
16624
16625 E = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
16626
16627 ConstantExpr *Res = ConstantExpr::Create(
16628 getASTContext(), E.get(),
16629 ConstantExpr::getStorageKind(Decl->getReturnType().getTypePtr(),
16630 getASTContext()),
16631 /*IsImmediateInvocation*/ true);
16632 ExprEvalContexts.back().ImmediateInvocationCandidates.emplace_back(Res, 0);
16633 return Res;
16634}
16635
16636static void EvaluateAndDiagnoseImmediateInvocation(
16637 Sema &SemaRef, Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate Candidate) {
16638 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
16639 Expr::EvalResult Eval;
16640 Eval.Diag = &Notes;
16641 ConstantExpr *CE = Candidate.getPointer();
16642 bool Result = CE->EvaluateAsConstantExpr(
16643 Eval, SemaRef.getASTContext(), ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation);
16644 if (!Result || !Notes.empty()) {
16645 Expr *InnerExpr = CE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImplicit();
16646 if (auto *FunctionalCast = dyn_cast<CXXFunctionalCastExpr>(InnerExpr))
16647 InnerExpr = FunctionalCast->getSubExpr();
16648 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
16649 if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(InnerExpr))
16650 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Call->getCalleeDecl());
16651 else if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(InnerExpr))
16652 FD = Call->getConstructor();
16653 else
16654 llvm_unreachable("unhandled decl kind")__builtin_unreachable();
16655 assert(FD->isConsteval())((void)0);
16656 SemaRef.Diag(CE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_consteval_call) << FD;
16657 for (auto &Note : Notes)
16658 SemaRef.Diag(Note.first, Note.second);
16659 return;
16660 }
16661 CE->MoveIntoResult(Eval.Val, SemaRef.getASTContext());
16662}
16663
16664static void RemoveNestedImmediateInvocation(
16665 Sema &SemaRef, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec,
16666 SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4>::reverse_iterator It) {
16667 struct ComplexRemove : TreeTransform<ComplexRemove> {
16668 using Base = TreeTransform<ComplexRemove>;
16669 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DRSet;
16670 SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> &IISet;
16671 SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4>::reverse_iterator
16672 CurrentII;
16673 ComplexRemove(Sema &SemaRef, llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DR,
16674 SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> &II,
16675 SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate,
16676 4>::reverse_iterator Current)
16677 : Base(SemaRef), DRSet(DR), IISet(II), CurrentII(Current) {}
16678 void RemoveImmediateInvocation(ConstantExpr* E) {
16679 auto It = std::find_if(CurrentII, IISet.rend(),
16680 [E](Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate Elem) {
16681 return Elem.getPointer() == E;
16682 });
16683 assert(It != IISet.rend() &&((void)0)
16684 "ConstantExpr marked IsImmediateInvocation should "((void)0)
16685 "be present")((void)0);
16686 It->setInt(1); // Mark as deleted
16687 }
16688 ExprResult TransformConstantExpr(ConstantExpr *E) {
16689 if (!E->isImmediateInvocation())
16690 return Base::TransformConstantExpr(E);
16691 RemoveImmediateInvocation(E);
16692 return Base::TransformExpr(E->getSubExpr());
16693 }
16694 /// Base::TransfromCXXOperatorCallExpr doesn't traverse the callee so
16695 /// we need to remove its DeclRefExpr from the DRSet.
16696 ExprResult TransformCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
16697 DRSet.erase(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit()));
16698 return Base::TransformCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
16699 }
16700 /// Base::TransformInitializer skip ConstantExpr so we need to visit them
16701 /// here.
16702 ExprResult TransformInitializer(Expr *Init, bool NotCopyInit) {
16703 if (!Init)
16704 return Init;
16705 /// ConstantExpr are the first layer of implicit node to be removed so if
16706 /// Init isn't a ConstantExpr, no ConstantExpr will be skipped.
16707 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init))
16708 if (CE->isImmediateInvocation())
16709 RemoveImmediateInvocation(CE);
16710 return Base::TransformInitializer(Init, NotCopyInit);
16711 }
16712 ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
16713 DRSet.erase(E);
16714 return E;
16715 }
16716 bool AlwaysRebuild() { return false; }
16717 bool ReplacingOriginal() { return true; }
16718 bool AllowSkippingCXXConstructExpr() {
16719 bool Res = AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr;
16720 AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = true;
16721 return Res;
16722 }
16723 bool AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = true;
16724 } Transformer(SemaRef, Rec.ReferenceToConsteval,
16725 Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates, It);
16726
16727 /// CXXConstructExpr with a single argument are getting skipped by
16728 /// TreeTransform in some situtation because they could be implicit. This
16729 /// can only occur for the top-level CXXConstructExpr because it is used
16730 /// nowhere in the expression being transformed therefore will not be rebuilt.
16731 /// Setting AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr to false will prevent from
16732 /// skipping the first CXXConstructExpr.
16733 if (isa<CXXConstructExpr>(It->getPointer()->IgnoreImplicit()))
16734 Transformer.AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = false;
16735
16736 ExprResult Res = Transformer.TransformExpr(It->getPointer()->getSubExpr());
16737 assert(Res.isUsable())((void)0);
16738 Res = SemaRef.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Res);
16739 It->getPointer()->setSubExpr(Res.get());
16740}
16741
16742static void
16743HandleImmediateInvocations(Sema &SemaRef,
16744 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec) {
16745 if ((Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() == 0 &&
16746 Rec.ReferenceToConsteval.size() == 0) ||
16747 SemaRef.RebuildingImmediateInvocation)
16748 return;
16749
16750 /// When we have more then 1 ImmediateInvocationCandidates we need to check
16751 /// for nested ImmediateInvocationCandidates. when we have only 1 we only
16752 /// need to remove ReferenceToConsteval in the immediate invocation.
16753 if (Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() > 1) {
16754
16755 /// Prevent sema calls during the tree transform from adding pointers that
16756 /// are already in the sets.
16757 llvm::SaveAndRestore<bool> DisableIITracking(
16758 SemaRef.RebuildingImmediateInvocation, true);
16759
16760 /// Prevent diagnostic during tree transfrom as they are duplicates
16761 Sema::TentativeAnalysisScope DisableDiag(SemaRef);
16762
16763 for (auto It = Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.rbegin();
16764 It != Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.rend(); It++)
16765 if (!It->getInt())
16766 RemoveNestedImmediateInvocation(SemaRef, Rec, It);
16767 } else if (Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() == 1 &&
16768 Rec.ReferenceToConsteval.size()) {
16769 struct SimpleRemove : RecursiveASTVisitor<SimpleRemove> {
16770 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DRSet;
16771 SimpleRemove(llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &S) : DRSet(S) {}
16772 bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
16773 DRSet.erase(E);
16774 return DRSet.size();
16775 }
16776 } Visitor(Rec.ReferenceToConsteval);
16777 Visitor.TraverseStmt(
16778 Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.front().getPointer()->getSubExpr());
16779 }
16780 for (auto CE : Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates)
16781 if (!CE.getInt())
16782 EvaluateAndDiagnoseImmediateInvocation(SemaRef, CE);
16783 for (auto DR : Rec.ReferenceToConsteval) {
16784 auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl());
16785 SemaRef.Diag(DR->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_consteval_take_address)
16786 << FD;
16787 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
16788 }
16789}
16790
16791void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
16792 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
16793 unsigned NumTypos = Rec.NumTypos;
16794
16795 if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) {
16796 using ExpressionKind = ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind;
16797 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 &&
16798 (Rec.ExprContext == ExpressionKind::EK_TemplateArgument ||
16799 Rec.isUnevaluated() ||
16800 (Rec.isConstantEvaluated() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17))) {
16801 unsigned D;
16802 if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) {
16803 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2:
16804 // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand
16805 // (Clause 5).
16806 D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand;
16807 } else if (Rec.isConstantEvaluated() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) {
16808 // C++1y [expr.const]p2:
16809 // A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the
16810 // evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would
16811 // evaluate [...] a lambda-expression.
16812 D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression;
16813 } else if (Rec.ExprContext == ExpressionKind::EK_TemplateArgument) {
16814 // C++17 [expr.prim.lamda]p2:
16815 // A lambda-expression shall not appear [...] in a template-argument.
16816 D = diag::err_lambda_in_invalid_context;
16817 } else
16818 llvm_unreachable("Couldn't infer lambda error message.")__builtin_unreachable();
16819
16820 for (const auto *L : Rec.Lambdas)
16821 Diag(L->getBeginLoc(), D);
16822 }
16823 }
16824
16825 WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(Rec);
16826 HandleImmediateInvocations(*this, Rec);
16827
16828 // Warn on any volatile-qualified simple-assignments that are not discarded-
16829 // value expressions nor unevaluated operands (those cases get removed from
16830 // this list by CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment).
16831 for (auto *BO : Rec.VolatileAssignmentLHSs)
16832 Diag(BO->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_simple_assign_volatile)
16833 << BO->getType();
16834
16835 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
16836 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
16837 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
16838 // will never be constructed.
16839 if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.isConstantEvaluated()) {
16840 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects,
16841 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
16842 Cleanup = Rec.ParentCleanup;
16843 CleanupVarDeclMarking();
16844 std::swap(MaybeODRUseExprs, Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs);
16845 // Otherwise, merge the contexts together.
16846 } else {
16847 Cleanup.mergeFrom(Rec.ParentCleanup);
16848 MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(),
16849 Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end());
16850 }
16851
16852 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
16853 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
16854
16855 // The global expression evaluation context record is never popped.
16856 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos += NumTypos;
16857}
16858
16859void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() {
16860 ExprCleanupObjects.erase(
16861 ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects,
16862 ExprCleanupObjects.end());
16863 Cleanup.reset();
16864 MaybeODRUseExprs.clear();
16865}
16866
16867ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) {
16868 ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
16869 if (Result.isInvalid())
16870 return ExprError();
16871 E = Result.get();
16872 if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
16873 return E;
16874 return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
16875}
16876
16877/// Are we in a context that is potentially constant evaluated per C++20
16878/// [expr.const]p12?
16879static bool isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(Sema &SemaRef) {
16880 /// C++2a [expr.const]p12:
16881 // An expression or conversion is potentially constant evaluated if it is
16882 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
16883 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
16884 // -- a manifestly constant-evaluated expression,
16885 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
16886 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
16887 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
16888 // -- a potentially-evaluated expression,
16889 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
16890 // -- an immediate subexpression of a braced-init-list,
16891
16892 // -- [FIXME] an expression of the form & cast-expression that occurs
16893 // within a templated entity
16894 // -- a subexpression of one of the above that is not a subexpression of
16895 // a nested unevaluated operand.
16896 return true;
16897
16898 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
16899 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
16900 // Expressions in this context are never evaluated.
16901 return false;
16902 }
16903 llvm_unreachable("Invalid context")__builtin_unreachable();
16904}
16905
16906/// Return true if this function has a calling convention that requires mangling
16907/// in the size of the parameter pack.
16908static bool funcHasParameterSizeMangling(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
16909 // These manglings don't do anything on non-Windows or non-x86 platforms, so
16910 // we don't need parameter type sizes.
16911 const llvm::Triple &TT = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
16912 if (!TT.isOSWindows() || !TT.isX86())
16913 return false;
16914
16915 // If this is C++ and this isn't an extern "C" function, parameters do not
16916 // need to be complete. In this case, C++ mangling will apply, which doesn't
16917 // use the size of the parameters.
16918 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->isExternC())
16919 return false;
16920
16921 // Stdcall, fastcall, and vectorcall need this special treatment.
16922 CallingConv CC = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
16923 switch (CC) {
16924 case CC_X86StdCall:
16925 case CC_X86FastCall:
16926 case CC_X86VectorCall:
16927 return true;
16928 default:
16929 break;
16930 }
16931 return false;
16932}
16933
16934/// Require that all of the parameter types of function be complete. Normally,
16935/// parameter types are only required to be complete when a function is called
16936/// or defined, but to mangle functions with certain calling conventions, the
16937/// mangler needs to know the size of the parameter list. In this situation,
16938/// MSVC doesn't emit an error or instantiate templates. Instead, MSVC mangles
16939/// the function as _foo@0, i.e. zero bytes of parameters, which will usually
16940/// result in a linker error. Clang doesn't implement this behavior, and instead
16941/// attempts to error at compile time.
16942static void CheckCompleteParameterTypesForMangler(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD,
16943 SourceLocation Loc) {
16944 class ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser : public Sema::TypeDiagnoser {
16945 FunctionDecl *FD;
16946 ParmVarDecl *Param;
16947
16948 public:
16949 ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param)
16950 : FD(FD), Param(Param) {}
16951
16952 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
16953 CallingConv CC = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
16954 StringRef CCName;
16955 switch (CC) {
16956 case CC_X86StdCall:
16957 CCName = "stdcall";
16958 break;
16959 case CC_X86FastCall:
16960 CCName = "fastcall";
16961 break;
16962 case CC_X86VectorCall:
16963 CCName = "vectorcall";
16964 break;
16965 default:
16966 llvm_unreachable("CC does not need mangling")__builtin_unreachable();
16967 }
16968
16969 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_cconv_incomplete_param_type)
16970 << Param->getDeclName() << FD->getDeclName() << CCName;
16971 }
16972 };
16973
16974 for (ParmVarDecl *Param : FD->parameters()) {
16975 ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser Diagnoser(FD, Param);
16976 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Param->getType(), Diagnoser);
16977 }
16978}
16979
16980namespace {
16981enum class OdrUseContext {
16982 /// Declarations in this context are not odr-used.
16983 None,
16984 /// Declarations in this context are formally odr-used, but this is a
16985 /// dependent context.
16986 Dependent,
16987 /// Declarations in this context are odr-used but not actually used (yet).
16988 FormallyOdrUsed,
16989 /// Declarations in this context are used.
16990 Used
16991};
16992}
16993
16994/// Are we within a context in which references to resolved functions or to
16995/// variables result in odr-use?
16996static OdrUseContext isOdrUseContext(Sema &SemaRef) {
16997 OdrUseContext Result;
16998
16999 switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
17000 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
17001 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
17002 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
17003 return OdrUseContext::None;
17004
17005 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
17006 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
17007 Result = OdrUseContext::Used;
17008 break;
17009
17010 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
17011 Result = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed;
17012 break;
17013
17014 case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
17015 // A default argument formally results in odr-use, but doesn't actually
17016 // result in a use in any real sense until it itself is used.
17017 Result = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed;
17018 break;
17019 }
17020
17021 if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext())
17022 return OdrUseContext::Dependent;
17023
17024 return Result;
17025}
17026
17027static bool isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(FunctionDecl *Func) {
17028 if (!Func->isConstexpr())
17029 return false;
17030
17031 if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() || !Func->isUserProvided())
17032 return true;
17033 auto *CCD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func);
17034 return CCD && CCD->getInheritedConstructor();
17035}
17036
17037/// Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
17038/// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3)
17039void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
17040 bool MightBeOdrUse) {
17041 assert(Func && "No function?")((void)0);
17042
17043 Func->setReferenced();
17044
17045 // Recursive functions aren't really used until they're used from some other
17046 // context.
17047 bool IsRecursiveCall = CurContext == Func;
17048
17049 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3:
17050 // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is
17051 // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a
17052 // set of overloaded functions [...].
17053 //
17054 // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we
17055 // can just check that here.
17056 OdrUseContext OdrUse =
17057 MightBeOdrUse ? isOdrUseContext(*this) : OdrUseContext::None;
17058 if (IsRecursiveCall && OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used)
17059 OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed;
17060
17061 // Trivial default constructors and destructors are never actually used.
17062 // FIXME: What about other special members?
17063 if (Func->isTrivial() && !Func->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() &&
17064 OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used) {
17065 if (auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func))
17066 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor())
17067 OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed;
17068 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func))
17069 OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed;
17070 }
17071
17072 // C++20 [expr.const]p12:
17073 // A function [...] is needed for constant evaluation if it is [...] a
17074 // constexpr function that is named by an expression that is potentially
17075 // constant evaluated
17076 bool NeededForConstantEvaluation =
17077 isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(*this) &&
17078 isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(Func);
17079
17080 // Determine whether we require a function definition to exist, per
17081 // C++11 [temp.inst]p3:
17082 // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly
17083 // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template
17084 // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is
17085 // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist.
17086 // C++20 [temp.inst]p7:
17087 // The existence of a definition of a [...] function is considered to
17088 // affect the semantics of the program if the [...] function is needed for
17089 // constant evaluation by an expression
17090 // C++20 [basic.def.odr]p10:
17091 // Every program shall contain exactly one definition of every non-inline
17092 // function or variable that is odr-used in that program outside of a
17093 // discarded statement
17094 // C++20 [special]p1:
17095 // The implementation will implicitly define [defaulted special members]
17096 // if they are odr-used or needed for constant evaluation.
17097 //
17098 // Note that we skip the implicit instantiation of templates that are only
17099 // used in unused default arguments or by recursive calls to themselves.
17100 // This is formally non-conforming, but seems reasonable in practice.
17101 bool NeedDefinition = !IsRecursiveCall && (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used ||
17102 NeededForConstantEvaluation);
17103
17104 // C++14 [temp.expl.spec]p6:
17105 // If a template [...] is explicitly specialized then that specialization
17106 // shall be declared before the first use of that specialization that would
17107 // cause an implicit instantiation to take place, in every translation unit
17108 // in which such a use occurs
17109 if (NeedDefinition &&
17110 (Func->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared ||
17111 Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()))
17112 checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Func);
17113
17114 if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
17115 CheckCUDACall(Loc, Func);
17116
17117 if (getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice)
17118 checkSYCLDeviceFunction(Loc, Func);
17119
17120 // If we need a definition, try to create one.
17121 if (NeedDefinition && !Func->getBody()) {
17122 runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, [&] {
17123 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor =
17124 dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) {
17125 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Constructor->getFirstDecl());
17126 if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) {
17127 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
17128 if (Constructor->isTrivial() &&
17129 !Constructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
17130 return;
17131 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
17132 } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
17133 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
17134 } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) {
17135 DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
17136 }
17137 } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) {
17138 DefineInheritingConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
17139 }
17140 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
17141 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) {
17142 Destructor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Destructor->getFirstDecl());
17143 if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted()) {
17144 if (Destructor->isTrivial() && !Destructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
17145 return;
17146 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
17147 }
17148 if (Destructor->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
17149 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
17150 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func)) {
17151 if (MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
17152 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
17153 MethodDecl = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
17154 if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted()) {
17155 if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
17156 DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
17157 else if (MethodDecl->isMoveAssignmentOperator())
17158 DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
17159 }
17160 } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl) &&
17161 MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) {
17162 CXXConversionDecl *Conversion =
17163 cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl());
17164 if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion())
17165 DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
17166 else
17167 DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(Loc, Conversion);
17168 } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext)
17169 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
17170 }
17171
17172 if (Func->isDefaulted() && !Func->isDeleted()) {
17173 DefaultedComparisonKind DCK = getDefaultedComparisonKind(Func);
17174 if (DCK != DefaultedComparisonKind::None)
17175 DefineDefaultedComparison(Loc, Func, DCK);
17176 }
17177
17178 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
17179 // class templates.
17180 if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
17181 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK =
17182 Func->getTemplateSpecializationKindForInstantiation();
17183 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Func->getPointOfInstantiation();
17184 bool FirstInstantiation = PointOfInstantiation.isInvalid();
17185 if (FirstInstantiation) {
17186 PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
17187 if (auto *MSI = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
17188 MSI->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
17189 // FIXME: Notify listener.
17190 else
17191 Func->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
17192 } else if (TSK != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
17193 // Use the point of use as the point of instantiation, instead of the
17194 // point of explicit instantiation (which we track as the actual point
17195 // of instantiation). This gives better backtraces in diagnostics.
17196 PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
17197 }
17198
17199 if (FirstInstantiation || TSK != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation ||
17200 Func->isConstexpr()) {
17201 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) &&
17202 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() &&
17203 CodeSynthesisContexts.size())
17204 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(
17205 std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation));
17206 else if (Func->isConstexpr())
17207 // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the
17208 // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a
17209 // call to such a function.
17210 InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Func);
17211 else {
17212 Func->setInstantiationIsPending(true);
17213 PendingInstantiations.push_back(
17214 std::make_pair(Func, PointOfInstantiation));
17215 // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated.
17216 Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(Func);
17217 }
17218 }
17219 } else {
17220 // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable.
17221 for (auto i : Func->redecls()) {
17222 if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable())
17223 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, i, MightBeOdrUse);
17224 }
17225 }
17226 });
17227 }
17228
17229 // C++14 [except.spec]p17:
17230 // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when:
17231 // - the function is odr-used or, if it appears in an unevaluated operand,
17232 // would be odr-used if the expression were potentially-evaluated;
17233 //
17234 // Note, we do this even if MightBeOdrUse is false. That indicates that the
17235 // function is a pure virtual function we're calling, and in that case the
17236 // function was selected by overload resolution and we need to resolve its
17237 // exception specification for a different reason.
17238 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
17239 if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(FPT->getExceptionSpecType()))
17240 ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT);
17241
17242 // If this is the first "real" use, act on that.
17243 if (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used && !Func->isUsed(/*CheckUsedAttr=*/false)) {
17244 // Keep track of used but undefined functions.
17245 if (!Func->isDefined()) {
17246 if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func))
17247 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
17248 else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() &&
17249 !LangOpts.GNUInline &&
17250 !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
17251 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
17252 else if (isExternalWithNoLinkageType(Func))
17253 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Func->getCanonicalDecl(), Loc));
17254 }
17255
17256 // Some x86 Windows calling conventions mangle the size of the parameter
17257 // pack into the name. Computing the size of the parameters requires the
17258 // parameter types to be complete. Check that now.
17259 if (funcHasParameterSizeMangling(*this, Func))
17260 CheckCompleteParameterTypesForMangler(*this, Func, Loc);
17261
17262 // In the MS C++ ABI, the compiler emits destructor variants where they are
17263 // used. If the destructor is used here but defined elsewhere, mark the
17264 // virtual base destructors referenced. If those virtual base destructors
17265 // are inline, this will ensure they are defined when emitting the complete
17266 // destructor variant. This checking may be redundant if the destructor is
17267 // provided later in this TU.
17268 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
17269 if (auto *Dtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Func)) {
17270 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Dtor->getParent();
17271 if (Parent->getNumVBases() > 0 && !Dtor->getBody())
17272 CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(Loc, Dtor);
17273 }
17274 }
17275
17276 Func->markUsed(Context);
17277 }
17278}
17279
17280/// Directly mark a variable odr-used. Given a choice, prefer to use
17281/// MarkVariableReferenced since it does additional checks and then
17282/// calls MarkVarDeclODRUsed.
17283/// If the variable must be captured:
17284/// - if FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt is null, capture it in the CurContext
17285/// - else capture it in the DeclContext that maps to the
17286/// *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt on the FunctionScopeInfo stack.
17287static void
17288MarkVarDeclODRUsed(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &SemaRef,
17289 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr) {
17290 // Keep track of used but undefined variables.
17291 // FIXME: We shouldn't suppress this warning for static data members.
17292 if (Var->hasDefinition(SemaRef.Context) == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
17293 (!Var->isExternallyVisible() || Var->isInline() ||
17294 SemaRef.isExternalWithNoLinkageType(Var)) &&
17295 !(Var->isStaticDataMember() && Var->hasInit())) {
17296 SourceLocation &old = SemaRef.UndefinedButUsed[Var->getCanonicalDecl()];
17297 if (old.isInvalid())
17298 old = Loc;
17299 }
17300 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
17301 if (SemaRef.LangOpts.OpenMP)
17302 SemaRef.tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(Var);
17303 SemaRef.tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Sema::TryCapture_Implicit,
17304 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
17305 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
17306 CaptureType, DeclRefType,
17307 FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
17308
17309 if (SemaRef.LangOpts.CUDA && Var && Var->hasGlobalStorage()) {
17310 auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext);
17311 auto VarTarget = SemaRef.IdentifyCUDATarget(Var);
17312 auto UserTarget = SemaRef.IdentifyCUDATarget(FD);
17313 if (VarTarget == Sema::CVT_Host &&
17314 (UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Device || UserTarget == Sema::CFT_HostDevice ||
17315 UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Global)) {
17316 // Diagnose ODR-use of host global variables in device functions.
17317 // Reference of device global variables in host functions is allowed
17318 // through shadow variables therefore it is not diagnosed.
17319 if (SemaRef.LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice) {
17320 SemaRef.targetDiag(Loc, diag::err_ref_bad_target)
17321 << /*host*/ 2 << /*variable*/ 1 << Var << UserTarget;
17322 SemaRef.targetDiag(Var->getLocation(),
17323 Var->getType().isConstQualified()
17324 ? diag::note_cuda_const_var_unpromoted
17325 : diag::note_cuda_host_var);
17326 }
17327 } else if (VarTarget == Sema::CVT_Device &&
17328 (UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Host ||
17329 UserTarget == Sema::CFT_HostDevice) &&
17330 !Var->hasExternalStorage()) {
17331 // Record a CUDA/HIP device side variable if it is ODR-used
17332 // by host code. This is done conservatively, when the variable is
17333 // referenced in any of the following contexts:
17334 // - a non-function context
17335 // - a host function
17336 // - a host device function
17337 // This makes the ODR-use of the device side variable by host code to
17338 // be visible in the device compilation for the compiler to be able to
17339 // emit template variables instantiated by host code only and to
17340 // externalize the static device side variable ODR-used by host code.
17341 SemaRef.getASTContext().CUDADeviceVarODRUsedByHost.insert(Var);
17342 }
17343 }
17344
17345 Var->markUsed(SemaRef.Context);
17346}
17347
17348void Sema::MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(VarDecl *Capture,
17349 SourceLocation Loc,
17350 unsigned CapturingScopeIndex) {
17351 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Capture, Loc, *this, &CapturingScopeIndex);
17352}
17353
17354static void
17355diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
17356 ValueDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) {
17357 DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext();
17358
17359 // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then
17360 // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of
17361 // the next.
17362 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var) &&
17363 isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(VarDC))
17364 return;
17365
17366 // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code
17367 // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of
17368 // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later.
17369 //
17370 // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this
17371 // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound
17372 // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious.
17373 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
17374 return;
17375
17376 unsigned ValueKind = isa<BindingDecl>(var) ? 1 : 0;
17377 unsigned ContextKind = 3; // unknown
17378 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VarDC) &&
17379 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) {
17380 ContextKind = 2;
17381 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(VarDC)) {
17382 ContextKind = 0;
17383 } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(VarDC)) {
17384 ContextKind = 1;
17385 }
17386
17387 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_in_enclosing_context)
17388 << var << ValueKind << ContextKind << VarDC;
17389 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
17390 << var;
17391
17392 // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents
17393 // capture.
17394}
17395
17396
17397static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
17398 bool &SubCapturesAreNested,
17399 QualType &CaptureType,
17400 QualType &DeclRefType) {
17401 // Check whether we've already captured it.
17402 if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Var)) {
17403 // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested.
17404 SubCapturesAreNested = true;
17405
17406 // Retrieve the capture type for this variable.
17407 CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType();
17408
17409 // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable.
17410 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
17411
17412 // Similarly to mutable captures in lambda, all the OpenMP captures by copy
17413 // are mutable in the sense that user can change their value - they are
17414 // private instances of the captured declarations.
17415 const Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var);
17416 if (Cap.isCopyCapture() &&
17417 !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI) && cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)->Mutable) &&
17418 !(isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) &&
17419 cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP))
17420 DeclRefType.addConst();
17421 return true;
17422 }
17423 return false;
17424}
17425
17426// Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
17427// capture; other scopes don't work.
17428static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, VarDecl *Var,
17429 SourceLocation Loc,
17430 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
17431 if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC))
17432 return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
17433 else if (Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
17434 if (Diagnose)
17435 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, Loc, Var, DC);
17436 }
17437 return nullptr;
17438}
17439
17440// Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
17441// certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
17442// so check for eligibility.
17443static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, VarDecl *Var,
17444 SourceLocation Loc,
17445 const bool Diagnose, Sema &S) {
17446
17447 bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI);
17448 bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
17449
17450 // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables
17451 // (e.g. anonymous unions).
17452 // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm
17453 // assuming that's the intent.
17454 if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) {
17455 if (Diagnose) {
17456 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var);
17457 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
17458 }
17459 return false;
17460 }
17461
17462 // Prohibit variably-modified types in blocks; they're difficult to deal with.
17463 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && IsBlock) {
17464 if (Diagnose) {
17465 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
17466 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var;
17467 }
17468 return false;
17469 }
17470 // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too.
17471 // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct.
17472 if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17473 if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
17474 if (Diagnose) {
17475 if (IsBlock)
17476 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type);
17477 else
17478 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type) << Var;
17479 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var;
17480 }
17481 return false;
17482 }
17483 }
17484 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
17485 // Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block
17486 // variables; they don't support the expected semantics.
17487 if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI))) {
17488 if (Diagnose) {
17489 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable) << Var << !IsLambda;
17490 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var;
17491 }
17492 return false;
17493 }
17494 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5: Blocks cannot reference/capture other blocks
17495 if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && IsBlock &&
17496 Var->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
17497 if (Diagnose)
17498 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_block_ref_block);
17499 return false;
17500 }
17501
17502 return true;
17503}
17504
17505// Returns true if the capture by block was successful.
17506static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, VarDecl *Var,
17507 SourceLocation Loc,
17508 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
17509 QualType &CaptureType,
17510 QualType &DeclRefType,
17511 const bool Nested,
17512 Sema &S, bool Invalid) {
17513 bool ByRef = false;
17514
17515 // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays, excepting OpenCL.
17516 // OpenCL v2.0 s1.12.5 (revision 40): arrays are captured by reference
17517 // (decayed to pointers).
17518 if (!Invalid && !S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CaptureType->isArrayType()) {
17519 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
17520 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
17521 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var;
17522 Invalid = true;
17523 } else {
17524 return false;
17525 }
17526 }
17527
17528 // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables.
17529 if (!Invalid &&
17530 CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
17531 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
17532 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture)
17533 << /*block*/ 0;
17534 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var;
17535 Invalid = true;
17536 } else {
17537 return false;
17538 }
17539 }
17540
17541 // Warn about implicitly autoreleasing indirect parameters captured by blocks.
17542 if (const auto *PT = CaptureType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
17543 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
17544
17545 if (!Invalid && PointeeTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
17546 PointeeTy.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing &&
17547 !S.Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(PointeeTy)) {
17548 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
17549 SourceLocation VarLoc = Var->getLocation();
17550 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_block_capture_autoreleasing);
17551 S.Diag(VarLoc, diag::note_declare_parameter_strong);
17552 }
17553 }
17554 }
17555
17556 const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
17557 if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType() ||
17558 (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var))) {
17559 // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or
17560 // declaration reference types.
17561 ByRef = true;
17562 } else {
17563 // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'.
17564 CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst();
17565 DeclRefType = CaptureType;
17566 }
17567
17568 // Actually capture the variable.
17569 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
17570 BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc, SourceLocation(),
17571 CaptureType, Invalid);
17572
17573 return !Invalid;
17574}
17575
17576
17577/// Capture the given variable in the captured region.
17578static bool captureInCapturedRegion(
17579 CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI, VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
17580 const bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType, QualType &DeclRefType,
17581 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable, Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind,
17582 bool IsTopScope, Sema &S, bool Invalid) {
17583 // By default, capture variables by reference.
17584 bool ByRef = true;
17585 if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) {
17586 ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef);
17587 } else if (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) {
17588 // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below).
17589 if (S.isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var)) {
17590 bool HasConst = DeclRefType.isConstQualified();
17591 DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType();
17592 // Don't lose diagnostics about assignments to const.
17593 if (HasConst)
17594 DeclRefType.addConst();
17595 }
17596 // Do not capture firstprivates in tasks.
17597 if (S.isOpenMPPrivateDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel) !=
17598 OMPC_unknown)
17599 return true;
17600 ByRef = S.isOpenMPCapturedByRef(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel,
17601 RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel);
17602 }
17603
17604 if (ByRef)
17605 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
17606 else
17607 CaptureType = DeclRefType;
17608
17609 // Actually capture the variable.
17610 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
17611 RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/ false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable,
17612 Loc, SourceLocation(), CaptureType, Invalid);
17613
17614 return !Invalid;
17615}
17616
17617/// Capture the given variable in the lambda.
17618static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
17619 VarDecl *Var,
17620 SourceLocation Loc,
17621 const bool BuildAndDiagnose,
17622 QualType &CaptureType,
17623 QualType &DeclRefType,
17624 const bool RefersToCapturedVariable,
17625 const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind,
17626 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
17627 const bool IsTopScope,
17628 Sema &S, bool Invalid) {
17629 // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value.
17630 bool ByRef = false;
17631 if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) {
17632 ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef);
17633 } else {
17634 ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref);
17635 }
17636
17637 // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable.
17638 if (ByRef) {
17639 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15:
17640 // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or
17641 // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is
17642 // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data
17643 // members are declared in the closure type for entities
17644 // captured by reference.
17645 //
17646 // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference
17647 // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears
17648 // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will
17649 // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and
17650 // easily defensible position.
17651 CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
17652 } else {
17653 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14:
17654 // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static
17655 // data member is declared in the closure type. The
17656 // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type
17657 // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding
17658 // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an
17659 // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the
17660 // captured entity is a reference to a function, the
17661 // corresponding data member is also a reference to a
17662 // function. - end note ]
17663 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){
17664 if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())
17665 CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType();
17666 }
17667
17668 // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables.
17669 if (!Invalid &&
17670 CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
17671 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
17672 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1;
17673 S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
17674 << Var->getDeclName();
17675 Invalid = true;
17676 } else {
17677 return false;
17678 }
17679 }
17680
17681 // Make sure that by-copy captures are of a complete and non-abstract type.
17682 if (!Invalid && BuildAndDiagnose) {
17683 if (!CaptureType->isDependentType() &&
17684 S.RequireCompleteSizedType(
17685 Loc, CaptureType,
17686 diag::err_capture_of_incomplete_or_sizeless_type,
17687 Var->getDeclName()))
17688 Invalid = true;
17689 else if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType,
17690 diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type))
17691 Invalid = true;
17692 }
17693 }
17694
17695 // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable.
17696 if (ByRef)
17697 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
17698 else {
17699 // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5:
17700 // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline
17701 // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is
17702 // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression's
17703 // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable.
17704 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
17705 if (!LSI->Mutable && !CaptureType->isReferenceType())
17706 DeclRefType.addConst();
17707 }
17708
17709 // Add the capture.
17710 if (BuildAndDiagnose)
17711 LSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable,
17712 Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, Invalid);
17713
17714 return !Invalid;
17715}
17716
17717static bool canCaptureVariableByCopy(VarDecl *Var, const ASTContext &Context) {
17718 // Offer a Copy fix even if the type is dependent.
17719 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType())
17720 return true;
17721 QualType T = Var->getType().getNonReferenceType();
17722 if (T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context))
17723 return true;
17724 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
17725
17726 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition()))
17727 return false;
17728 if (RD->hasSimpleCopyConstructor())
17729 return true;
17730 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor())
17731 for (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors())
17732 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
17733 return !Ctor->isDeleted();
17734 }
17735 return false;
17736}
17737
17738/// Create up to 4 fix-its for explicit reference and value capture of \p Var or
17739/// default capture. Fixes may be omitted if they aren't allowed by the
17740/// standard, for example we can't emit a default copy capture fix-it if we
17741/// already explicitly copy capture capture another variable.
17742static void buildLambdaCaptureFixit(Sema &Sema, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
17743 VarDecl *Var) {
17744 assert(LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None)((void)0);
17745 // Don't offer Capture by copy of default capture by copy fixes if Var is
17746 // known not to be copy constructible.
17747 bool ShouldOfferCopyFix = canCaptureVariableByCopy(Var, Sema.getASTContext());
17748
17749 SmallString<32> FixBuffer;
17750 StringRef Separator = LSI->NumExplicitCaptures > 0 ? ", " : "";
17751 if (Var->getDeclName().isIdentifier() && !Var->getName().empty()) {
17752 SourceLocation VarInsertLoc = LSI->IntroducerRange.getEnd();
17753 if (ShouldOfferCopyFix) {
17754 // Offer fixes to insert an explicit capture for the variable.
17755 // [] -> [VarName]
17756 // [OtherCapture] -> [OtherCapture, VarName]
17757 FixBuffer.assign({Separator, Var->getName()});
17758 Sema.Diag(VarInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_variable_capture_fixit)
17759 << Var << /*value*/ 0
17760 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarInsertLoc, FixBuffer);
17761 }
17762 // As above but capture by reference.
17763 FixBuffer.assign({Separator, "&", Var->getName()});
17764 Sema.Diag(VarInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_variable_capture_fixit)
17765 << Var << /*reference*/ 1
17766 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarInsertLoc, FixBuffer);
17767 }
17768
17769 // Only try to offer default capture if there are no captures excluding this
17770 // and init captures.
17771 // [this]: OK.
17772 // [X = Y]: OK.
17773 // [&A, &B]: Don't offer.
17774 // [A, B]: Don't offer.
17775 if (llvm::any_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) {
17776 return !C.isThisCapture() && !C.isInitCapture();
17777 }))
17778 return;
17779
17780 // The default capture specifiers, '=' or '&', must appear first in the
17781 // capture body.
17782 SourceLocation DefaultInsertLoc =
17783 LSI->IntroducerRange.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(1);
17784
17785 if (ShouldOfferCopyFix) {
17786 bool CanDefaultCopyCapture = true;
17787 // [=, *this] OK since c++17
17788 // [=, this] OK since c++20
17789 if (LSI->isCXXThisCaptured() && !Sema.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
17790 CanDefaultCopyCapture = Sema.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17
17791 ? LSI->getCXXThisCapture().isCopyCapture()
17792 : false;
17793 // We can't use default capture by copy if any captures already specified
17794 // capture by copy.
17795 if (CanDefaultCopyCapture && llvm::none_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) {
17796 return !C.isThisCapture() && !C.isInitCapture() && C.isCopyCapture();
17797 })) {
17798 FixBuffer.assign({"=", Separator});
17799 Sema.Diag(DefaultInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_default_capture_fixit)
17800 << /*value*/ 0
17801 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DefaultInsertLoc, FixBuffer);
17802 }
17803 }
17804
17805 // We can't use default capture by reference if any captures already specified
17806 // capture by reference.
17807 if (llvm::none_of(LSI->Captures, [](Capture &C) {
17808 return !C.isInitCapture() && C.isReferenceCapture() &&
17809 !C.isThisCapture();
17810 })) {
17811 FixBuffer.assign({"&", Separator});
17812 Sema.Diag(DefaultInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_default_capture_fixit)
17813 << /*reference*/ 1
17814 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DefaultInsertLoc, FixBuffer);
17815 }
17816}
17817
17818bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(
17819 VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
17820 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType,
17821 QualType &DeclRefType, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
17822 // An init-capture is notionally from the context surrounding its
17823 // declaration, but its parent DC is the lambda class.
17824 DeclContext *VarDC = Var->getDeclContext();
17825 if (Var->isInitCapture())
17826 VarDC = VarDC->getParent();
17827
17828 DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
17829 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
17830 ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
17831 // We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the
17832 // FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
17833 if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) {
17834 unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
17835 while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) {
17836 DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC);
17837 --FSIndex;
17838 }
17839 }
17840
17841
17842 // If the variable is declared in the current context, there is no need to
17843 // capture it.
17844 if (VarDC == DC) return true;
17845
17846 // Capture global variables if it is required to use private copy of this
17847 // variable.
17848 bool IsGlobal = !Var->hasLocalStorage();
17849 if (IsGlobal &&
17850 !(LangOpts.OpenMP && isOpenMPCapturedDecl(Var, /*CheckScopeInfo=*/true,
17851 MaxFunctionScopesIndex)))
17852 return true;
17853 Var = Var->getCanonicalDecl();
17854
17855 // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable,
17856 // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when
17857 // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing
17858 // capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity
17859 // (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities
17860 // (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s
17861 // declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured
17862 // the variable.
17863 CaptureType = Var->getType();
17864 DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType();
17865 bool Nested = false;
17866 bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit);
17867 unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex;
17868 do {
17869 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can
17870 // capture; other scopes don't work.
17871 DeclContext *ParentDC = getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var,
17872 ExprLoc,
17873 BuildAndDiagnose,
17874 *this);
17875 // We need to check for the parent *first* because, if we *have*
17876 // private-captured a global variable, we need to recursively capture it in
17877 // intermediate blocks, lambdas, etc.
17878 if (!ParentDC) {
17879 if (IsGlobal) {
17880 FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex - 1;
17881 break;
17882 }
17883 return true;
17884 }
17885
17886 FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex];
17887 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FSI);
17888
17889
17890 // Check whether we've already captured it.
17891 if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, Nested, CaptureType,
17892 DeclRefType)) {
17893 CSI->getCapture(Var).markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose);
17894 break;
17895 }
17896 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body,
17897 // we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured
17898 // during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing
17899 // should be used.
17900 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) {
17901 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
17902 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
17903 if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) {
17904 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var;
17905 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var;
17906 Diag(LSI->Lambda->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_lambda_decl);
17907 buildLambdaCaptureFixit(*this, LSI, Var);
17908 } else
17909 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(*this, ExprLoc, Var, DC);
17910 }
17911 return true;
17912 }
17913
17914 // Try to capture variable-length arrays types.
17915 if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
17916 // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA
17917 // expressions.
17918 QualType QTy = Var->getType();
17919 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
17920 QTy = PVD->getOriginalType();
17921 captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, CSI);
17922 }
17923
17924 if (getLangOpts().OpenMP) {
17925 if (auto *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
17926 // OpenMP private variables should not be captured in outer scope, so
17927 // just break here. Similarly, global variables that are captured in a
17928 // target region should not be captured outside the scope of the region.
17929 if (RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) {
17930 OpenMPClauseKind IsOpenMPPrivateDecl = isOpenMPPrivateDecl(
17931 Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel);
17932 // If the variable is private (i.e. not captured) and has variably
17933 // modified type, we still need to capture the type for correct
17934 // codegen in all regions, associated with the construct. Currently,
17935 // it is captured in the innermost captured region only.
17936 if (IsOpenMPPrivateDecl != OMPC_unknown &&
17937 Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
17938 QualType QTy = Var->getType();
17939 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Var))
17940 QTy = PVD->getOriginalType();
17941 for (int I = 1, E = getNumberOfConstructScopes(RSI->OpenMPLevel);
17942 I < E; ++I) {
17943 auto *OuterRSI = cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(
17944 FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex - I]);
17945 assert(RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel &&((void)0)
17946 "Wrong number of captured regions associated with the "((void)0)
17947 "OpenMP construct.")((void)0);
17948 captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, OuterRSI);
17949 }
17950 }
17951 bool IsTargetCap =
17952 IsOpenMPPrivateDecl != OMPC_private &&
17953 isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel,
17954 RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel);
17955 // Do not capture global if it is not privatized in outer regions.
17956 bool IsGlobalCap =
17957 IsGlobal && isOpenMPGlobalCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel,
17958 RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel);
17959
17960 // When we detect target captures we are looking from inside the
17961 // target region, therefore we need to propagate the capture from the
17962 // enclosing region. Therefore, the capture is not initially nested.
17963 if (IsTargetCap)
17964 adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(FunctionScopesIndex, RSI->OpenMPLevel);
17965
17966 if (IsTargetCap || IsOpenMPPrivateDecl == OMPC_private ||
17967 (IsGlobal && !IsGlobalCap)) {
17968 Nested = !IsTargetCap;
17969 bool HasConst = DeclRefType.isConstQualified();
17970 DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType();
17971 // Don't lose diagnostics about assignments to const.
17972 if (HasConst)
17973 DeclRefType.addConst();
17974 CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(DeclRefType);
17975 break;
17976 }
17977 }
17978 }
17979 }
17980 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) {
17981 // No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture
17982 // so cannot capture this variable.
17983 if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
17984 Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var;
17985 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var;
17986 auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
17987 if (LSI->Lambda) {
17988 Diag(LSI->Lambda->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_lambda_decl);
17989 buildLambdaCaptureFixit(*this, LSI, Var);
17990 }
17991 // FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly
17992 // capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we
17993 // should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because
17994 // it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done
17995 // so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable
17996 // can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured
17997 // explicitly. Suggestion:
17998 // - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit
17999 // at the function head
18000 // - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda
18001 // - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable.
18002 }
18003 return true;
18004 }
18005
18006 FunctionScopesIndex--;
18007 DC = ParentDC;
18008 Explicit = false;
18009 } while (!VarDC->Equals(DC));
18010
18011 // Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda)
18012 // computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific
18013 // requirements, and adding captures if requested.
18014 // If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing
18015 // at the lambda nested within that one.
18016 bool Invalid = false;
18017 for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N;
18018 ++I) {
18019 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
18020
18021 // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture
18022 // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.)
18023 // so check for eligibility.
18024 if (!Invalid)
18025 Invalid =
18026 !isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, *this);
18027
18028 // After encountering an error, if we're actually supposed to capture, keep
18029 // capturing in nested contexts to suppress any follow-on diagnostics.
18030 if (Invalid && !BuildAndDiagnose)
18031 return true;
18032
18033 if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
18034 Invalid = !captureInBlock(BSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
18035 DeclRefType, Nested, *this, Invalid);
18036 Nested = true;
18037 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
18038 Invalid = !captureInCapturedRegion(
18039 RSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, DeclRefType, Nested,
18040 Kind, /*IsTopScope*/ I == N - 1, *this, Invalid);
18041 Nested = true;
18042 } else {
18043 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
18044 Invalid =
18045 !captureInLambda(LSI, Var, ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType,
18046 DeclRefType, Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
18047 /*IsTopScope*/ I == N - 1, *this, Invalid);
18048 Nested = true;
18049 }
18050
18051 if (Invalid && !BuildAndDiagnose)
18052 return true;
18053 }
18054 return Invalid;
18055}
18056
18057bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
18058 TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) {
18059 QualType CaptureType;
18060 QualType DeclRefType;
18061 return tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc,
18062 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType,
18063 DeclRefType, nullptr);
18064}
18065
18066bool Sema::NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
18067 QualType CaptureType;
18068 QualType DeclRefType;
18069 return !tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
18070 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
18071 DeclRefType, nullptr);
18072}
18073
18074QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) {
18075 QualType CaptureType;
18076 QualType DeclRefType;
18077
18078 // Determine whether we can capture this variable.
18079 if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, Loc, TryCapture_Implicit, SourceLocation(),
18080 /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType,
18081 DeclRefType, nullptr))
18082 return QualType();
18083
18084 return DeclRefType;
18085}
18086
18087namespace {
18088// Helper to copy the template arguments from a DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr.
18089// The produced TemplateArgumentListInfo* points to data stored within this
18090// object, so should only be used in contexts where the pointer will not be
18091// used after the CopiedTemplateArgs object is destroyed.
18092class CopiedTemplateArgs {
18093 bool HasArgs;
18094 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgStorage;
18095public:
18096 template<typename RefExpr>
18097 CopiedTemplateArgs(RefExpr *E) : HasArgs(E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
18098 if (HasArgs)
18099 E->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgStorage);
18100 }
18101 operator TemplateArgumentListInfo*()
18102#ifdef __has_cpp_attribute
18103#if0 __has_cpp_attribute(clang::lifetimebound)1
18104 [[clang::lifetimebound]]
18105#endif
18106#endif
18107 {
18108 return HasArgs ? &TemplateArgStorage : nullptr;
18109 }
18110};
18111}
18112
18113/// Walk the set of potential results of an expression and mark them all as
18114/// non-odr-uses if they satisfy the side-conditions of the NonOdrUseReason.
18115///
18116/// \return A new expression if we found any potential results, ExprEmpty() if
18117/// not, and ExprError() if we diagnosed an error.
18118static ExprResult rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(Sema &S, Expr *E,
18119 NonOdrUseReason NOUR) {
18120 // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is
18121 // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a
18122 // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1)
18123 // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue
18124 // conversion part.
18125 //
18126 // If we encounter a node that claims to be an odr-use but shouldn't be, we
18127 // transform it into the relevant kind of non-odr-use node and rebuild the
18128 // tree of nodes leading to it.
18129 //
18130 // This is a mini-TreeTransform that only transforms a restricted subset of
18131 // nodes (and only certain operands of them).
18132
18133 // Rebuild a subexpression.
18134 auto Rebuild = [&](Expr *Sub) {
18135 return rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(S, Sub, NOUR);
18136 };
18137
18138 // Check whether a potential result satisfies the requirements of NOUR.
18139 auto IsPotentialResultOdrUsed = [&](NamedDecl *D) {
18140 // Any entity other than a VarDecl is always odr-used whenever it's named
18141 // in a potentially-evaluated expression.
18142 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
18143 if (!VD)
18144 return true;
18145
18146 // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4:
18147 // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evalauted expression
18148 // e is odr-used by e unless
18149 // -- x is a reference that is usable in constant expressions, or
18150 // -- x is a variable of non-reference type that is usable in constant
18151 // expressions and has no mutable subobjects, and e is an element of
18152 // the set of potential results of an expression of
18153 // non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which the lvalue-to-rvalue
18154 // conversion is applied, or
18155 // -- x is a variable of non-reference type, and e is an element of the
18156 // set of potential results of a discarded-value expression to which
18157 // the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is not applied
18158 //
18159 // We check the first bullet and the "potentially-evaluated" condition in
18160 // BuildDeclRefExpr. We check the type requirements in the second bullet
18161 // in CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand below.
18162 switch (NOUR) {
18163 case NOUR_None:
18164 case NOUR_Unevaluated:
18165 llvm_unreachable("unexpected non-odr-use-reason")__builtin_unreachable();
18166
18167 case NOUR_Constant:
18168 // Constant references were handled when they were built.
18169 if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType())
18170 return true;
18171 if (auto *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
18172 if (RD->hasMutableFields())
18173 return true;
18174 if (!VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(S.Context))
18175 return true;
18176 break;
18177
18178 case NOUR_Discarded:
18179 if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType())
18180 return true;
18181 break;
18182 }
18183 return false;
18184 };
18185
18186 // Mark that this expression does not constitute an odr-use.
18187 auto MarkNotOdrUsed = [&] {
18188 S.MaybeODRUseExprs.remove(E);
18189 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.getCurLambda())
18190 LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(E);
18191 };
18192
18193 // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p2:
18194 // The set of potential results of an expression e is defined as follows:
18195 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
18196 // -- If e is an id-expression, ...
18197 case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: {
18198 auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
18199 if (DRE->isNonOdrUse() || IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(DRE->getDecl()))
18200 break;
18201
18202 // Rebuild as a non-odr-use DeclRefExpr.
18203 MarkNotOdrUsed();
18204 return DeclRefExpr::Create(
18205 S.Context, DRE->getQualifierLoc(), DRE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(),
18206 DRE->getDecl(), DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture(),
18207 DRE->getNameInfo(), DRE->getType(), DRE->getValueKind(),
18208 DRE->getFoundDecl(), CopiedTemplateArgs(DRE), NOUR);
18209 }
18210
18211 case Expr::FunctionParmPackExprClass: {
18212 auto *FPPE = cast<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E);
18213 // If any of the declarations in the pack is odr-used, then the expression
18214 // as a whole constitutes an odr-use.
18215 for (VarDecl *D : *FPPE)
18216 if (IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(D))
18217 return ExprEmpty();
18218
18219 // FIXME: Rebuild as a non-odr-use FunctionParmPackExpr? In practice,
18220 // nothing cares about whether we marked this as an odr-use, but it might
18221 // be useful for non-compiler tools.
18222 MarkNotOdrUsed();
18223 break;
18224 }
18225
18226 // -- If e is a subscripting operation with an array operand...
18227 case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
18228 auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E);
18229 Expr *OldBase = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit();
18230 if (!OldBase->getType()->isArrayType())
18231 break;
18232 ExprResult Base = Rebuild(OldBase);
18233 if (!Base.isUsable())
18234 return Base;
18235 Expr *LHS = ASE->getBase() == ASE->getLHS() ? Base.get() : ASE->getLHS();
18236 Expr *RHS = ASE->getBase() == ASE->getRHS() ? Base.get() : ASE->getRHS();
18237 SourceLocation LBracketLoc = ASE->getBeginLoc(); // FIXME: Not stored.
18238 return S.ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(nullptr, LHS, LBracketLoc, RHS,
18239 ASE->getRBracketLoc());
18240 }
18241
18242 case Expr::MemberExprClass: {
18243 auto *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
18244 // -- If e is a class member access expression [...] naming a non-static
18245 // data member...
18246 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
18247 ExprResult Base = Rebuild(ME->getBase());
18248 if (!Base.isUsable())
18249 return Base;
18250 return MemberExpr::Create(
18251 S.Context, Base.get(), ME->isArrow(), ME->getOperatorLoc(),
18252 ME->getQualifierLoc(), ME->getTemplateKeywordLoc(),
18253 ME->getMemberDecl(), ME->getFoundDecl(), ME->getMemberNameInfo(),
18254 CopiedTemplateArgs(ME), ME->getType(), ME->getValueKind(),
18255 ME->getObjectKind(), ME->isNonOdrUse());
18256 }
18257
18258 if (ME->getMemberDecl()->isCXXInstanceMember())
18259 break;
18260
18261 // -- If e is a class member access expression naming a static data member,
18262 // ...
18263 if (ME->isNonOdrUse() || IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(ME->getMemberDecl()))
18264 break;
18265
18266 // Rebuild as a non-odr-use MemberExpr.
18267 MarkNotOdrUsed();
18268 return MemberExpr::Create(
18269 S.Context, ME->getBase(), ME->isArrow(), ME->getOperatorLoc(),
18270 ME->getQualifierLoc(), ME->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), ME->getMemberDecl(),
18271 ME->getFoundDecl(), ME->getMemberNameInfo(), CopiedTemplateArgs(ME),
18272 ME->getType(), ME->getValueKind(), ME->getObjectKind(), NOUR);
18273 return ExprEmpty();
18274 }
18275
18276 case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: {
18277 auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
18278 Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS();
18279 Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS();
18280 // -- If e is a pointer-to-member expression of the form e1 .* e2 ...
18281 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD) {
18282 ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(LHS);
18283 if (!Sub.isUsable())
18284 return Sub;
18285 LHS = Sub.get();
18286 // -- If e is a comma expression, ...
18287 } else if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
18288 ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(RHS);
18289 if (!Sub.isUsable())
18290 return Sub;
18291 RHS = Sub.get();
18292 } else {
18293 break;
18294 }
18295 return S.BuildBinOp(nullptr, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getOpcode(),
18296 LHS, RHS);
18297 }
18298
18299 // -- If e has the form (e1)...
18300 case Expr::ParenExprClass: {
18301 auto *PE = cast<ParenExpr>(E);
18302 ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(PE->getSubExpr());
18303 if (!Sub.isUsable())
18304 return Sub;
18305 return S.ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), Sub.get());
18306 }
18307
18308 // -- If e is a glvalue conditional expression, ...
18309 // We don't apply this to a binary conditional operator. FIXME: Should we?
18310 case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
18311 auto *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
18312 ExprResult LHS = Rebuild(CO->getLHS());
18313 if (LHS.isInvalid())
18314 return ExprError();
18315 ExprResult RHS = Rebuild(CO->getRHS());
18316 if (RHS.isInvalid())
18317 return ExprError();
18318 if (!LHS.isUsable() && !RHS.isUsable())
18319 return ExprEmpty();
18320 if (!LHS.isUsable())
18321 LHS = CO->getLHS();
18322 if (!RHS.isUsable())
18323 RHS = CO->getRHS();
18324 return S.ActOnConditionalOp(CO->getQuestionLoc(), CO->getColonLoc(),
18325 CO->getCond(), LHS.get(), RHS.get());
18326 }
18327
18328 // [Clang extension]
18329 // -- If e has the form __extension__ e1...
18330 case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: {
18331 auto *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
18332 if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_Extension)
18333 break;
18334 ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(UO->getSubExpr());
18335 if (!Sub.isUsable())
18336 return Sub;
18337 return S.BuildUnaryOp(nullptr, UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO_Extension,
18338 Sub.get());
18339 }
18340
18341 // [Clang extension]
18342 // -- If e has the form _Generic(...), the set of potential results is the
18343 // union of the sets of potential results of the associated expressions.
18344 case Expr::GenericSelectionExprClass: {
18345 auto *GSE = cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E);
18346
18347 SmallVector<Expr *, 4> AssocExprs;
18348 bool AnyChanged = false;
18349 for (Expr *OrigAssocExpr : GSE->getAssocExprs()) {
18350 ExprResult AssocExpr = Rebuild(OrigAssocExpr);
18351 if (AssocExpr.isInvalid())
18352 return ExprError();
18353 if (AssocExpr.isUsable()) {
18354 AssocExprs.push_back(AssocExpr.get());
18355 AnyChanged = true;
18356 } else {
18357 AssocExprs.push_back(OrigAssocExpr);
18358 }
18359 }
18360
18361 return AnyChanged ? S.CreateGenericSelectionExpr(
18362 GSE->getGenericLoc(), GSE->getDefaultLoc(),
18363 GSE->getRParenLoc(), GSE->getControllingExpr(),
18364 GSE->getAssocTypeSourceInfos(), AssocExprs)
18365 : ExprEmpty();
18366 }
18367
18368 // [Clang extension]
18369 // -- If e has the form __builtin_choose_expr(...), the set of potential
18370 // results is the union of the sets of potential results of the
18371 // second and third subexpressions.
18372 case Expr::ChooseExprClass: {
18373 auto *CE = cast<ChooseExpr>(E);
18374
18375 ExprResult LHS = Rebuild(CE->getLHS());
18376 if (LHS.isInvalid())
18377 return ExprError();
18378
18379 ExprResult RHS = Rebuild(CE->getLHS());
18380 if (RHS.isInvalid())
18381 return ExprError();
18382
18383 if (!LHS.get() && !RHS.get())
18384 return ExprEmpty();
18385 if (!LHS.isUsable())
18386 LHS = CE->getLHS();
18387 if (!RHS.isUsable())
18388 RHS = CE->getRHS();
18389
18390 return S.ActOnChooseExpr(CE->getBuiltinLoc(), CE->getCond(), LHS.get(),
18391 RHS.get(), CE->getRParenLoc());
18392 }
18393
18394 // Step through non-syntactic nodes.
18395 case Expr::ConstantExprClass: {
18396 auto *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(E);
18397 ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(CE->getSubExpr());
18398 if (!Sub.isUsable())
18399 return Sub;
18400 return ConstantExpr::Create(S.Context, Sub.get());
18401 }
18402
18403 // We could mostly rely on the recursive rebuilding to rebuild implicit
18404 // casts, but not at the top level, so rebuild them here.
18405 case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
18406 auto *ICE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E);
18407 // Only step through the narrow set of cast kinds we expect to encounter.
18408 // Anything else suggests we've left the region in which potential results
18409 // can be found.
18410 switch (ICE->getCastKind()) {
18411 case CK_NoOp:
18412 case CK_DerivedToBase:
18413 case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: {
18414 ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(ICE->getSubExpr());
18415 if (!Sub.isUsable())
18416 return Sub;
18417 CXXCastPath Path(ICE->path());
18418 return S.ImpCastExprToType(Sub.get(), ICE->getType(), ICE->getCastKind(),
18419 ICE->getValueKind(), &Path);
18420 }
18421
18422 default:
18423 break;
18424 }
18425 break;
18426 }
18427
18428 default:
18429 break;
18430 }
18431
18432 // Can't traverse through this node. Nothing to do.
18433 return ExprEmpty();
18434}
18435
18436ExprResult Sema::CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E) {
18437 // Check whether the operand is or contains an object of non-trivial C union
18438 // type.
18439 if (E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
18440 (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
18441 E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()))
18442 checkNonTrivialCUnion(E->getType(), E->getExprLoc(),
18443 Sema::NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile,
18444 NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
18445
18446 // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4:
18447 // [...] an expression of non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which
18448 // the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is applied [...]
18449 if (E->getType().isVolatileQualified() || E->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
18450 return E;
18451
18452 ExprResult Result =
18453 rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(*this, E, NOUR_Constant);
18454 if (Result.isInvalid())
18455 return ExprError();
18456 return Result.get() ? Result : E;
18457}
18458
18459ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) {
18460 Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Res);
18461
18462 if (!Res.isUsable())
18463 return Res;
18464
18465 // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay
18466 // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the
18467 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen
18468 // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway.
18469 return CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Res.get());
18470}
18471
18472void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() {
18473 // Iterate through a local copy in case MarkVarDeclODRUsed makes a recursive
18474 // call.
18475 MaybeODRUseExprSet LocalMaybeODRUseExprs;
18476 std::swap(LocalMaybeODRUseExprs, MaybeODRUseExprs);
18477
18478 for (Expr *E : LocalMaybeODRUseExprs) {
18479 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
18480 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl()),
18481 DRE->getLocation(), *this);
18482 } else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
18483 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(cast<VarDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()), ME->getMemberLoc(),
18484 *this);
18485 } else if (auto *FP = dyn_cast<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) {
18486 for (VarDecl *VD : *FP)
18487 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(VD, FP->getParameterPackLocation(), *this);
18488 } else {
18489 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected expression")__builtin_unreachable();
18490 }
18491 }
18492
18493 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&((void)0)
18494 "MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?")((void)0);
18495}
18496
18497static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(
18498 Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var, Expr *E,
18499 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> &RefsMinusAssignments) {
18500 assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) ||((void)0)
18501 isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) &&((void)0)
18502 "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced")((void)0);
18503 Var->setReferenced();
18504
18505 if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
18506 return;
18507
18508 auto *MSI = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
18509 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = MSI ? MSI->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
18510 : Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
18511
18512 OdrUseContext OdrUse = isOdrUseContext(SemaRef);
18513 bool UsableInConstantExpr =
18514 Var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context);
18515
18516 if (Var->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && !Var->hasExternalStorage()) {
18517 RefsMinusAssignments.insert({Var, 0}).first->getSecond()++;
18518 }
18519
18520 // C++20 [expr.const]p12:
18521 // A variable [...] is needed for constant evaluation if it is [...] a
18522 // variable whose name appears as a potentially constant evaluated
18523 // expression that is either a contexpr variable or is of non-volatile
18524 // const-qualified integral type or of reference type
18525 bool NeededForConstantEvaluation =
18526 isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(SemaRef) && UsableInConstantExpr;
18527
18528 bool NeedDefinition =
18529 OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used || NeededForConstantEvaluation;
18530
18531 assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) &&((void)0)
18532 "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization.")((void)0);
18533
18534 // If this might be a member specialization of a static data member, check
18535 // the specialization is visible. We already did the checks for variable
18536 // template specializations when we created them.
18537 if (NeedDefinition && TSK != TSK_Undeclared &&
18538 !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var))
18539 SemaRef.checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Var);
18540
18541 // Perform implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member
18542 // templates of class templates, and variable template specializations. Delay
18543 // instantiations of variable templates, except for those that could be used
18544 // in a constant expression.
18545 if (NeedDefinition && isTemplateInstantiation(TSK)) {
18546 // Per C++17 [temp.explicit]p10, we may instantiate despite an explicit
18547 // instantiation declaration if a variable is usable in a constant
18548 // expression (among other cases).
18549 bool TryInstantiating =
18550 TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation ||
18551 (TSK == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration && UsableInConstantExpr);
18552
18553 if (TryInstantiating) {
18554 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation =
18555 MSI ? MSI->getPointOfInstantiation() : Var->getPointOfInstantiation();
18556 bool FirstInstantiation = PointOfInstantiation.isInvalid();
18557 if (FirstInstantiation) {
18558 PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
18559 if (MSI)
18560 MSI->setPointOfInstantiation(PointOfInstantiation);
18561 // FIXME: Notify listener.
18562 else
18563 Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
18564 }
18565
18566 if (UsableInConstantExpr) {
18567 // Do not defer instantiations of variables that could be used in a
18568 // constant expression.
18569 SemaRef.runWithSufficientStackSpace(PointOfInstantiation, [&] {
18570 SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var);
18571 });
18572
18573 // Re-set the member to trigger a recomputation of the dependence bits
18574 // for the expression.
18575 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E))
18576 DRE->setDecl(DRE->getDecl());
18577 else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(E))
18578 ME->setMemberDecl(ME->getMemberDecl());
18579 } else if (FirstInstantiation ||
18580 isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Var)) {
18581 // FIXME: For a specialization of a variable template, we don't
18582 // distinguish between "declaration and type implicitly instantiated"
18583 // and "implicit instantiation of definition requested", so we have
18584 // no direct way to avoid enqueueing the pending instantiation
18585 // multiple times.
18586 SemaRef.PendingInstantiations
18587 .push_back(std::make_pair(Var, PointOfInstantiation));
18588 }
18589 }
18590 }
18591
18592 // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4:
18593 // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression e
18594 // is odr-used by e unless
18595 // -- x is a reference that is usable in constant expressions
18596 // -- x is a variable of non-reference type that is usable in constant
18597 // expressions and has no mutable subobjects [FIXME], and e is an
18598 // element of the set of potential results of an expression of
18599 // non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which the lvalue-to-rvalue
18600 // conversion is applied
18601 // -- x is a variable of non-reference type, and e is an element of the set
18602 // of potential results of a discarded-value expression to which the
18603 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is not applied [FIXME]
18604 //
18605 // We check the first part of the second bullet here, and
18606 // Sema::CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand deals with the second part.
18607 // FIXME: To get the third bullet right, we need to delay this even for
18608 // variables that are not usable in constant expressions.
18609
18610 // If we already know this isn't an odr-use, there's nothing more to do.
18611 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E))
18612 if (DRE->isNonOdrUse())
18613 return;
18614 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(E))
18615 if (ME->isNonOdrUse())
18616 return;
18617
18618 switch (OdrUse) {
18619 case OdrUseContext::None:
18620 assert((!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) &&((void)0)
18621 "missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref")((void)0);
18622 break;
18623
18624 case OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed:
18625 // FIXME: Ignoring formal odr-uses results in incorrect lambda capture
18626 // behavior.
18627 break;
18628
18629 case OdrUseContext::Used:
18630 // If we might later find that this expression isn't actually an odr-use,
18631 // delay the marking.
18632 if (E && Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))
18633 SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(E);
18634 else
18635 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef);
18636 break;
18637
18638 case OdrUseContext::Dependent:
18639 // If this is a dependent context, we don't need to mark variables as
18640 // odr-used, but we may still need to track them for lambda capture.
18641 // FIXME: Do we also need to do this inside dependent typeid expressions
18642 // (which are modeled as unevaluated at this point)?
18643 const bool RefersToEnclosingScope =
18644 (SemaRef.CurContext != Var->getDeclContext() &&
18645 Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && Var->hasLocalStorage());
18646 if (RefersToEnclosingScope) {
18647 LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI =
18648 SemaRef.getCurLambda(/*IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope=*/true);
18649 if (LSI && (!LSI->CallOperator ||
18650 !LSI->CallOperator->Encloses(Var->getDeclContext()))) {
18651 // If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so
18652 // until we finish analyzing the full expression for any
18653 // lvalue-to-rvalue
18654 // or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use.
18655 // Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed
18656 // later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking
18657 // unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant
18658 // expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used).
18659 //
18660 // FIXME: We can simplify this a lot after implementing P0588R1.
18661 assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression.")((void)0);
18662 if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
18663 !Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(SemaRef.Context))
18664 LSI->addPotentialCapture(E->IgnoreParens());
18665 }
18666 }
18667 break;
18668 }
18669}
18670
18671/// Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used
18672/// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be
18673/// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl.
18674void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) {
18675 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(*this, Loc, Var, nullptr, RefsMinusAssignments);
18676}
18677
18678static void
18679MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, Expr *E,
18680 bool MightBeOdrUse,
18681 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> &RefsMinusAssignments) {
18682 if (SemaRef.isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
18683 SemaRef.checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(E, D);
18684
18685 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
18686 DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E, RefsMinusAssignments);
18687 return;
18688 }
18689
18690 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, MightBeOdrUse);
18691
18692 // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the
18693 // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call.
18694 const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
18695 if (!ME)
18696 return;
18697 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
18698 if (!MD)
18699 return;
18700 // Only attempt to devirtualize if this is truly a virtual call.
18701 bool IsVirtualCall = MD->isVirtual() &&
18702 ME->performsVirtualDispatch(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
18703 if (!IsVirtualCall)
18704 return;
18705
18706 // If it's possible to devirtualize the call, mark the called function
18707 // referenced.
18708 CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getDevirtualizedMethod(
18709 ME->getBase(), SemaRef.getLangOpts().AppleKext);
18710 if (DM)
18711 SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, MightBeOdrUse);
18712}
18713
18714/// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr.
18715///
18716/// Note, this may change the dependence of the DeclRefExpr, and so needs to be
18717/// handled with care if the DeclRefExpr is not newly-created.
18718void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base) {
18719 // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed.
18720 // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even
18721 // if it's a qualified reference.
18722 bool OdrUse = true;
18723 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getDecl()))
18724 if (Method->isVirtual() &&
18725 !Method->getDevirtualizedMethod(Base, getLangOpts().AppleKext))
18726 OdrUse = false;
18727
18728 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(E->getDecl()))
18729 if (!isConstantEvaluated() && FD->isConsteval() &&
18730 !RebuildingImmediateInvocation)
18731 ExprEvalContexts.back().ReferenceToConsteval.insert(E);
18732 MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse,
18733 RefsMinusAssignments);
18734}
18735
18736/// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr.
18737void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) {
18738 // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2:
18739 // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated
18740 // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by
18741 // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated
18742 // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its
18743 // name is not explicitly qualified.
18744 bool MightBeOdrUse = true;
18745 if (E->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) {
18746 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()))
18747 if (Method->isPure())
18748 MightBeOdrUse = false;
18749 }
18750 SourceLocation Loc =
18751 E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ? E->getMemberLoc() : E->getBeginLoc();
18752 MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, MightBeOdrUse,
18753 RefsMinusAssignments);
18754}
18755
18756/// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a FunctionParmPackExpr.
18757void Sema::MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E) {
18758 for (VarDecl *VD : *E)
18759 MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getParameterPackLocation(), VD, E, true,
18760 RefsMinusAssignments);
18761}
18762
18763/// Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It
18764/// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for
18765/// functions and variables. This method should not be used when building a
18766/// normal expression which refers to a variable.
18767void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D,
18768 bool MightBeOdrUse) {
18769 if (MightBeOdrUse) {
18770 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
18771 MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, VD);
18772 return;
18773 }
18774 }
18775 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
18776 MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, FD, MightBeOdrUse);
18777 return;
18778 }
18779 D->setReferenced();
18780}
18781
18782namespace {
18783 // Mark all of the declarations used by a type as referenced.
18784 // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
18785 // of when we're entering a context we should not recurse into.
18786 // FIXME: This is and EvaluatedExprMarker are more-or-less equivalent to
18787 // TreeTransforms rebuilding the type in a new context. Rather than
18788 // duplicating the TreeTransform logic, we should consider reusing it here.
18789 // Currently that causes problems when rebuilding LambdaExprs.
18790 class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
18791 Sema &S;
18792 SourceLocation Loc;
18793
18794 public:
18795 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;
18796
18797 MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }
18798
18799 bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
18800 };
18801}
18802
18803bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
18804 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
18805 {
18806 // A non-type template argument is a constant-evaluated context.
18807 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Evaluated(
18808 S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated);
18809 if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
18810 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl())
18811 S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, true);
18812 } else if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) {
18813 S.MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Arg.getAsExpr(), false);
18814 }
18815 }
18816
18817 return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
18818}
18819
18820void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
18821 MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
18822 Marker.TraverseType(T);
18823}
18824
18825namespace {
18826/// Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by
18827/// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
18828class EvaluatedExprMarker : public UsedDeclVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> {
18829public:
18830 typedef UsedDeclVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited;
18831 bool SkipLocalVariables;
18832
18833 EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables)
18834 : Inherited(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables) {}
18835
18836 void visitUsedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
18837 S.MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, cast<FunctionDecl>(D));
18838 }
18839
18840 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
18841 // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't.
18842 if (SkipLocalVariables) {
18843 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getDecl()))
18844 if (VD->hasLocalStorage())
18845 return;
18846 }
18847
18848 // FIXME: This can trigger the instantiation of the initializer of a
18849 // variable, which can cause the expression to become value-dependent
18850 // or error-dependent. Do we need to propagate the new dependence bits?
18851 S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E);
18852 }
18853
18854 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
18855 S.MarkMemberReferenced(E);
18856 Visit(E->getBase());
18857 }
18858};
18859} // namespace
18860
18861/// Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
18862/// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
18863///
18864/// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as
18865/// 'referenced'.
18866void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
18867 bool SkipLocalVariables) {
18868 EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables).Visit(E);
18869}
18870
18871/// Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
18872/// of the program being compiled.
18873///
18874/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
18875/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
18876/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
18877/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
18878/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
18879/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
18880/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
18881/// later.
18882///
18883/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
18884/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
18885/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
18886/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
18887bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts,
18888 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
18889 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
18890 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated:
18891 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList:
18892 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract:
18893 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement:
18894 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
18895 break;
18896
18897 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated:
18898 // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation.
18899 break;
18900
18901 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated:
18902 case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
18903 if (!Stmts.empty() && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
18904 FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.
18905 push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Stmts));
18906 return true;
18907 }
18908
18909 // The initializer of a constexpr variable or of the first declaration of a
18910 // static data member is not syntactically a constant evaluated constant,
18911 // but nonetheless is always required to be a constant expression, so we
18912 // can skip diagnosing.
18913 // FIXME: Using the mangling context here is a hack.
18914 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(
18915 ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl)) {
18916 if (VD->isConstexpr() ||
18917 (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isFirstDecl() && !VD->isInline()))
18918 break;
18919 // FIXME: For any other kind of variable, we should build a CFG for its
18920 // initializer and check whether the context in question is reachable.
18921 }
18922
18923 Diag(Loc, PD);
18924 return true;
18925 }
18926
18927 return false;
18928}
18929
18930bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
18931 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
18932 return DiagRuntimeBehavior(
18933 Loc, Statement ? llvm::makeArrayRef(Statement) : llvm::None, PD);
18934}
18935
18936bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
18937 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
18938 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
18939 return false;
18940
18941 // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return
18942 // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call.
18943 if (ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
18944 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype) {
18945 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(CE);
18946 return false;
18947 }
18948
18949 class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
18950 FunctionDecl *FD;
18951 CallExpr *CE;
18952
18953 public:
18954 CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE)
18955 : FD(FD), CE(CE) { }
18956
18957 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
18958 if (!FD) {
18959 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
18960 << T << CE->getSourceRange();
18961 return;
18962 }
18963
18964 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
18965 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD << T;
18966 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at)
18967 << FD->getDeclName();
18968 }
18969 } Diagnoser(FD, CE);
18970
18971 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType, Diagnoser))
18972 return true;
18973
18974 return false;
18975}
18976
18977// Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses
18978// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
18979void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
18980 SourceLocation Loc;
18981
18982 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
18983 bool IsOrAssign = false;
18984
18985 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
18986 if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign)
18987 return;
18988
18989 IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign;
18990
18991 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
18992 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
18993 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
18994 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
18995
18996 // self = [<foo> init...]
18997 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init)
18998 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
18999
19000 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
19001 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject")
19002 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
19003 }
19004
19005 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
19006 } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
19007 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual)
19008 return;
19009
19010 IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual;
19011 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
19012 } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E))
19013 return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(POE->getSyntacticForm());
19014 else {
19015 // Not an assignment.
19016 return;
19017 }
19018
19019 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
19020
19021 SourceLocation Open = E->getBeginLoc();
19022 SourceLocation Close = getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
19023 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
19024 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
19025 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
19026
19027 if (IsOrAssign)
19028 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison)
19029 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=");
19030 else
19031 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
19032 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
19033}
19034
19035/// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
19036/// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
19037void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) {
19038 // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro.
19039 SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getBeginLoc();
19040 if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID())
19041 return;
19042 // Don't warn for dependent expressions.
19043 if (ParenE->isTypeDependent())
19044 return;
19045
19046 Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens();
19047
19048 if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
19049 if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ &&
19050 opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context)
19051 == Expr::MLV_Valid) {
19052 SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc();
19053
19054 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange();
19055 SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange();
19056 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence)
19057 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin())
19058 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd());
19059 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign)
19060 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=");
19061 }
19062}
19063
19064ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E,
19065 bool IsConstexpr) {
19066 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
19067 if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
19068 DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE);
19069
19070 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
19071 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
19072 E = result.get();
19073
19074 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
19075 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
19076 return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E, IsConstexpr); // C++ 6.4p4
19077
19078 ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
19079 if (ERes.isInvalid())
19080 return ExprError();
19081 E = ERes.get();
19082
19083 QualType T = E->getType();
19084 if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
19085 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
19086 << T << E->getSourceRange();
19087 return ExprError();
19088 }
19089 CheckBoolLikeConversion(E, Loc);
19090 }
19091
19092 return E;
19093}
19094
19095Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
19096 Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK) {
19097 // Empty conditions are valid in for-statements.
19098 if (!SubExpr)
19099 return ConditionResult();
19100
19101 ExprResult Cond;
19102 switch (CK) {
19103 case ConditionKind::Boolean:
19104 Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr);
19105 break;
19106
19107 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
19108 Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, SubExpr, true);
19109 break;
19110
19111 case ConditionKind::Switch:
19112 Cond = CheckSwitchCondition(Loc, SubExpr);
19113 break;
19114 }
19115 if (Cond.isInvalid()) {
19116 Cond = CreateRecoveryExpr(SubExpr->getBeginLoc(), SubExpr->getEndLoc(),
19117 {SubExpr});
19118 if (!Cond.get())
19119 return ConditionError();
19120 }
19121 // FIXME: FullExprArg doesn't have an invalid bit, so check nullness instead.
19122 FullExprArg FullExpr = MakeFullExpr(Cond.get(), Loc);
19123 if (!FullExpr.get())
19124 return ConditionError();
19125
19126 return ConditionResult(*this, nullptr, FullExpr,
19127 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
19128}
19129
19130namespace {
19131 /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression
19132 /// to have an appropriate type.
19133 struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction
19134 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> {
19135
19136 Sema &S;
19137
19138 RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
19139
19140 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
19141 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!")__builtin_unreachable();
19142 }
19143
19144 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
19145 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call)
19146 << E->getSourceRange();
19147 return ExprError();
19148 }
19149
19150 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
19151 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
19152 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
19153 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
19154 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
19155
19156 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
19157 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
19158 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
19159 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
19160 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((void)0);
19161 return E;
19162 }
19163
19164 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
19165 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
19166 }
19167
19168 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
19169 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
19170 }
19171
19172 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
19173 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
19174 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
19175
19176 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
19177 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
19178 E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()));
19179 assert(E->isPRValue())((void)0);
19180 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((void)0);
19181 return E;
19182 }
19183
19184 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
19185 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E);
19186
19187 E->setType(VD->getType());
19188
19189 assert(E->isPRValue())((void)0);
19190 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
19191 !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) &&
19192 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance()))
19193 E->setValueKind(VK_LValue);
19194
19195 return E;
19196 }
19197
19198 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
19199 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
19200 }
19201
19202 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
19203 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
19204 }
19205 };
19206}
19207
19208/// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
19209/// to have a function type.
19210static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) {
19211 ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr);
19212 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
19213 return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.get());
19214}
19215
19216namespace {
19217 /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype
19218 /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring
19219 /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source
19220 /// structure is not a goal.
19221 struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr
19222 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> {
19223
19224 Sema &S;
19225
19226 /// The current destination type.
19227 QualType DestType;
19228
19229 RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType)
19230 : S(S), DestType(CastType) {}
19231
19232 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
19233 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!")__builtin_unreachable();
19234 }
19235
19236 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
19237 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
19238 << E->getSourceRange();
19239 return ExprError();
19240 }
19241
19242 ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
19243 ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E);
19244
19245 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
19246 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
19247 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
19248 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
19249 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
19250 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get();
19251 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
19252 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
19253 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
19254 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((void)0);
19255 return E;
19256 }
19257
19258 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
19259 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
19260 }
19261
19262 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
19263 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
19264 }
19265
19266 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
19267 const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>();
19268 if (!Ptr) {
19269 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof)
19270 << E->getSourceRange();
19271 return ExprError();
19272 }
19273
19274 if (isa<CallExpr>(E->getSubExpr())) {
19275 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof_call)
19276 << E->getSourceRange();
19277 return ExprError();
19278 }
19279
19280 assert(E->isPRValue())((void)0);
19281 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((void)0);
19282 E->setType(DestType);
19283
19284 // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type.
19285 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
19286 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
19287 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
19288 E->setSubExpr(SubResult.get());
19289 return E;
19290 }
19291
19292 ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E);
19293
19294 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD);
19295
19296 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
19297 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
19298 }
19299
19300 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
19301 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
19302 }
19303 };
19304}
19305
19306/// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype.
19307ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
19308 Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee();
19309
19310 enum FnKind {
19311 FK_MemberFunction,
19312 FK_FunctionPointer,
19313 FK_BlockPointer
19314 };
19315
19316 FnKind Kind;
19317 QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType();
19318 if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
19319 assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E))((void)0);
19320 Kind = FK_MemberFunction;
19321 CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr);
19322 } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
19323 CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
19324 Kind = FK_FunctionPointer;
19325 } else {
19326 CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
19327 Kind = FK_BlockPointer;
19328 }
19329 const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>();
19330
19331 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function.
19332 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
19333 unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
19334 if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer)
19335 diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;
19336
19337 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID)
19338 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
19339 return ExprError();
19340 }
19341
19342 // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result.
19343 E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context));
19344 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
19345 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((void)0);
19346
19347 // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType.
19348 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
19349 if (Proto) {
19350 // __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when
19351 // it has no idea what a function's signature is.
19352 //
19353 // We want to build this call essentially under the K&R
19354 // unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++
19355 // would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot
19356 // simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we
19357 // portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see
19358 // the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic.
19359 // However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to
19360 // call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype
19361 // "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the
19362 // Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl
19363 // regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter
19364 // types to match the types of the arguments.
19365 //
19366 // This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the
19367 // corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST.
19368
19369 ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getParamTypes();
19370 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
19371 if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case
19372 ArgTypes.reserve(E->getNumArgs());
19373 for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
19374 Expr *Arg = E->getArg(i);
19375 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
19376 if (E->isLValue()) {
19377 ArgType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArgType);
19378 } else if (E->isXValue()) {
19379 ArgType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgType);
19380 }
19381 ArgTypes.push_back(ArgType);
19382 }
19383 ParamTypes = ArgTypes;
19384 }
19385 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes,
19386 Proto->getExtProtoInfo());
19387 } else {
19388 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType,
19389 FnType->getExtInfo());
19390 }
19391
19392 // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type.
19393 switch (Kind) {
19394 case FK_MemberFunction:
19395 // Nothing to do.
19396 break;
19397
19398 case FK_FunctionPointer:
19399 DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType);
19400 break;
19401
19402 case FK_BlockPointer:
19403 DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType);
19404 break;
19405 }
19406
19407 // Finally, we can recurse.
19408 ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr);
19409 if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
19410 E->setCallee(CalleeResult.get());
19411
19412 // Bind a temporary if necessary.
19413 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
19414}
19415
19416ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
19417 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call.
19418 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
19419 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
19420 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
19421 return ExprError();
19422 }
19423
19424 // Rewrite the method result type if available.
19425 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) {
19426 assert(Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy)((void)0);
19427 Method->setReturnType(DestType);
19428 }
19429
19430 // Change the type of the message.
19431 E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType());
19432 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
19433
19434 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
19435}
19436
19437ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
19438 // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay.
19439 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) {
19440 assert(E->isPRValue())((void)0);
19441 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((void)0);
19442
19443 E->setType(DestType);
19444
19445 // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type.
19446 DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
19447
19448 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
19449 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
19450
19451 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
19452 return E;
19453 } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
19454 assert(E->isPRValue())((void)0);
19455 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)((void)0);
19456
19457 assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType()))((void)0);
19458
19459 E->setType(DestType);
19460
19461 // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such.
19462 DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType);
19463
19464 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
19465 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
19466
19467 E->setSubExpr(Result.get());
19468 return E;
19469 } else {
19470 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!")__builtin_unreachable();
19471 }
19472}
19473
19474ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
19475 ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue;
19476 QualType Type = DestType;
19477
19478 // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls:
19479
19480 // - functions
19481 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
19482 if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
19483 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
19484 ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD);
19485 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
19486 return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.get(), Type, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
19487 VK_PRValue);
19488 }
19489
19490 if (!Type->isFunctionType()) {
19491 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function)
19492 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
19493 return ExprError();
19494 }
19495 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = Type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
19496 // We must match the FunctionDecl's type to the hack introduced in
19497 // RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr to vararg functions of unknown
19498 // type. See the lengthy commentary in that routine.
19499 QualType FDT = FD->getType();
19500 const FunctionType *FnType = FDT->castAs<FunctionType>();
19501 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(FnType);
19502 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
19503 if (DRE && Proto && Proto->getParamTypes().empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) {
19504 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
19505 FunctionDecl *NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(
19506 S.Context, FD->getDeclContext(), Loc, Loc,
19507 FD->getNameInfo().getName(), DestType, FD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
19508 SC_None, false /*isInlineSpecified*/, FD->hasPrototype(),
19509 /*ConstexprKind*/ ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified);
19510
19511 if (FD->getQualifier())
19512 NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc());
19513
19514 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
19515 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
19516 ParmVarDecl *Param =
19517 S.BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(FD, Loc, AI);
19518 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
19519 Params.push_back(Param);
19520 }
19521 NewFD->setParams(Params);
19522 DRE->setDecl(NewFD);
19523 VD = DRE->getDecl();
19524 }
19525 }
19526
19527 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
19528 if (MD->isInstance()) {
19529 ValueKind = VK_PRValue;
19530 Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy;
19531 }
19532
19533 // Function references aren't l-values in C.
19534 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
19535 ValueKind = VK_PRValue;
19536
19537 // - variables
19538 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) {
19539 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
19540 Type = RefTy->getPointeeType();
19541 } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) {
19542 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type)
19543 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
19544 return ExprError();
19545 }
19546
19547 // - nothing else
19548 } else {
19549 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl)
19550 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
19551 return ExprError();
19552 }
19553
19554 // Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but
19555 // also really dangerous.
19556 VD->setType(DestType);
19557 E->setType(Type);
19558 E->setValueKind(ValueKind);
19559 return E;
19560}
19561
19562/// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only
19563/// trigger this for C-style casts.
19564ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
19565 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
19566 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) {
19567 // The type we're casting to must be either void or complete.
19568 if (!CastType->isVoidType() &&
19569 RequireCompleteType(TypeRange.getBegin(), CastType,
19570 diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete))
19571 return ExprError();
19572
19573 // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch.
19574 ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr);
19575 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
19576
19577 CastExpr = result.get();
19578 VK = CastExpr->getValueKind();
19579 CastKind = CK_NoOp;
19580
19581 return CastExpr;
19582}
19583
19584ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) {
19585 return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E);
19586}
19587
19588ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
19589 Expr *arg, QualType &paramType) {
19590 // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of
19591 // any sort, just do default argument promotion.
19592 ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(arg->IgnoreParens());
19593 if (!castArg) {
19594 ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(arg);
19595 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
19596 paramType = result.get()->getType();
19597 return result;
19598 }
19599
19600 // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast.
19601 assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType())((void)0);
19602 paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten();
19603
19604 // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type.
19605 InitializedEntity entity =
19606 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, paramType,
19607 /*consumed*/ false);
19608 return PerformCopyInitialization(entity, callLoc, arg);
19609}
19610
19611static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
19612 Expr *orig = E;
19613 unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any;
19614 while (true) {
19615 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
19616 if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
19617 E = call->getCallee();
19618 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
19619 } else {
19620 break;
19621 }
19622 }
19623
19624 SourceLocation loc;
19625 NamedDecl *d;
19626 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
19627 loc = ref->getLocation();
19628 d = ref->getDecl();
19629 } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
19630 loc = mem->getMemberLoc();
19631 d = mem->getMemberDecl();
19632 } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
19633 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
19634 loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc();
19635 d = msg->getMethodDecl();
19636 if (!d) {
19637 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method)
19638 << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector()
19639 << orig->getSourceRange();
19640 return ExprError();
19641 }
19642 } else {
19643 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
19644 << E->getSourceRange();
19645 return ExprError();
19646 }
19647
19648 S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange();
19649
19650 // Never recoverable.
19651 return ExprError();
19652}
19653
19654/// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
19655/// Returns ExprError() if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
19656ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) {
19657 if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) {
19658 // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it
19659 // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have
19660 // been dealt with before checking the operands.
19661 ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E);
19662 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
19663 E = Result.get();
19664 }
19665
19666 const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType();
19667 if (!placeholderType) return E;
19668
19669 switch (placeholderType->getKind()) {
19670
19671 // Overloaded expressions.
19672 case BuiltinType::Overload: {
19673 // Try to resolve a single function template specialization.
19674 // This is obligatory.
19675 ExprResult Result = E;
19676 if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Result, false))
19677 return Result;
19678
19679 // No guarantees that ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization
19680 // leaves Result unchanged on failure.
19681 Result = E;
19682 if (resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Result))
19683 return Result;
19684
19685 // If that failed, try to recover with a call.
19686 tryToRecoverWithCall(Result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable),
19687 /*complain*/ true);
19688 return Result;
19689 }
19690
19691 // Bound member functions.
19692 case BuiltinType::BoundMember: {
19693 ExprResult result = E;
19694 const Expr *BME = E->IgnoreParens();
19695 PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function);
19696 // Try to give a nicer diagnostic if it is a bound member that we recognize.
19697 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(BME)) {
19698 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*pseudo-destructor*/ 1;
19699 } else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BME)) {
19700 if (ME->getMemberNameInfo().getName().getNameKind() ==
19701 DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName)
19702 PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*destructor*/ 0;
19703 }
19704 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PD,
19705 /*complain*/ true);
19706 return result;
19707 }
19708
19709 // ARC unbridged casts.
19710 case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: {
19711 Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
19712 diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(realCast);
19713 return realCast;
19714 }
19715
19716 // Expressions of unknown type.
19717 case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
19718 return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E);
19719
19720 // Pseudo-objects.
19721 case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
19722 return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E);
19723
19724 case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: {
19725 // Accept __noop without parens by implicitly converting it to a call expr.
19726 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
19727 if (DRE) {
19728 auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
19729 if (FD->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__noop) {
19730 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(FD->getType()),
19731 CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr)
19732 .get();
19733 return CallExpr::Create(Context, E, /*Args=*/{}, Context.IntTy,
19734 VK_PRValue, SourceLocation(),
19735 FPOptionsOverride());
19736 }
19737 }
19738
19739 Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use);
19740 return ExprError();
19741 }
19742
19743 case BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx:
19744 Diag(cast<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())
19745 ->getRowIdx()
19746 ->getBeginLoc(),
19747 diag::err_matrix_incomplete_index);
19748 return ExprError();
19749
19750 // Expressions of unknown type.
19751 case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection:
19752 Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_array_section_use);
19753 return ExprError();
19754
19755 // Expressions of unknown type.
19756 case BuiltinType::OMPArrayShaping:
19757 return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_array_shaping_use));
19758
19759 case BuiltinType::OMPIterator:
19760 return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_use));
19761
19762 // Everything else should be impossible.
19763#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
19764 case BuiltinType::Id:
19765#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
19766#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
19767 case BuiltinType::Id:
19768#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
19769#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \
19770 case BuiltinType::Id:
19771#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def"
19772#define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \
19773 case BuiltinType::Id:
19774#include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def"
19775#define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
19776#include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def"
19777#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
19778#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
19779#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
19780 break;
19781 }
19782
19783 llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!")__builtin_unreachable();
19784}
19785
19786bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) {
19787 if (E->isTypeDependent())
19788 return true;
19789 if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context))
19790 return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
19791 return false;
19792}
19793
19794/// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
19795ExprResult
19796Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
19797 assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) &&((void)0)
19798 "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!")((void)0);
19799 QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy;
19800 if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) {
19801 LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get("BOOL"), OpLoc,
19802 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
19803 if (LookupName(Result, getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) {
19804 NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
19805 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(ND))
19806 Context.setBOOLDecl(TD);
19807 }
19808 }
19809 if (Context.getBOOLDecl())
19810 BoolT = Context.getBOOLType();
19811 return new (Context)
19812 ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, BoolT, OpLoc);
19813}
19814
19815ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(
19816 llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, SourceLocation AtLoc,
19817 SourceLocation RParen) {
19818 auto FindSpecVersion = [&](StringRef Platform) -> Optional<VersionTuple> {
19819 auto Spec = llvm::find_if(AvailSpecs, [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) {
19820 return Spec.getPlatform() == Platform;
19821 });
19822 // Transcribe the "ios" availability check to "maccatalyst" when compiling
19823 // for "maccatalyst" if "maccatalyst" is not specified.
19824 if (Spec == AvailSpecs.end() && Platform == "maccatalyst") {
19825 Spec = llvm::find_if(AvailSpecs, [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) {
19826 return Spec.getPlatform() == "ios";
19827 });
19828 }
19829 if (Spec == AvailSpecs.end())
19830 return None;
19831 return Spec->getVersion();
19832 };
19833
19834 VersionTuple Version;
19835 if (auto MaybeVersion =
19836 FindSpecVersion(Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformName()))
19837 Version = *MaybeVersion;
19838
19839 // The use of `@available` in the enclosing context should be analyzed to
19840 // warn when it's used inappropriately (i.e. not if(@available)).
19841 if (FunctionScopeInfo *Context = getCurFunctionAvailabilityContext())
19842 Context->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true;
19843
19844 return new (Context)
19845 ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(Version, AtLoc, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
19846}
19847
19848ExprResult Sema::CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End,
19849 ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs, QualType T) {
19850 if (!Context.getLangOpts().RecoveryAST)
19851 return ExprError();
19852
19853 if (isSFINAEContext())
19854 return ExprError();
19855
19856 if (T.isNull() || T->isUndeducedType() ||
19857 !Context.getLangOpts().RecoveryASTType)
19858 // We don't know the concrete type, fallback to dependent type.
19859 T = Context.DependentTy;
19860
19861 return RecoveryExpr::Create(Context, T, Begin, End, SubExprs);
19862}